Search results

(61 - 80 of 210)

Pages

Title: Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing Catalog 1980-1982
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Please write for application material to: REGISTRAR, SCHOOL OF NURSING THE LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL 2315 FOURTEENTH AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55404 Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is a voluntary, non-profit hospital affiliated with the American Lutheran Church; A member of Fairvi...
Show more Please write for application material to: REGISTRAR, SCHOOL OF NURSING THE LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL 2315 FOURTEENTH AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55404 Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is a voluntary, non-profit hospital affiliated with the American Lutheran Church; A member of Fairview Community Hospitals ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR 1980-1981 For The FRESHMEN: Freshmen arrive Sept. 2 Registration at Augsburg College Sept. 3 Fall semester begins Sept. 4 Thanksgiving holidays Nov. 27-30 Last day of fall semester Dec. 19 Dec. 20-Jan. 4 Christmas holidays Interim begins Jan. 5 Interim ends Jan. 30 Feb. 4 Spring semester begins April 16-21 Easter I spring holidays May 21 Spring semester ends For The JUNIORS & SENIORS: Aug. 20-22 Orientation for transfer students Aug. 25 First quarter begins Oct. 24 First quarter ends Nov. 3 Second quarter begins Nov. 27-30 Thanksgiving holidays Dec. 20-Jan. 4 Christmas holidays Second quarter ends Jan. 16 Third quarter begins Jan. 26 Third quarter ends Mar. 27 Fourth quarter begins April 6 April 20 Easter holidays Fourth quarter ends June 5 The above schedule is tentative and subject to change. 1646 students have graduated from Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing 128 students are currently enrolled. Cover photograph by Miriam Weinstein LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL BOARD OF TRUSTEES AND ADMINISTRATION BOARD OF TRUSTEES Gerald Simonson, Chairman Dr. Kenneth C. Bailey Mr. James W. Krause Mr. George Michaelsen Mr. Charles H. Clay Mrs. Mary Ehrlichmann Mr. Donald A. Nelson Mrs. Marlene Engstrom Rev. Maynard L. Nelson Mr. Richard Franzmeier Rev. John N. Parbst Mr. Allen A. Housh Mr. Clinton A. Schroeder Dr. Richard D. Hovland Dr. John M. Stensvaag Dr. Donald Johnson Dr. Francis J. Trost Mr. Verne C. Johnson Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing HOSPITAL ADMINISTRATION Mr. Kurt W. Metzner, Administrator Mr. Mark M. Enger, Assistant Administrator BULLETIN EDUCATION & COMMUNITY RELATIONS COMMITTEE Mrs. Mary Ehrlichmann, Chairwoman Mr. George S. Michaelsen Dr. Donald Johnson Mr. Donald A. Nelson Mrs. Gloria Nelson Rev. John Parbst ex-officio: Mr. Gerald Simonson Mr. Kurt W. Metzner, Hospital Administrator Mrs. Margaret Hermann, Director, School of Nursing 1980-1982 A three-year hospital-based diploma program in basic nursing approved by the Minnesota Board of Nursing and accredited by the National League for Nursing. We believe our diploma program meets a unique need. We intend to continue with our program as long as we meet this need. 2315 14th AVENUE SOUTH• MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55404 36 1 . *Mary Catherine Hooke, R.N., B.S ................. Instructor of Pediatric Nursing State University of New York-Binghamton, B.S. Graduate work: University of Rochester, New York University of Minnesota-Minneapolis June lge, R.N., B.S.N ........................ Instructor of Fundamental Nursing Hamline University, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.S.N. Graduate Work: University of Minnesota-Minneapolis College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota *Genevieve McCarr, R.N., B.S., M. Ed ......... Instructor of Fundamental Nursing College of St. Catherine, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.S. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.Ed. *Rachel Nelson, R.N., B.S ........................ Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S. Jean Pekarek, R.N., A.A., B.S.N ................. Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing St. Mary's School of Nursing, Minneapolis, Minnesota, R.N., A.A. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N. Graduate Work: University of Minnesota-Minneapolis Dawn Ranger, R.N., B.S.N., M.S.N ............... Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing West Suburban School of Nursing, Oak Park, Illinois, R.N. Wheaton College, Wheaton, Illinois, B.S.N. De Paul University, Chicago, Illinois, M.S.N. *Eva Schander, R.N., B.S.N ................... Instructor of Ortho-Neuro Nursing University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N. Graduate Work: College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota A. Marlin Stene, B.A., B.Th., S.T.M ............ Hospital Chaplain Supervisor and Instructor of Religion St. Olaf College, Northfield, Minnesota, B.A. Luther Seminary, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.Th. Wartburg Seminary, Dubuque, Iowa, S.T.M. Marie Joel ........................................................ Registrar A~EA M~~ A . G RELATIONSHIPS ............ 3 ·~ .> ••••••••• , •• • ••• • ••••••••••••••• 4 PHILOs~PHY ·. I:~S ()F THE PROGRAM .......... 5 > .. S~ND PROCEDURES ............ 11 ENTRANCE RE ·.· . · . STUDENT SERVIGEs ::~··)<.·~··v ... · ......................... 16 STUDENT ACTIVI'f~JSS ... :;,..: •..........•... , ................ 18 FINANCIAL INFORMATION .. : ............................. 19 FINANCIAL AID INFORMATION ............................ 21 ACADEMIC INFORMATION ................................. 23 CURRICULUM ORGANIZATION , ........................... 26 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS .................................... 29 SCHOOL OF NURSING FACULTY ............................ 34 LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSP ITAL ADMINISTRATION ..... 36 .HISTORY .. v·:'' The contents of this bulletin are subject to change without notice. or information contained herein. *Part-time instructors . .. •, ~ 35 '··· ,, 1_0,,L3<.::: Flow Chart continued: 1 ii::_, E ' LUrrHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL SCHOOL OF NURSING 0 rSo .µ <Cl OJ S<d u +> (/) (/) S- U1 • r- (/) U1 U1 VlS-OS-S::::S-<IJS<Cl ::::; ..o ::::; ,,_ ::::; E ::::; .--- 0 <Cl Or- 0 <lJ 0 U:C...J:CU:Ctn:C 0 THIRD YEAR Fall Semester (16 weeks) +Rehabilitation Nursing +Psychiatric-Mental Health Nursing Trends in Nursing II: History 45 45 8 135 135 Interim (4 weeks) Independent Nursing Studies BULLETIN SUPPLEMENT FOR 1980-1982 This supplement describes the changes that have occurred in the school and the nursing program that it offers since the printing of the bulletin. 8 8 •7 2 CHANGES IN ACADEMIC INFORMATION Level IV Spring Semester (16 weeks) Nursing Intervention in Acute Care 48 48 Management of Patient Care Trends in Nursing III: Professionalism 8 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care 22 * * * * * * 196 196 The academic year at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing has been changed so that all three years follow the 4-1-4 plan consisting of two semesters and an interim. Each semester is 16 weeks in length, and the interim is 4 weeks. 8 8 •7 2 CHANGES IN THE CURRICULUM: * * * ** COURSE DESCRIPTIONS: The following courses have been added or redefined in the curriculum: CURRENT COSTS FOR 1981-82 Tuition at Lutheran Deaconess Tuition for Augsburg College Health Fee Dormitory Room Rent Graduation Fee Books, Supplies & Incidentals FIRST YEAR COSTS SECOND YEAR COSTS THIRD YEAR COSTS $1,800.00 2,400.00 30.00 625.00 $3,000.00 150.00 30.00 625.00 $3,000.00 400.00 400.00 30.00 625.00. 50.00 400.00 Tuition and fees are estimated above. Effort will be made to keep charges as estimated. However, all tuition and fees are subject to changes as necessary. OPERATING ROOM NURSING (4 weeks) Op~rating Room Nursing is a Level II course which introduces the student to the nurses role during surgical intervention and the maintenance of surgical asepsis. The student functions with professional staff learning the role of a circulating nurse and scrub nurse. Focus is on responsibility to the patient pre-, intra-, and postoperatively. There are 36 hours of classroom theory and 72 hours of clinical experience in the operating room or clinical area. NURSING INTERVENTION IN ACUTE CARE (8 weeks) Nursing Intervention in Acute Care is a Level IV course in which the student TS exposed to patients and their families with complex threats to health. Focus is on specific nursing interventions appropriate for patients and their families in intensive care, coronary care and emergency areas. There are 48 hours of classroom theory and 192 hours of clinical, 160 hours of which is inhospital, and 32 hours of which is psychomotor skills practice in a laboratory setting. New Course Flow Chart continued: Vl Vl Vl rtJ ~ s... ,._ 0 Interim (4 weeks) Pharmacology II General, Organic & Biological Chemistry II* Spring Semester (16 weeks) Fundamentals of Nursing II General, Organic & Biological Chemistry II* (continuation) Microbiology* +Effective Writing c 0 .µ r-• m u rtJ FIRST YEAR Level I Fall Semester (16 weeks) Fundamentals of Nursing I Pharmacology I General, Organic & Biological Chemistry I* Anatomy and Physiology* +General Psychology* Vl u :r: 45 28 _J Vl S- ::::l 0 ::r:. u:c (/) :r: 0 45 0 s... Vl •r- Vl Vl s:: s... ~s .,.. ~ rtJ 0 Ir- 0 -.I u :r: Vl s... Q) E ~ a; 0 :r: (/) :r: 14 2 12 45 30 42 42 (]) .µ u 28 12 s... rel 45 30 42 4 4 4 Level II SQ) .µ S- Vl .,.. Vl Vl S- 0 S- s:: S- Q) ;:::) ..0 ;:::) .,.. ;:::) E ,... 0 rel 0 ,... 0 a; Vl Vl rtJ :r: res SECOND YEAR In addition, Medical-Surgical Nursing 201 and 202 have been combined into one course. ******* I 0 0 S- u ,... +-' s... Independent Nursing Studies is the last course in Level III and is taught during the four week interim of the senior year. In this course, the student engages in two self-selected independent learning projects. The first project consists of a one week student investigation of the identification and possible use of health care resources in an urban or rural setting. The second project consists of a two week investigation of a nursing topic selected by the student. For both projects, the student develops a contract in conjunction with an instructor. One week of the course is also devoted to having the student obtain certification in first aid and CPR if ne/she does not already possess current certification valid through the date of graduation. E S0 0 0 INDEPENDENT NURSING STUDIES (4 weeks) NEW COURSE FLOW CHART >:, E 4, 2 42 42 4 42 42 4 4 Fall Semester (16 weeks) Medical-Surgical Nursing Principles of Sociology** Church and Sects of America** 96 42 22 Interim (4 weeks) Operating Room Nursing First Aid 16 18 96 0 2 Level I I I Spring Semester (16 weeks) 45 +Pediatric Nursing 45 +Obstetrical Nursing '42 Developmental Psychology:The Child* 8 Trends in Nursing I: Assertiveness 135 135 8 8 4 *Courses taken at Augsburg College **Cours,es offered by Augsburg Co 11 ege on Deaconess Campus +Course taken in the fall or spring semester 256 14 4 2 .7 I FACUL TY, SCHOOL OF NURSING Margaret Hermann, R.N., B.S.N., M.A ........... Director, School of Nursing and Instructor of Trends of Nursing Milwaukee Lutheran Hospital School of Nursing, R.N. University of Wisconsin-Madison, B.S.N. College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota, M.A. Barry L. Lundquist, B.S., M.A., Ed. S. . ........... Director of Curriculum Affairs Bemidji State University, Bemidji, Minnesota, B.S. Bemidji State University, Bemidji, Minnesota, M.A. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, Ed.S. Graduate Work: University of Minnesota-Minneapolis *Lisa Austin, R.N., B.S.N., M.S.N ................. Instructor of OB-GYN Nursing University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, B.S.N. Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan, M.S.N. *Susan Bates, R.N., B.A., M.A .................... Instructor of Trends of Nursing College of St. Catherine, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.A. College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota, M.A. Graduate Work: William Mitchell College of Law Beverly Beling, R.N., B.S.N. Ed ................... Instructor of Pediatric Nursing St. Luke's School of Nursing, Fargo, North Dakota, R.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N. Ed. Graduate Work: College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota *LuAnn Dahle, R.N., B.S.N., M.S ................ Instructor of Psychiatric Nursing University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.S. Sharon Dodds, R.N., B.S.N., M.P.H ............. Instructor of Psychiatric Nursing St. Mary's School of Nursing, Minneapolis, R.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.P .H. Christine Erdahl, R.N ., B.S.N ................. Instructor of Ortho-Neuro Nursing Abington Memorial School of Nursing, Abington, Pennsylvania, R.N. Temple University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, B.S.N. Graduate Work: University of Minnesota-Minneapolis Marjorie Erickson, R.N., B.S.N .................. Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing Hamline University, St. Paul, Minnesota, B.S.N. Graduate Work: College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, Minnesota *Loretta Hanafin, R.N., B.S.N., M.S.N ............ Instructor of Med-Surg Nursing College of St. Teresa, Winona, Minnesota, B.S.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.S.N. Carol Heupel, R.N., B.S.N., M.P.H ............... Instructor of OB-GYN Nursing Memorial School of Nursing, Wilmington, Delaware, R.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, B.S.N. University of Minnesota-Minneapolis, M.P.H. 34 UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA DETAIL OF HOSPITAL AREA --. ;:::::====:!::::===~~ CHILDREN'S HEALTH CENTER . AND HOSPITAL EBENEZER SOCIETY Deaconess Hospital E LAl<E ST Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is ideally located close to downtown Minneapolis at 2315 14th Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota. In addition to the facilities of the hospital, the nursing program is augmented by relationships with the following institutions and agencies: Fairview Hospital 2312 South 6th Street Minneapolis, !'Jinnesota Fairview Southdale Hospital 6401 France Avenue South Edina, Minnesota Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, Minnesota Planned Parenthood 127 South 10th Street Minneapolis, Minnesota Children's Health Center and Hospital 2525 Chicago A venue South Minneapolis, Minnesota Planned Parenthood 1965 Ford Parkway St. Paul,Minnesota Ebenezer Society 2532 Portland Avenue South Minneapolis, Minnesota 3 NVR 340 Lutheran Deaconess Hospital was founded in 1888. The first building with a maximum bed capacity of twelve was a frame dwelling at 2731 Hennepin A venue. Young women called into the service of the Master as deaconesses cared for the patients. In 1891 the first building on the present site was purchased and remodeled for hospital use. The sick continued to be cared for by deaconesses, graduates and students. In 1916, on the foundations laid by the Diaconate, and in response to the demands for more adequately prepared nurses, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing was established under the direction of Miss Inger Bergh. The ideals of Christian service which inspired the pioneering deaconesses became also those of the leaders who followed. Since the beginning, the School has offered a three year diploma program in basic nursing, preparing nurses to take the examinations leading to state registration (R.N.). Continuous efforts have been made to meet nursing needs of people through many periods of social change. Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is located within the metropolitan area of Minneapolis and participates in the delivery of health care to the inner city residents. The present bed capacity is two hundred forty-five. In 1967 a nursing school building, Anna Bergeland Hall, was completed. This building provides school offices, classrooms, library, lounges and recreational facilities in addition to dormitory rooms for nursing students. In 1973 Lutheran Deaconess Hospital entered into a consolidation with the Fairview Hospitals to form the Fairview Community Hospitals. In 1976 with the closing of Fairview Hospital School of Nursing, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing became the school for the Fairview Community Hospitals. PSYCHIATRIC-MENTAL HEAL TH NURSING 8 Credits This course consists of a study of the dynamics of human behavior, assessment of the needs of the psychiatric and chemically dependent patient with a focus on emotional needs, therapeutic approaches, use of self as a therapeutic tool, implementation, and evaluation. The student is provided with varied opportunities to work in collaboration with nurses and other mental health team members and to assess various community based mental health agencies. Laboratory experiences are focused on theory based nursing interventions with emphasis on communication skills and group dynamics. Prereq. NUR 203 & PSY 351 or concurrent registration 351. NUR 400 MANAGEMENT OF PATIENT CARE Management of Patient Care is taught in the last quarter to all senior nursing students. The course focuses on principles of leadership, management, research in nursing, and the nurse's role in disaster. The student spends 24 hours a week in the clinical area caring for the critically ill adult patient, acting as co-team leader for a nursing team and managing care for a group of 4 to 5 patients. Emphasis is placed on the integration of past and present knowledge in the management of patients' care. Prereq. NUR 310, 320, 330, 340. Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is: accredited by: National League for Nursing approved by: Minnesota Board of Nursing member of: Gopher State Nurses Association member of: Helene Fuld Health Trust Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is: accredited by: Joint Commission of Accreditation of Hospitals 4 8 Credits 33 NUR 212 TRENDS IN NURSING III: PROFESSIONALISM .7 Credits This course provides the student with a comprehensive study of the nature of professionalism as it applies to the field of nursing. Within this context, the student examines the goals and requirements of licensure, the selection, application, and resignation processes as they apply to the employment of nurses, government programs and state and federal legislation as they affect the field of nursing, and the nature and scope of continuing education programs for diploma graduates. NUR 310 OBSTETRICAL-MATERNITY NURSING 8 Credits This course is a study of the normal maternity cycle related to the mother and newborn infant with emphasis on family centered and mental health principles. The student is introduced to the physiological, psychological and ethical concepts needed to provide comprehensive nursing care to families during the child bearing cycle. Complications of pregnancy and selected disorders of the reproductive tract are also included. Seminars and selected clinical laboratory experiences in the care of the mother, the newborn, prematures, and certain gynecological patients are provided. Prereq. NUR 203 & PSY 351 or concurrent registration 351. NUR 320 ORTHO-NEURO NURSING 8 Credits This course provides the student with the basic principles of orthopedic-neurologic nursing care and the rehabilitation process in hospital and community ambulatory settings. The student acquires facility in discharge planning, exploring selected health care services and systems in rural and urban environments, and developing health assessment skills. Prereq. NUR 203. NUR 330 PEDIATRIC NURSING 8 Credits Pediatric nursing concentrates on aiding the student develop: a knowledge of normal growth and development from birth through adolescent years, an understanding of the child and his family, a knowledge of normal and pathologic embryology, anatomy and physiology, understanding of the diseases caused by disorders of the body systems, proficiency in the application of the nursing process in the care of children, and proficiency in performing technical skills in caring for children. Prereq. NUR 203 & PSY 351 or concurrent registration 351. 32 PHILOSOPHY The philosophy of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is in harmony with the Statement of Mission of the Fairview Community Hospitals of which Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is a member. The School of Nursing faculty believes that: NURSING is a science and an art which seeks to preserve and promote health by meeting physical, social, emotional, and spiritual needs of the patient as a member of family and community. As a profession, nursing is the unique integration of the art of caring with the application of the natural and behavioral sciences. The nursing process is used to facilitate a person's ability to adapt and to move toward self-actualization. EDUCATION is a life-long learning process, integrating and developing knowledge, attitudes and skills. Through participation in the learning process, the learner should be able to lead a full and purposeful life and function as a responsible citizen. Specifically, nursing education provides systematic direction and guidance in using scientific principles and the art of nursing to facilitate the development of knowledge, attitudes and skills necessary for professional nursing. LEARNING involves changes in the learner's cognitive, affective, and psychomotor responses. Learning is an active, continuous process influenced by the learner's intellectual ability, experience, environment, and attitudes. Facilitation of learning occurs when education is sequential and proceeds from simple to complex as students advance in the educational program and when opportunities for practice are provided concurrently with theory. In addition, a Christian and democratic atmosphere promotes learning. Christian faith instills a spirit of love which promotes the ideas of worth of the individual and of service to one's fellow man, and the democratic process promotes respect for the rights of others and for their opinions together with freedom to explore and question. The ROLE OF FACULTY is to facilitate the learning process by providing an environment conducive to acquiring knowledge, attitudes, and skills necessary to give professional nursing care. The faculty assumes the responsibility for planning, implementing, evaluating and revising learning experiences. The STUDENT shares the responsibility for his own learning and self-development through self-involvement and utilization of guidance which fosters self-direction. 5 The SCHOOL meets its commitment of service to the community by preparing a safe practitioner who responds to the health needs of the community as a member of the interdisciplinary health care team by promoting wellness, intervening during illness, and rehabilitating to optimum functioning. The school is responsible for meeting the student's educational needs through providing a curriculum based on scientific fact, current knowledge, sequential learning, continuity, and integration of major areas of nursing. Furthermore, the school assumes the responsibility to provide an educationally prepared faculty who functions as effective instructors and role models, and requires a high standard of performance by the student to meet the school's responsibility to the community. Lastly, the school assumes the responsibility of providing the appropriate and necessary facilities to allow for the optimum interaction of the students and the faculty through the use of the curriculum. NUR 201 MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING I 8 Credits Medical-Surgical Nursing I is the first course in the medical-surgical nursing sequence which introduces the student to pathophysiology, man's adaption to illness, and the process of nursing. Attention is given to special nursing techniques, the aging process, spiritual needs, communication and limited threats to health. The course is taught on a body systems model composed of classroom and clinical experiences. The student spends 128 hours a quarter in the hospital caring for the adult patient. Prereq. NUR 103 or equiv. NUR 202 MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING II 8 Credits Medical-Surgical Nursing II is th.e second course in the medical-surgical sequence building on MS I, with attention focused on moderate threats to health, communication techniques, cultural influences on health and illness, and intermediate nursing techniques. The student spends 128 hours a quarter in the hospital caring for the adult patient with intermediate threats to health. Prereq. NUR 201. NUR 203 MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING III 8 Credits Medical-Surgical Nursing III is the last course in the medical-surgical nursing sequence, building on MS I and MS II and focusing on multiple threats to health, community resources and complex nursing techniques facilitating adaptation. The student spends 128 hours a quarter in the hospital caring for the adult patient with multiple threats to health. Time is also devoted to visiting community resource agencies and correlating them with patient care. Prereq. NUR 202. NUR 210 TRENDS IN NURSING I: ASSERTIVENESS .7 Credits This is an assertiveness class that assists the student in identifying characteristics of assertive, non-assertive and aggressive behaviors. The student follows specific steps in attaining assertiveness and learning to distinguish hindrances in reaching a specific goal. Applications of principles are made to the professional career of nursing through feedback and communication exercises. NUR 211 TRENDS IN NURSING II: HISTORY .7 Credits This course provides the student with the historical foundations of the nursing profession. The student examines a brief survey of the historical development of the nursing profession, focusing on the forces, trends, and issues of the past that have shaped the profession into what it is today. 6 31 PSY 351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD 4 Credits Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. REL 353 DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS IN AMERICA 2 Credits A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will be considered. SOC 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing offers a program of nursing education with a Christian influence at the diploma level. The graduate is prepared to apply for licensure as Registered Nurse (R.N.). 4 Credits PROGRAM OBJECTIVES Sociology as a mode of analysis or a way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society: socialization, family life, social inequalities, largescale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. NURSING COURSES NUR 101 FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING I 4 Credits This course introduces the student to the nursing profession. It provides a guide for the beginning student in the development of ideals of service in the care of the sick and own life as a nurse. The course helps the student to understand the basic needs: physical, psychosocial, and spiritual, and the means whereby these needs are met. The student learns basic nursing skills in the classroom and in the hospital as she begins to care for patients. NUR 102 FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING II 4 Credits This course provides the nursing student with the biomedical background needed in order to approach the subject of pharmacology rationally. It emphasizes the fundamental principles of pharmacology and concentrates on prototype drugs with which the student will have to be familar in further encounters with pharmacology. The student develops a habit of referring to various resources of drug information needed in more advanced courses. Prereq. NUR 101. NUR 103 FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING III 4 Credits This course, the last in the three-course sequence, focuses on man's interaction with the environment. It considers basic human needs and reactions to threats of these needs. The student utilizes a problem solving process to assess the health status of the patient when planning and executing nursing intervention. Prereq. NUR 102. 30 The graduate of this program will: Function as a beginning staff nurse in hospitals, clinics and similar health care institutions. Function as a member of health care team and a member of and/or leader of the nursing team. Demonstrate by clinical performance the attainment of curriculum objectives. CURRICULUM OBJECTIVES Upon completition of this program of studies the graduate is prepared to: Synthesize the principles from biological, physical, and behavioral sciences to the nursing process. Adapt the nursing process in providing nursing care. Utilize appropriate communication skills to establish effective interpersonal relationships. Utilize principles of teaching-learning in health care situations. Integrate community resources in planning comprehensive health care. Practice nursing according to legal, professional, and social responsibilities and constraints. Practice safe nursing by making judgements based on scientific principles and medical diagnosis. Adapt to the changing role and demands of the nursing profession and the need for continuing education. Assume a leadership role in directing and coordinating the activities of the nursing team in caring for patients. Integrate Christian principles and values into the professional life. 7 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES TAKEN AT AUGSBURG COLLEGE DURING THE FRESHMAN YEAR BIO 103 The mission of The Fairview Community Hospitals is to provide high quality healthrelated services in a spirit of Christian concern to meet the personal needs and improve the health status of the people and communities we serve. In fulfillment of this mission, we affirm that Fairview Community Hospitals: HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 4 Credits A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. BIO 108 4 Credits MICROBIOLOGY >Is an expression of the healing ministry of Jesus Christ. Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. 3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. >Is committed to view those whom we serve as persons of dignity and worth, regardless of race, sex, creed or social status. Chem 103 & 104 GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY 4 >Shall reflect the Biblical vision of health as wholeness, and be committed to minister to body, mind, and spirit through its medical staffs, personnel, programs, services, and institutional roles. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Lecture and laboratory. >Shall fulfill or surpass established levels of excellence in its service and shall provide an environment for growth and satisfaction of its employees. >Is committed to operate as a private voluntary health care organization. >Shall be a strong, growing, cost-effective organization through the application of multi-unit organizational concepts. >Will participate in and carry on research and educational activities supportive to the mission of Fairview Community Hospitals. >Views its focus for growth and development primarily as the Upper Midwest region of the United States. >Shall work in cooperation with other health care community agencies and social organizations, and shall relate meaningfully with the Church and congregations. ENG 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING 4, 4 Credits 4 Credits The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either PIN or 2.0-4.0/N. In order to hold a place in the course, the student must either attend the first day or personally notify the instructor that he cannot be present. Psy 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 Credits An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purposes of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. ADV AN CED COURSES TAUGHT BY AUGSBURG PROFESSORS AT THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 2 Credits PHIL 380 MEDICAL ETHICS Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 8 29 THE CURRICULUM PLAN: THE COURSE FLOW CHART Beginning of first year LEVEL I Fall Semester (14 weeks) 101 Fundamentals of Nursing I 103 General, Organic & Biological Chem 103 Anatomy and Physiology 0 105 *General Psychology 0 Interim (4 weeks) 102 Fundamentals of Nursing II 0 Spring Semester (14 weeks) 103 Fundamentals of Nursing III 108 Microbiology 0 111 *Effective Writing 0 104 General, Organic & Bio Chem 0 Beginning of second year LEVEL II First Quarter (9 weeks) 201 Medical-Surgical Nursing 210 Trends in Nursing I 121 Principles of Sociology 0 0 353 Denominations and Sects LEVEL HI Fourth Quarter (9 weeks) One of the Following: 310 OB-Gyn Nursing 320 330 Pediatric Nursing 340 Second Quarter (9 weeks) 202 Medical-Surgical Nursing II 211 Trends in Nursing II I ------------------------------------------------ .... in America 0 0 Third Quarter (9 weeks) 203 Medical-Surgical Nursing III 212 Trends in Nursing III 351 Development Psychology: Child ------------------------------..,.. Ortho-Neuro Nursing Psychiatric Nursing 351 Developmental Psych. cont. Begining of third year First Quarter (9 weeks) One of the Following: 310 OB-Gyn Nursing 330 Pediatric Nursing 320 Ortho-Neuro Nursing 340 Psychiatric Nursing 380 Medical Ethics 00 LEVEL IV Fourth Quarter (9 weeks) 400 Management of Patient Care 0 Second Quarter (9 weeks) One of the Following: 310 OB-Gyn Nursing 330 Pediatric Nursing 320 Ortho-Neuro Nursing 340 Psychiatric Nursing Third Quarter (9 weeks) One of the Following: 310 OB-Gyn Nursing 330 Pediatric Nursing 320 Ortho-Neuro Nursing 340 Psychiatric Nursing Courses taught at Augsburg College ° Courses taught at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing by Augsburg Faculty * Courses that can be taken during either the fall or spring semester 0 0 0 to enhance her performance of previous roles when the client is in a crisis situation and to expand the student's teaching to groups. It introduces the role of the nurse as a health counselor in various primary health care settings. This level also includes the study of medical ethics. LEVEL IV During this level, the student completes an advanced level Management of Patient Care course, which affords opportunities to apply principles of leadership in the nursing process and to supervise the care of individuals and groups of patients with multiple and critical problems. The theory relative to collaborating and advocating is examined as the student cares for clients in complex situations. Interactions with the health team and with groups in the community help the student develop leadership skills. At each level of the curriculum, there exists a set of courses or course that reflects a disciplinary or a synthesis of disciplinary and competency based learning designs. The disciplinary based learning design is featured in the courses offered at Augsburg College and in the classroom component of each course taught at the School of Nursing, because this design stresses the importance of theory, its role in the curriculum, and the changing nature of theory. The competency based learning design is featured in the clinical component of the School of Nursing courses because it allows the student to systematically apply theory to the nursing process through the mastery of specific nursing skills. 27 Curriculum Organization Four levels of learning have been identified and courses are provided at each level to assist the student in achieving the objectives at each of the levels. Such a curriculum design was developed and implemented because it provides a continuous and sequential learning environment that emphasizes a simple to complex learning approach. Equal Opportunity Statements Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is committed to the policy that all applicants shall have equal access to the program without regard to race, color, sex, age, religion, marital status or handicap. In adherence to this policy, the school abides by the requirements of Title IX of the 1972 Education amendments, section 504 of P. L. 93-112, and other statutes relating to equal opportunity. Questions regarding compliance may be directed to Director, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing, 2315 14th Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404, or to the Director of the Office of Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Washington, D.C. 20201. LEVEL I This level consists of fundamental science and psychosocial courses and introductory courses in nursing and the health care system. Anatomy and physiology, chemistry, microbiology, psychology, and English courses are taken at Augsburg College located near the School of Nursing. These courses provide the essential scientific and social scientific foundations upon which the nursing curriculum is developed. At the School of Nursing, fundamental nursing skills and attitudes are developed through introductory nursing courses utilizing basic scientific principles and correlated clinical experiences. The emphasis is on the healthy individual, the client, and the nurse. The nursing process is introduced as the student learns to assume the comforting and protecting roles for her clients. LEVEL II The second level focuses on maintaining and promoting an individual's abilities to meet health needs and assisting individuals in meeting these needs. Courses at this level feature an emphasis on illnesses and representative common medical-surgical conditions that affect the adult client. The nursing process, a problem-solving approach to meet both physical and psychological needs of the client and his family, becomes an important means for translating theory into practice. The student begins to practice the therapeutic role and to incorporate teaching in her care of patients, and she begins to include the family to a greater extent. This level also includes the study of historical and contemporary trends in nursing and advanced courses in psychology, religion and sociology. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 1. 2. 3. 4. A graduate of an accredited high school or its equivalent. A course in high school chemistry or its equivalent. Rank in upper 1/3 of her class. The American College Testing Program (A.C.T. test) The applicant makes the arrangements for this with her high school. It is recommended that the first available testing date during the senior year be used. Our A.C.T. code number is 2119. 5. If college attended, a GPA of at least 2.5 average in courses applicable to nursing. 6. After acceptance a certificate of immunizations as specified by the School. 7. Health and physical abilities of the applicant need to be such as to enable the applicant to meet the academic and clinical requirements of this program. LEVEL III The third level is designed to have the nursing student apply the principles and practices of nursing to special situations in which the nursing process is extended to the clinical areas of obstetrical, pediatric, psychiatric, and ortho-neuro nursing. The student rotates through a set of courses that emphasizes assisting the client with more complex needs, requiring the student to develop and use more complex procedures for health supervision and the teaching of the family. This level gives the student an opportunity 26 11 ADMISSION PROCEDURE TERMINATION 1. A request for information and application forms should be addressed to Registrar, The School of Nursing reserves the right to terminate any student whose class work, health, conduct or nursing practice make it inadvisable for her to remain in the School. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing, 2315 14th Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55404. Application forms to be submitted are: a. Application for Admission. b. Official transcript of high school credits and college, if attended. Rank in high school class. c. A.C.T. scores - each applicant must have A.C.T. Send complete score report to school. d. Three letters of reference. These references must come from persons who have known the applicant well, in one of the following capacities. Only one reference from a group. (1) recent teacher, (2) recent counselor, (3) clergy man, (4) current or recent employer, (5) personal friend or co-worker. e. Application fee. A personal interview may be required. Further testing may be required. Credit may be given for college level courses if the grade is a "C" or better, if taken within the last 5 years, and if taken at an accredited school. Within one month after all application materials are received, the applicant will be notified of the decision of the Admissions and Promotions Committee. After acceptance, applicants are eligible to apply for financial assistance. All applicants for financial aid are required to complete the FFS. ACCEPTANCE Acceptance is based on the following: 1. Complete record for review by the Admissions and Promotions Committee. 2. Satisfactory achievement of admission requirements. NOTIFICATION OF COMMITTEE DECISIONS 1. The Admissions and Promotions Committee meets monthly from November through June to review completed applications. 2. The Admissions and Promotions Committee notifies each applicant of its decision in writing. 3. Notification will occur within one week of the decision. Accepted applicants musl ,,,ign the note of intent and return the note with the matriculation fee within two weeks after the date of the acceptance letter, or the application will be automatically withdrawn. The matriculation fee is non-refundable. 12 RETURNING STUDENTS See re-admission under Entrance Requirements and Procedures. GRADUATION AND LICENSURE Students who successfully complete all program requirements and who meet all financial obligations to the School will be awarded the diploma and the pin of the School of Nursing. Upon graduation, the student is eligible to write the examination for licensure which is given by the State Board of Nursing. Successful passing of this examination enables the graduate to practice nursing as a registered nurse (R.N.) in the state which administered the examination. ACADEMIC RECORDS Grade reports of students over 18 years of age may not be sent to parents or responsible parties without a signed waiver by the student. Grade reports of students under 18 years of age may be sent to parents or responsible parties upon request. A student may request to see her academic record at any time. If the student is over 18 years of age, a signed waiver by the student must be submitted to the Registrar before parents or responsible parties may review the academic record. If the student is under 18 years of age, parents or responsible parties may request the Registrar to review the academic record. A request to the Director of the School of Nursing or the Registrar may be made at any time for the correction of an incorrectly transcribed item in the academic record. The student or graduate when applying for employment must by written waiver specify the items to be released from the academic record to the prospective employer. For additional information see Records under Entrance Requirements and Procedures. TRANSCRIPTS A transcript will be furnished only upon the written request of the student or graduate. Such requests are to be sent to the Office of the Registrar, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing. The first copy of a transcript is issued without charge. Thereafter, a charge of $2.00 is made for each additional transcript. 25 GRADING SCALE APPEAL OF COMMITTEE DECISIONS The following grading scale has been adopted by the faculty. The numbers represent percentages of points awarded for completed work. If the applicant is not accepted for admission and wishes to appeal this decision, the following procedure must be followed: 1. The applicant must notify the Admissions and Promotions Committee in writing of her intent to appeal within two weeks of the date when she was notified of nonacceptance. 2. Upon receipt of the intent to appeal, the Committee will make provision for the applicant to appear before the committe in person. 3. If the in-person appeal to the Admissions Committee is denied, the applicant may present her appeal in writing and in person to the Executive Committee of the Faculty Organization. 4. The decision of the Executive Committee is final. 98% 94% 91% 88% 85% 80% - 100% - 97% - 93% - 90% - 87% - 84% A+ A B+ B c+ c Students who do not attain a "C" in any course must repeat the course. PROMOTION WITHDRAWAL OF APPLICATION I. Applicants may withdraw their applications at any time by notifying the Registrar. The applicant's record will be retained in the files until one month after the class enters in September and then will be destroyed. Non-completed or non-processed records will be retained until one month after the class enters in September and then will be destroyed. Promotion from One Level to Another Promotion from one level to the next is accomplished through a periodic review of the student's level of achievement in the required areas of theory and clinical experiences of each level. In order to be promoted, the student must have a minimum grade of "C" in theory and a "pass" in the clinical laboratory for all nursing courses and a minimum grade of "C" in all other courses. In the event that a student fails or drops out of a course, and would like to continue in the program she must: 1. Petition to the Admissions and Promotions Committee to enroll in another course in the curriculum. 2. Petition to the Admissions and Promotions Committee to retake the failed or dropped course. A course may be repeated only once, and students must always meet the prerequisites of a course before they can take it. The faculty has the authority and assumes the responsibility for determining whether a student possesses the qualifications necessary for her to become a competent nurse. In the event a student fails to demonstrate the personal and professional qualifications, the student may be asked to withdraw from the School. II. Moving from One Term to Another Each student must have paid the tuition and school costs or made arrangements to do so before the beginning of the next term. See the Director of the School if you have any problems. WITHDRAWAL Students wishing to withdraw from the School must submit a written statement to the Director of the School. Failure to report to class or clinical assignment is not an official withdrawal. 24 ADVANCED PLACEMENT Candidates who have completed courses comparable in hours and content to those currently offered by Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing are considered for course exemption on an individual basis. Exemptions will not be granted for courses taken prior to five (5) years of the application date without special permission. Exemption Requirements by Category 1. Non-nursing courses: applicants must provide a. official school/ college transcript(s) b. school/college catalog containing the course description(s) for which exemption(s) are being requested. 2. Nursing courses: a. L.P.N. Graduates - exemptions may only be granted for First Level Nursing courses. The applicant must: 1. have graduated from a state approved N.L.N. accredited school. 2. submit an official school transcript with satisfactory grades (C average minimum). 3. have a current L.P.N. license and be eligible to practice in the state of Minnesota. 4. satisfactorily achieve in faculty-designated examinations. 5. If academic requirements are met, the applicant may be admitted to the Second Level for an evaluation period. 13 b. Students from professional nursing programs - The applicant must: 1. have been enrolled in a state approved and N.L.N. accredited program. 2. submit an official school transcript with satisfactory grades (C minimum) in previous nursing courses. 3. submit references which include (1) from the director of the nursing program and (2) from nursing instructors who can adequately evaluate the applicant's previous nursing performance. 4. submit a school/college catalog containing course description(s) for which exemption(s) are being requested. Only current credits earned within the five years prior to application will be considered for exemption. Exemption Procedure 1. In addition to furnishing the credentials required for admission, the applicant must submit an Application for Exemption form and provide the appropriate data listed in Section B above. 2. The following fee schedule will prevail: a. non-nursing course exemption fee - $5.00 each. b. nursing courses exemption fee - $10.00 c. standardized testing fees - at cost 3. The Admissions and Promotions Committee will approve or disapprove course exemption requests. Granting of final acceptance will be the responsibility of the Faculty Organization. 4. In order to be eligible for graduation from this school, the student must complete a full academic year at the school. 5. All requests for course exemptions must be submitted and approved before the academic year begins. The deadline for submitting requests is May 30 prior to the academic year in which the exemption is desired. ACADEMIC YEAR The academic year at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, School of Nursing differs according to the level of the program. First year students, (Level I), follow Augsburg College's academic calender consisting of the 4-1-4 plan of two semesters and an interim. Each semester is 14 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. Second and third year students (Levels II, III, IV) follow the School of Nursing calender consisting of 4 quarters, where each quarter is 9 weeks in length. The academic year at the School of Nursing begins in the fall, and this is the time that most students enter the School. Occasionally, transfer, returning, and special students enter at the beginning of a quarter or semester during the year. UNITS OF CREDIT The unit of credit at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing is the semester hour. For transfer students, 1.5 quarter hours is equivalent to 1 semester hour. Students at the School of Nursing accumulate a total of 114 semester hours of credit, of which 36 semester hours are recorded on an Augsburg College transcript and are automatically transferred to the School of Nursing. These transferred credits represent all work taken at Augsburg College and those courses taught by the Augsburg professors at the School of Nursing. CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS RE-ADMISSION In any re-admission, the Admissions and Promotions Committee reserves the right to require additional information and testing when there is an indicated need for it. Re-admission Procedure 1. Should a former student desire re-admission, she must submit a new application, including references, updated transcripts and physical examination report if the period of time since the last admittance at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing exceeds one year. A re-admission fee of $50.00 will be charged for this student. 2. Should a former student desire re-admission, and has been away from the school less than one year, she will need to submit a letter of request for re-admission containing (a) reasons tor re-admission to the program, (b) activities during absences from the program, and (c) professional goals. A re-admissions fee of $25.00 will be charged for this student. 14 Students at Lutheran Deaconess as follows: First year students Second year students Third year students Hospital School of Nursing are divided into classes Freshmen Juniors Seniors ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT Each freshman student is assigned to an instructor who functions as a counselor. It is the responsibility of each counselor to meet with her advisees at the close of each course to review academic progress and any problems that should occur. TRANSFER OF CREDITS See Advanced Placement under Entrance Requirements and Procedures. 23 LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSP ITAL ENDOWMENT FUND NON-MATRICULATING STUDENTS Seven percent, simple-interest loans are granted from time to time. This fund provides loans up to $1,000 per academic year. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing. Individuals may request permission to take selected nursing courses to meet personal or professional objectives. The candidate must: 1. have an interview with the Director of the program to assess and plan appropriately for courses to meet the objectives. 2. submit an Application for Admissions form and indicate course(s) desired. 3. submit the application fee for processing the record of $10.00. LUTHERAN DEACONESS HOSPITAL SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM (AAL) This scholarship provides varying amounts of financial aid up to $1,000 per student per year. This scholarship is available to students who are members of AAL. Recipients are selected on the basis of financial need, Christian character, academic achievement, and leadership potential. Information and applications can be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing. MINNESOTA STATE GRANT-IN-AID State money is administered and distributed through the Higher Education Coordinating Commission. This money is available to students who meet the state requirements. Applications are made through the BEOG form and can be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing or from your high school counselor. SOCIAL SECURITY BENEIFTS For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) is retired, deceased or disabled. The amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area. VETERANS' BENEFIT Eligible students may receive assistance from the Veteran's Administration under the 0.1. Bill. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT In addition to loans, grants and scholarships, students can also seek employment to help pay for their school costs. It is recommended that a student have sufficient funds so that employment is not necessary for the first semester of the freshmen year, as many students often need that period of time to adjust to the rigors of the program. Employment may be available in various departments of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Applications for employment may be made through the Personnel Department. This information concerning employment at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital is subject to change in accordance with employment needs and policies of the hospital. 22 15 CAMPUS VISITS Prospective students or any other interested persons are invited to visit Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing campus at any time. School tours may be scheduled with the secretary at the School of Nursing. HOUSING FACILITIES In addition to housing the School of Nursing, Anna Bergeland Hall contains a coed residential facility for the nursing students. The third and fourth floors provide housing for female students, while the second floor contains rooms for male students. Single students should live in the residence hall or with their parents if their homes are within commuting distance. Two students share a room, and applicants may request to live together. A few single rooms are available at a higher cost. Student accommodations include a desk, a bed, and a closet. Lounge and laundry areas are located on each residential floor of the hall, and there is a main lounge on the first floor adjacent to the library. The residence hall is connected to the hospital through a tunnel. A residence hall director lives within the hall and is there to assist students with any problems that should occur. FINANCIAL AID INFORMATION The following is a list of the major types of financial aid that students who attend the School of Nursing may be eligible for. Students are encouraged to meet with their high school counselors to discuss some of the following sources of aid as well as other sources that they may be eligible for. BASIC EDUCATION OPPORTUNITY GRANT (BEOG) The Basic Educational Opportunity Grant Program is a federal aid program designed to provide financial assistance to those who need it to attend a post-high school educational institution. The amount of a Basic Grant is determined on the basis of the applicant's and her family's financial resources. Awards usually range between $50 and $1800. Applications may be obtained from the School of Nursing or from your high school. ELSIE HORTON ANN ROAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND This fund is used to assist students in nursing either in the basic program or advanced nursing program. Funds are generally awarded to second or third year students. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing. DINING FACILITIES FEDERAL LOAN THROUGH THE NURSE TRAINING ACT The hospital offers complete cafeteria service to the nursing students, and meals can be purchased at a reduced rate. There is also a hospital coffee shop. Within the resident hall itself, there are limited facilities for food preparation. Three percent, low interest, cancellable loans are available to students who meet federal requirements. These loans are administered by the School of Nursing, and graduates must work in a needs hospital in order to be eligible for the cancellation. The loan is interest free until 9 months following graduation. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing. PARKING FORTY & EIGHT SCHOLARSHIPS Available parking space near the School of Nursing is limited. Parking facilities exist in the hospital's parking lots for students. HEALTH CARE This unit of the American Legion provides several $100 scholarships for students in the School of Nursing. Students are selected on the basis of academic achievement and financial need. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing. GUARANTEED BANK LOANS A nurse is in charge of the student health service at all times. Students are required to carry group hospitalization insurance through the school unless they have insurance under family policies. The specific services of the student health service are described in the student handbook. 16 Seven percent interest loans administered through the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Commission are available. These loans are cancellable if the graduate works in a needs hospital, and are interest free until 9 months after graduation. Applications may be obtained from the Director of the School of Nursing or from your high school counselor. 21 THIRD YEAR CHARGES Payment Due Tuition Health Fee Graduation Fee Room Rent COUNSELING PROGRAM 1st Term Aug. $600.00 22.00 40.00 135.00 2nd Term Nov. $600.00 3rd Term Jan. $600.00 135.00 135.00 4th Term Total Apr. $600.00 $2400.00 22.00 40.00 135.00 540.00 The school has a counseling program which is flexible enough to meet varying individual needs. The program assists the student in meeting and solving educational and personal problems. Referral services are used as indicated or requested e.g. pastors, psychiatrists and psychologists to assist the student in becoming more selfdirecting. LIBRARY SERVICES LDH TOTAL $3002.00 Additional expenses include: transportation to various clinical facilities and to Augsburg College. Additional tours may also require additional charges. No attempt is made to include personal expenses. Uniforms are purchased directly from the uniform company. Books are purchased directly from nearby bookstores. Health insurance is mandatory and may be purchased through the school. Payment of Charges: Charges must be paid by due dates. If charges are not paid and/or arrangements made, the student will not be allowed to attend classes. Employment: The student academic hours allow time for employment. Many students secure employment to help defray school expenses. It is suggested that students not work during the first semester in the school. Refunds: Tuition for a student leaving the school will be refunds as follows: During the first second third fourth fifth week week week week week - 80% - 70% - 60% - 50% - 40% No refund is made after the fifth week. No refunds are made for the Interim period. Fees are not refundable. Re-Admission: Should a former student apply for re-admission she will submit a new application, including a physical examination report and 'references. A readmission fee of $25 will be charged to students returning after an absence of up to six months. After an absence of more than six months, a $50 charge will be made in addition to the regular tuition charges. Transfer students pay the re-admission charge. 20 Lutheran Deaconess Hospital Inger Bergh Library is located on the first floor of Anna Bergeland Hall and is under the direction of the medical librarian. This library contains about 3,000 volumes and about 120 periodicals. The library also houses a student learning center. Nursing students also have full privileges at the Augsburg College Library and at the Children's Health Center and Hospital library. RECORDS The maintenance and safety of the applicant's records is the responsibility of the Registrar. Procedure for Gaining Access to Records: I. Student Records a. Access to student progress records is limited to School Administration, the Registrar, the individual student, and faculty members. b. Anyone except the Registrar gaining access to the file shall sign and date the access sheet in the file. The purpose of the access shall also be completed on the access sheet. 2. Graduate Records a. Access to graduate records is limited to the Director of the School or her designee, the Registrar, and the graduate. b. Anyone gaining access to a graduate file shall sign and date the access sheet for that file and shall state to what purpose the file was viewed. c. No information is given from any graduate file unless upon the written request of the graduate. d. The above procedure also applies to files of resigned students. For additional information see the Student Handbook. 17 RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES Students are encouraged to practice the teachings of the Christian faith by attending a church of their own affiliation and chapel services and by participating in student groups that are sponsored by the churches or other religious organizations. As part of the School's annual program of religious emphasis, six mission interest meetings are held during the school year. The Good News Committee schedules chapel devotions and plans activities for the annual spiritual emphasis week. The Taiwan project is a plan in which one Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing graduate annually is given the opportunity to serve for a two-year period in the Chiayi Christian Hospital in Taiwan. These arrangements are made with the Board of World Missions of the American Lutheran Church. ESTIMATED COST OF PROGRAM Tuition and fees are estimated below. Effort will be made to keep charges as estimated. However, all tuition and fees are subject to changes as necessary. PAYMENT PLAN Pre-admission charges (not refundable) STUDENT GOVERNMENT Students automatically become members of the Deaconess Student Association (DSA) of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing when they are admitted to the School. Through this organization students learn self-direction, self-discipline, leadership and responsibility, thus helping them to adjust to group living and to their future roles as professional nurses. Each class selects its own officers who conduct the business and guide the activities of the class. A faculty member serves as an advisor for each class. STUDENT PROFESSIONALISM Each student is encouraged to become a member of the State and National Association of Nursing Students. Participation in these organizations fosters an opportunity for students to develop an interest in and a need for membership in professional organizations as a registered nurse. SOCIAL-CULTURAL ACTIVITIES The Big Brother and Sister activities assist new students in becoming oriented and adjusted to the School. The School of Nursing has a choir directed by a qualified Director. Periodically this choir gives concerts of both religious and contemporary music, and every spring the choir goes on a tour. Students are also encouraged to take advantage of the rich cultural environment which the Twin Cities provide by attending concerts, operas, ballets, theaters, films, museums, art galleries, sporting events and other cultural-recreational events. There are limited funds made available from Lutheran Deaconess Hospital Auxiliary for students to attend community cultural events. For additional information see the Student Handbook. 18 $10.00 40.00 $50.00 Application Fee, submitted with application Matriculation Fee, paid when appointment is accepted FIRST YEAR CHARGES Payment Due Tuition at LDH (Exclusive of pre-admission fees) Charge for Augsburg Courses (approx.) Health Fee Room Rent 1st Semester Interim 2nd Semester Total September January February $496.66 $496.67 $496.67 $1490.00 750.00 22.00 240.00 750.00 60.00 TOTAL 240.00 1500.00 22.00 540.00 $3552.00 SECOND YEAR CHARGES Payment Due Tuition LDH Health Fee Room Rent 1st Term Aug. $600.00 22.00 135.00 2nd Term Nov. $600.00 3rd Term Jan. $600.00 135.00 135.00 LDH TOTAL 4th Term Total Apr. $600.00 $2400.00 22.00 540.00 135.00 $2962.00 19
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1981
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE I 'h -- INTRODUCTION Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1 through june 26; Term II runs from June29 through August 7. This brochure ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE I 'h -- INTRODUCTION Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1 through june 26; Term II runs from June29 through August 7. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. REGISTRATION Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall - 230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 or call: SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE (612) 330-1 025 Pat Parker, Director Lorraine Stieper, Secretary -- g 2?>0 -.AE 2 c 3 as-. 0 3 NWn. AUGSBURG COLLEGE Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1,500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes a n d participation in inetropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. (See inside fold for campus location maps.) 1981 SUMMER CALENDAR I I I I Term I Term I1 Early Registration (Tuition Discount) April 24 April 24 Classes Begin Last Day for Registration Balance of Tuition Due June 1 June 29 Last Day to: Change Class Registration Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation on Record June 3 Holiday None July 3 Last Day to Withdraw from Class June 18 July 17 Last Day of Class June 26 Aug. 7 g ~ F %E xE~ g An~ e Ca n .- 2 2-. -3 n fmg- g ""2 r u10 m Inp 5 m3P Q ( I l1 I ELIGIBILITY GENERAL INFORMATION PERSONS IN GOOD STANDING at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. SUMMER STUDENTS may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11. All courses except those indicated carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. OTHER PERSONS wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. COURSE LEVELS are indicated by the third digit of the five-digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division primarily for juniors and seniors, and 5, graduate level. ACCEPTANCE as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. COURSES REGULARLY TAUGHT during the academic year are more fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS in addition to those listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Volume 111, Number5 February 1981 612/330-1000 AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPSM90-310)is published five times a year in August, September, October, December and February by Augsburg Col Iege, 731 As8 Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Second clas posrage rates paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Design: Susan Hopp Information: Lorraine Stieper CHANGES IN REGISTRATION must be made at the Registrar's Office. No course may be added after it has met more than six hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the instructor. STUDENTS NEEDING HOUSING may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Limited food service is available, supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops. PERSONS PLANNING TO AllEND Summer School are advised to register as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. THE COLLEGE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CANCEL LISTED COURSES. WM I COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE 1, 1981-JUNE 26, 1981 PAYMENT O F FEES FINANCIAL AID TUITION CHARGES for Summer School are $270 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit) is $135 for each course. Laboratory or special fees may be charged for some courses. FINANCIAL AID is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load. Regardless of family income of the student, the Federal Government pays the interest while the student is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest; 7% for previous borrowers, 9% for new borrowers after January1,1981. Maximum loan is $2300, per year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the aggregate undergraduatemaximum is $12,500. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Office. Deadline: Applications must be on file with the lender by March 2, 1981, since processing takes up to 12 weeks. EARLY REGISTRATION on April 24 will result in a savings of $20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge of $250 per course applicable only to courses designated by April 24. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. An ADVANCE TUITION DEPOSIT of $50 is required at the time of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class, June1 for Term I and June29 for Term II. A $10 late payment fee will be assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines. No student will be officially enrolled until all financial arrangements have been completed. All balances due on your Augsburg student account from previous term/s must be paid in full before you are officially registered for Summer School at Augsburg College. TUITION REFUND is calculated on the table below. Such refund is limited by a $20 processing cost. Students must present cancel card to the Summer School Office on the date of cancellation to be eligible for refund, and no refund will be madeafter the listed dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment,full refund will be made. NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY Augsburg College admits students af any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs and athletic and other schooladministered programs. COURSE CANCELLATION DATE Refund Term I Term II 100% (less $20 processing fee) 80% 60 % 40% June 1-2 June 29-July 1 June 3-4 June 5-8 June 9-10 W TERM I1 COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE29,1981-AUGUST 7, +B1 TERM I SUMMER 1981 4 ART ART 10106/10306 CALLIGRAPHY Thompson Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphicskills in pen and brush with ink and paint. For upper division credit a major project i s required. Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th OM4 , " '1 ART 1024YIU342 FILM-MAKING I - FILM-MAKING II Rusten This ' k t l r s ~trnchcs film-making rl~rough prnc~icnl Inl) cxperiencc invulvina ul~survaiio~i d r ~ rd l i s ~ t ~ \ s i oof t i tlir expr~1ssivt*and ~tructur.11et~rnentrrlf film, Sturlrnlc wlrl makr 161nlr)st~unrltilnl. Dist.: Yes. Fws: 575.M)]lab fcrl Prcrctluisites: Norle lor Irilm-making I , Il~lrn-makingI to l i l h i ! Film-nlakin~II. 8:OO-12:OO noon M,T,W,Th,F OM17 BIOLOGY BIO 20103 HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Mickelberg Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T,W,Th,F 5205 T,W,Th 5214 1:OO-4:00 p.m. Lab Enrollment limit: 35 BIO 20108 MICROBIOLOGY Thorpe Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T,W,Th,F S212 11:30-3:30 p.m. Lab T,Th 5202 I BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 21101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 5112 BUS 21262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I Kader Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long rerm assets. Dist.: No. 12:OO-3:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th S205 ' I 1 ' I ._ JUNE1-JUNE26 HPE 55491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Nelson Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354. T,Th & Arr. GI2 6:OO-9:30 p.m. (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) HPE 55493 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Husing OF CORRECTIVE THERAPY Admistrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relations and ethics. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Arr. G3 1 (1st meeting 6/1 6:00 p.m.) HPE 55495, 55496, PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Saugestad 55497 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No. Arr. Prerequisites: 485, 491 and approval of department PHILOSOPHY PHI 83130 LOGIC Bailey Examinationof rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing the ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M23 PHI 83132 THE PHILOSOPHY OF C. S. LEWIS Reichenbach C. S. Lewis, well known as a religious writer,develops hisstatementsfromspecificviews about God, man and values. We will read Lewis with a philosophic eye for his arguments and presuppositions. Dist.: Yes. SUMMER INTERIM M4 8:30-10:50 a.m. L A t r , M,T,W,Th,F PHILOSOPHY OF FEMINISM Fuehrer PHI 83150, Analysis ui kcy rimrcpts of feminism in myth, literature, religion and art; theories and implk:atIon\ c ~ fmatriarchal/patriarchal, pro-ferninisVanti-feminist cultures, courtly tarit1 rumitntic love, and the cult of the virgin. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM16 CHEMISTRY PHYSICS CHE 34105 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Gyberg-S. Olmsted The first semester of a two-semester sequence designed to present the basic concepts of chemistry. High school chemistry not required. Dist.: Yes. 11:30-1:50 p.m. Lect M,T,W,Th,F S315 2:OO-4:00 p.m. Lab T,W,Th 5327 PHY 84222t/84322* C H I 34353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL Gyberg-S. Olmsted CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail; gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T,W,Th, F S315 M,T,W,Th 5327 11:OO-3:00 p.m. l a b ECONOMICS 1981 OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED Paulson UNIVERSITIES SCIENCE MINISEMESTER Study of nuclear radiation including individual laboratory experience usingfacilities at Oak Ridge, Tennessee in conjunction with instructional staff and scientists at the national laboratory. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F, May 25-lune 25, Oak Ridge tCredit toward Physics major or minor *No credit toward Physics major or minor POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 85121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Hedblom The nnlitirs nf Ameriran Gnv~rnmentincl~lrlinvnattern nf narticinatinn rlvnamirc i 5 Ut URBAmTSSUtS babella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By Independent Study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. tLu P of policymaking and current issues. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F ' '0M13 ' POL 85342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; uses and control of media for political and social purposes; censorship, newsmaking, entertainment, public affairs programming. Dist.: Yes. 2:OO-5:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th LI ECO 22392 MONEY AND BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122 M,T,W,Th,F M5 9:30-11:50 a.m. POL 85199, 85399, 85499 EDUCATION Noonan Arr. INTERNSHIPS INDEPENDENT STUDY PSYCHOLOGY EDE 44375 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD Pelton OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 14 PSY 86105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Ferguson Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding behavior; research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F PI PSY 86375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see SOC 94375) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisities: 121 and 105 M,T,W,Th,F L1 8:30-10:50 a.m. EDE 44237/44337 INTRODUCTION TO MULTICULTURAL/ Quirin GLOBAL EDUCATION Conceptual and practical introduction to intercultural education on local and international levels. Utilization, of local resources to develop curriculum units and teaching strategies. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th LI RELIGION REL 87369 EFFECTIVE WRITING Blackburn with emphasis upon expository writing; correct usage, logical ation and the research paper. Dist.: Yes. M,T,W,Th S205 I1 I WG 54241 - THE AMERICAN SHORT STORY Clark Treatment of the American short story from the American Renaissance to today including seventeen stories aired on PBS television. Dist.: Yes. Also satisfies Am. Lit. requirement for English. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M22 M,T,W,Th NORWEGIAN I L. Hansen speaking, listening, reading and writing work expected. Dist.: Yes. OM29 Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway. Consult department for details. SPA 76112 BEGINNING SPANISH II Rozentals Aims to develop the four basic skills; understanding, speaking, reading and writing elementary Spanish. Laboratory work expected. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisities: 111 or equivalent SUMMER INTERIM 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM29 1 HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF Borstad SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 320. M,T,W,Th C24 6:OO-9:00 p.m. HPE 55410 I RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION I N Skibbe MODERN LITERATURE Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view. Reading and discussion of nine works (novels, poetry, etc.). Class meets approximately every other day. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 111 or 221 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M24 SOClOLOGY SOC 94375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see PSY 86375) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 121 and 105 M,T,W,Th,F LI 8:30-10:50 a.m. SOC 94383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS Gerasimo The dimension of racial and minority groups relation emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: No. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th M4 SOC 94399 INTERNSHIP Hesser Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No. Arr. SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SPC 98111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th GENERAL STUDIES STUDENT TEACHING Cole 5212 See last column .1 ' WM I COURSE OFFERINGS '" 1 JUNE1,1981 -JUNE26,1981 . I TERM II SUMMER 1981 JUNE29-AUGUST 7 ART SPEECH, C O M M U N I C A T I O N S A N D THEATER ARTS ART 10111/10311 SPC 98367 THEATER I N MINNEAPOLIS Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and produaion of five plays. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th 2815 419 Ave. S. (Tel.: 721-2565) Mpls., M N 55406 CREATIVE ENVIRONMENTAL Friederichsen Karlen COMPOSITION & PERFORMANCE (also see MUS 82111/311) Designed as an experimental learning class to explore, make, and produce a music/art presentation using sounds, images, and objects from a 1968 Volkswagen automobile. Dist.: Yes. T,Th OM4 6:OO-9:30 p.m. ART 10132 PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color, and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W OM4 Enrollment limit: 35 ART 10250 CERAMICS I Holen lntroduction to the making of pottery with emphasis on hand-building and glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:30 a.m. M,WF OM1 ART 10351 CERAMICS II Holen Advanced work in ceramia with emphasis on throwing or hand-building and a continuation of glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:30 a.m. M,W,F OM? Limited enrollment CHEMISTRY GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL S. Olmsted CHEMISTRY Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: No. Prerequisities: 105 or 109 or equivalent with departmental permission. 8:30-9:55 a.m. Lect M,T,WTh,F S315 10:OO-12:OO noon Lab T,W,Th 5327 CHE 34110 ECONOMICS ECO 22120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By Independent study only. Dist.: Yes. A rr. ECO 22122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) Gupta Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 5205 ECO 22123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) Sabella lntroduction to micro-economin, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p. m. M, W 5205 ENGLISH ENC 54111 EFFECTIVE WRITING T Gidmark INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 60399 INTERNSHIP Hesser Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No. Arr. GENERAL STUDIES GST 58102 BASIC MATHEMATICS FOR INTRODUCTORY Gyberg CHEMISTRY & SCIENCE COURSES Basic operations, exponential numbers, logarithms, simple operators, solvingalgebraic equations, and development of algebraic equations in science problem content, particularly chemistry. Dist.: No. 2 Sem. Cr. - Tuition $70.00 (Early registration discount does not apply) 8:30a.m.-1:30p.m. T,W,Th,F, 5315 May 26-May 29 SOC 94399 INTERNSHIP Hesser Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No. Arr. STUDENT TEACHING Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during the general period from the middleof Juneto theend of July. The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Summer School Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration. EDE 44481,44482, STUDENT TEACHING: R. Anderson 44483, 44484 NURSERY SCHOOL Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. EDE 44481,44482, STUDENT TEACHING: McNeff 44483, 44484 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. EDE 45481, 45482, STUDENT TEACHING: Fardig 45483, 45484 SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. .. . . ....... 1-11..., . ..,. r.... .,-. ...a 111 & . A . - 1 .1 CAMPUS LOCATION HEALTH EDUCATION A N D PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 55485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Aske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355 6:00-9:30 p. m. T,Th & Arr. GI2 (1st meeting 6/29 6:00 p.m.) I I I I HPE 55487 NEUROLOGY A N D PATHOLOGY Lundgren An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No. 6:30-9:30 p. m. 1st meeting 6/29 6:00 p.m. G31 I HPf &~W~~WPRO-I!$& AFFILIATION Saugestad mpfidaffiltsffon6fif.W. hmrs:,iqufdActual hospital experience in four areas of prrf@ctIue therapyc (1).Psychlatq, 'm I Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) ~Habifit;t~~h.~C611,rifa 49F is::sudl;lo(:fhurology and Pathology. Dist.: NO. 8@>$i&&!iites: @. and appt~irtNdepartment Arr. I HISTORY m, HIS 56131/56331 TOPICS I N SOCIAL HISTORY A N D CULTURE Nelson IN THE ANCIENT A N D MEDIEVAL WORLD Topics and themes relating to everyday life of ancient and medieval cultures including the merchant, soldier, religious life, women and family and problems of studying everyday life. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F S212 I MUSIC M U S 82111/82311 CREATIVE ENVIRONMENTAL Karlen Friederichsen COMPOSITION & PERFORMANCE (also see ART 10111/311) Designed as an experimental learning class to explore, make and produce a music/art presentation using sound, images, and objects from a 1968 Volkswagen automobile. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th OM4 POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 85199, 85399, 85499 INTERNSHIPS INDEPENDENT STUDY Noonan Arr. RELIGION RELIGIONS O F INDIA: Benson HINDUISM & BUDDHISM Historical, literary and sociological perspectives from antiquity to present. Uses primary texts, Hindu ritual films. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-955 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M24 REL 87372 SOCIOLOGY SOC 94356 CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.m. T,Th M22 lnterstate 94 east from Minneapolis t o 25th Ave. exit, left t o Riverside Ave., left t o 21st Ave. S., turn left at Augsburg sign. Interstate 94 west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right o n Riverside t o 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1982
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during t...
Show more Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Calendar November 9-12 ............................................ Interim Registration December 7 ........................................... Late Interim Registration January4 . . ................................................. First Day of Interim Class 1 9:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. January5 . . ............................................. Last day for cancel/add January7 . ................. .Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 18. Beginning of certain half credit courses* January22. ....................................... Last day for cancelling courses January29.. ...................................................... Interim ends .............................. The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:00 Noon 11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m. The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. 'Students enrolling in half-credit coursesshould consult the Registrar'sOfficefor datesforcancel/add and to determine the grading system. Essential Information One course is considered a full time load during interim and nostudent is permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0.Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student i s required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) POSTMASTER Volume 112, Number 3 Fall 1981 612/300-1001 AUCSBURCCOLLECE (USPS#490-310)is published fourtirnesa year in Spring,Summer, Fall,and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with drpartmrnrs l i r t ~ c li n alphabetical order. Augsburg Interims Abroad are identified by aspecial ~ r . i v e I ~ y m h oAt l . t h e e n d o f the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg bt11 recognizerl Ilv the College for interim credit, and a variety of Lifetime Sports. Further dcscriptlr>ns anrl i ~ ~ f o r m a t i oabout n these courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Options june lnterim - A t least one interim course will be offered in the June1982session of summer school (see listing under Education) in lieu of January term with n o additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect the june interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing t o take the June interim i n addition t o the January one will be required t o pay the regular summer course tuition. lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the five overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1982. These interims are under these departments: English - Theatre i n London Religion - Israel, Ancient and M o d e r n - The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii Social Work - Social Service and Public Policies i n a Developing Country: Egypt, 1982 Health and Physical Education - Sailing i n the Virgin Islands Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St, Olaf College. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available i n the lnterim Office and from Mary Kingsley i n the lnternational Center, Memorial 229. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply i n the International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after October. Internships-Internshipsareopen tostudents whocontinue an internship from the fall term or who begin an internship which will continue into the spring term. Students electing an internship interim are to present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 17. Independent o r Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the lnterim Office. Interimsat Other Schools- Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students i n applying for registration at other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affectscourses offered for the Religion requirement. Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg Collegewelcomesstudentsfrom other4-1-4schoolsfor theJanuary interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not t o charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing o r board costs. Other students will be,charged $600 for the interim course. Students interested i n registering for an Augsburg Interim should w r i t e t o the lnterim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These students are welcome to stay o n campus but are not required t o d o so. Requests for interim housing should be made t o the lnterim Office. Augsburg Policy Augsburg College admits studentsof any race,color, nationalandethnicorigin toall the rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminateon the basisof race, color, creed, national and ethnicorigin i n employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230), The Interim Secretary, Lorraine Stieper at 330-1025, or The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b). Courses Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Jewelry Art 150 - 4003 Instructor: Norman Holen You are introduced to copper, brass, pewter, and silver and you learn how t o cut, shape, enamel and cast these metals. The supplies you need will vary according to the projects we choose. We try to provide the necessary equipment and re-usable items. There is n o text and there are no tests. You are graded o n your pieces. Distribution: Art - Music Time: II OM1 16mm Film-Making I - Film-Making I1 Art 242 - 4001,342 - 4002 Instructor: Paul Rusten The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication. Using professional 16mm equipment, students i n teams will produce short black and white synchronized sound motion pictures. Students w h o have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within thesameclass-schedule and time-frame as Film-Making I. Fee: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent Distribution: Art - Music Time: II Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences BIO 106 - 4113 lnstructor Ralph Sulerud W r .Ire living I n a prrtod of b i o l o g i r c ~rc~volutron l whlch seems l ~ k e l y10 conrlnur, Many of the r i ~ v ~ ~ t o p will r n ~ ~ncreasrngly n~~ rerull In tlramat~c changes In ethiral ~ h t n k i n gand the liormr~lation of p u b f ~pr o l ~y, r guestion\sur h h ~ these c must be effect~ut+ly atlrIressetl: w h a t are l h r ~ g l ~oft r thp unborn7 Should h ~ u l o ~ i she t s allowed to work o n a n y type nt r r w d r r h n o nlairrl wlipre ~t le;lrI<?Doer ~ h ~r r l r aof 4 rnaral r e s p o n s ~ b ~ ltoward ~ty the rrivrronmrnr make sense? What e t h ~ c a land soc~alproblems would arlse as a result of c l o n ~ n gpeople? Is recomb~nantDNA research l ~ k e l yto create more problems than ~tsolves? I s euthanas~aever just~f~ed It ?I S Intended that th~scourseshould p r o v ~ d eat least a small part of the background necessary to answer such questions and make respons~bleeth~calcho~ces Each t o p ~ cw ~ l be l ~ n t r o d ~ c eby t l I ~ F ,Instructor or a guest, but much of the class tlme w ~ lbe l spent d~scuss~ng ass~gnrtlr~arl!rrgsnrrrl varlous vlewpolnts Formulat~onof a b r ~ e fposltlon paper on one o f the i ~ s i 1 c 5w ~ l lhe r e q u ~ r e d Grades w ~ l lbe based o n the paper, class partlclpatlon and exarnlnatlun rerrtltr. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I Wetland Ecology Bio 311 - 4114 Instructor: Roberta Lammers I n wetland ecology w~ will study the complexity, variery and impurtalrce 01 Ird shwater wetlands (i.e., bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). We will :turfy the physical asperrs of these wetlandsas well as the interrelationshipsof some of their rn,ijor organisrnslikc~~d~~s,insects, and sphagnum. Students will be required to pursue intlept.nrlcnr rr.dclirig on wetland org.fnitms of particular i n t r r ~to ~ l hen^. The raurse w w cons is^ ul re,,ding and discussion as well as lab ivork identilying nrganismsrollecled In n n r t h ~ r n M i n n ~ s o t aduring the summer by a l Minncsota's wetlands as an energy the instructiw. Wc shall examine cririrally ~ hpro ~ e n ~ iof source. There will hr local l i ~ l tripsrf~~~enrilnf:un d rhewea~ her. Cradingwill be o n the basis of one test and the presentalion (writren or or;~l)of ~ h indrpendent r rcadin~. Prerequisites: 510 111, 112 Time: I The Biology of Aging Bio 385 - 4115 Instructor. Robert Herforth At snmc lime ax another I r l our lives masr 01 u5 w ~ l rl i t h e r d ~ r c c r l yaxpcrlence aging or be ~ n f l u e n r c d pcople ~ ~ n c l e r g n t nagc-rrlared g changrq. Thic roiIrsP WIIIroncenlrfite on t h ~ t)iolog~ralasprcts uT such chang~s.W h a ~ir t h ndtlrrc ~ oI t h c s ~age-related rhangr?~? What lartorr tnIl~lr*ncrthe l a t v of aging? Do rellr ~ s a l ~ ~ from t r c l the body <how aging? 1s aging the o focne r t a ~ n c r l l r o r tissuesol the body?What are the current t h ~ o r l e s a st o rerulr of d c ~ r r ~ o r a t ~ IIIP h i o l ~ g ~ kca~c ~l rol a g ~ n g ?Ir aglng ronrrnllerl by a I ~ r a l o g ~ c clock? al Thew and other qursrions will tw arldressrd In l h h course hy rnpans nf rlassroom ~ P C I U ~ P Fand d~scusslnnsol ass~gnedread~ngs.Evaluat~onw ~ l be l based on several qulzzes and exams glven d u r ~ n gthe course Prerequ~s~tes: BIO 111 Time: I S 212 Introduction to Chemistry C h m 104 - 4116 Instructor: John Carlson of chemistry for ~hosr? who have never studled chemistry hefore. h course in basic Inclu(E~d are conccpls nt measurcrncnt, alorntr anrl ~ n o l e r u l a strucrurr, r types of rcactinns, solurionr, n c ~ r l sr ~ bases, ~ d at111 $n ~ n r m t l u c - t ~ to p no r ~ a n ichrmistry. r Many applications to Iifc ~ T O C C S S ~and S cnvironmental concerns are ma&. I.~cturesand demonslratians; rlo lab; no : ~hrcrlonger examinations Icrm paperr. Two hnrlrs iprturp ppr (Jay, five days a w ~ e kquizzes, plus a final. Not oprn lo a n y w i t h priorstudy ofchernisrry. Does notcount roward 3 rriajor o r a minor i n chemistry. Crctlit for both 104 anrl either 105,109, n r 115 no1 allowrrl. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry Chm 113 - 4117 Instructor: Earl Alton rindin%whlch chemicals are i n a solution (qualitdtlve analysis) ir a rhallengine, way of learning rumc principles of chemistry. This course will use I,lkoratory experiments coupled with an essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemisrry involverl to provicjr an introducrion to chemistry. Thp laboratory work will center on ~ o l v i n grhcrnical urtknowns. There will b e s~verr71~ ~ d l 1 r ~ - ~ ~ i 5sessions ~ ~ s s each i o n week and ,~bnut~ h r haurr c ~ of lal~oratory~ a c day. h Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes. Prerequisites: High School Chemistry Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I (Lectures 11:OO-12:OO N) Time: II (Lab 1:OO-4:00 p.m.) Introduction to Clinical Chemistry Chm 205 - 4118 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg A few years ago rllagnnctlc rnedicln~ was ptinc~pdllya rnaltpr of r t > l l r c l i n information ~ about Fymptnmc to d ~ a ~ n o san e ~ l l n r w .O c c a ~ ~ o n a l lat>r)ralc)ry ly IPS15 w t r e mad^ lo support 1 1 1 ~ d~agnnsrs.A l t h o ~ i g hr o l l r c l l i ~ n ~lormat~u n ahrlu~ synip1nrns ~ s s t ~anl l inl~agralpar[,~ i l ~ g n o < t r ( medicine l i d s progrr~seOto rhe pant whcrc laburatory teslr are r c j u ~ l n ~l ~ l yc r f o r m c dalrd may result In d t i l d g n ~ ~ ~ ~ d ~[porn f f e rt ~hnone ~l inclicntrtl l?y Ihe symptomr.Thlscourre intrrrtl~lcpr sornc o l the lypes ol c l i r ~ n i c a problems l s r g n ~ l ~ r aInn ~m e d ~ c r n eand mrlhods nl chtarnic.~! analysrs urrtl i n the tlcnical r h ~ m i ~ t rlat>oralory. y Lecturer, lilme, orcasitmal laboratory l wlIl he u~crrlIrl t h c , ctrursp, exprrlrnul-, anrl at ledst one f i ~ l dr i rp tn a r l ~ n i r a lal~r>r.-~~ork evaluation will be by frequent quizzes and a f ~ n aexam. l Prerequisites: C H M 106,116, or 223 T ~ m eI S 315 Economics of Urban Issues Eco 120 - 4119 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. Basic microeconomic tools employed. Distribution: Urban Studies Time: II O M 13 Learning Styles, Teaching Styles Ede 227 - 4125 Eds 227 - 4126 Instructor: M a r ~ eMcNeff differences among students, varlatlons In learnlng styles are numerous Some L ~ k e~ndlvldual students learn better by dlscuss~on,others by l~sten~ng and others by work~ngo n thelr own Students d ~ f f e rIn learnlng style w h ~ c hmeans that certaln educational approaches are more effect~vethan others for part~cularstudents H a v ~yo11 had profe5sr~r~ that held you spellbot~nrlin thrlr r.lassrsl Have you had their counterpart whcrr y ~ ~ u s ~ r u ~tg o Irt,ry e d awdke? T ~ ~lrnlrnrsor P mdy have L I ~ Pa ~t r . ~ r h t nstyle ~ ihai was or wa5 nnt c<hmpa~ihlt.w i ~ hyour learn~ngsrvlc. Thrs course will explorr r e ~ e a r r hhe~n'gcJon~rn t h r area.; of teaching and learning styles, 51utlpnrsw ~ lpartlcrpa~e l In a I~arninarty!r\ rnvrnrory lo help Identify how they barn h ~ r t . f hiscoi~rsersoflcrrtl through theIrft~ratlonDcpar~mrnl.hutir t l r f i n l t ~ l y{)pentoallstudentr. tl Time: ll Discovery in the Wsrld of Kindergarten Ede 375 - 4124 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course is a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials and a review of teaching approaches. Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is to be arranged by the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have taken place prior to the course itself. The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor L4 Time: Summer Interim Student Teaching Eds 481 - 4120 Eds 482 - 4121 Eds 483 - 4122 Eds 484 - 4123 Instructor: Sheldon Fardig Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Time: I L6 People Under Pressure Eng 211 - 4130 Instructor: Barbara Andersen The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social. religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course i n depression,for pressure and stress often I i a v ~p c l s i t i v ~r e ~ t ~ And t t ~ .m a t i v ~ j e o j ~r l~r* s p n ~toi dprr:ssl.lrv w i ~ h c o \ r r a g ~ , ~ r . l c.inrl ~ ( ~evt3nwit. Wr. will r r,icl r c v r r a l grhrirtls. IIIOFTI~ (11 ( 1 1 201 ~ h rerllury, 1717~1work^ 1 1 7 ~ .irtv 1 r l ~ l tjl \ ~ i i l l I yI O ~ U P V P ( ! irr liroraturrl c.ourrPr. Among ~ h wnrkr, r being rrln5irl~retl,]rt, Wafvrs, T l l v L l a n \4'ht1 K i l l r ~ r i~ h r - 4 LJypr; I'rl~ok,A ~ l yNan~rbi, /\r/~rlr[rlu: I3r,ir1li~arl.Trr)r/l I , f s / ~ ~>!I r rAtrt~r,ic,~: ~ Wright. Narivr Srjn: I4v1n. f x ~ ~ ~ l\4tori1c>t1; / ~ n l I l C ~ \ \ l r ~ 5irilort r '+ ~ N i ~ h t,t i:t l t l h ~j;h, t (;;{I lror11 ~ I I P <(,,I: I ilrgpnkb\4. ~ t ~ t / ~ t v 501><: ~ , i r dA l h c ~ 1-/1o . A , n t ~ t i ~ - ,lJrvt~,n ?/~ ,~r1,1 Thv Zntl S r r ~ v :, h r l ~ j e t m nI,~Vra\,f>r5.111,qI t ~ f M y Father: Gordon, Final Paylncnt,. Students will have some choice of works to read. Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports (optional) and two examinations. Distribution: English - Speech, Co~nmunication& Theater Arts Time: I O M 10 . The Brontes Eng 248 - 4128 Eng 348 - 4129 Instructor: Catherine Nicholl I n a parsonage on the edge of the Yorkshire moors, four gifted children mused themselves hy redding Shakespeare and Byron and writing miniature books i n which they developed two elaborate and romantic kingdoms. Literally surrounded by death-the churchyard in which their mother and two sisters were buried-they consoled themselves with the lile of the imagination. All of them, too, were to die young. But the th~,eesisters. Charlotte, Emily, and Anne, gave to the world several groundbreaking novels dnd some memorable poetry. The course will focus primarily o n the writings of Charlotte ()a~leEyrc. Villerte) and Emily (Wurhering Heighfs, poems). All students will read these works and will sample some of the critical approaches t o Wufherir~gHeight\, one of the most original novels of the nineteenth century. In addition, we will read the biography of Charlotte by her friend and fellow writer. Elizabeth Gaskell. We will consider the influence on the sisters of the family situation and of attitudes toward women writers in the 1840's. Each student will read one additional novel or biography. Class activities will include lectures, discussions, and films In addition to short quizzes and an exam, each student will either write a short paper or d o a class presentation. Upper division students will d o both. Prerequisites: One literature course or consent of the instructor. Distribution: Urban Studies, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies Time: l l O M 16 Europe January 3-28 I nteri m/9 Theatre in London Eng 269 - 4131 Eng 369 - 4132 Instructor: Richard Sargent Cost: $1795 London is one of the leading centers of theatre in the world. We will attend plays at theatres such as the National Theatre and the Royal Shakespeare Company theatres where internationally renowned directors like Peter Hall present revivals of classics and the premieres of the work of playwrights like Tom Stoppard and Peter Shaffer. We will be reading some plays in order to be aware of the historical context in which contemporary dramatists are writing. In addition to going to plays and touring theatres, we will take advantage of the cultural richness London has to offer, visiting art galleries such as theTate, attending concerts, and touring spots in London that have been significant in literary history. We will also make trips to visit other theatres, notably to Stratford. Students will keep a journal: those taking the course for upper division will write a paper in addition. Counts toward English major Distribution: English - Speech, Communication &Theater Arts Grading: P/N Five-College Poetry Writing Workshop Eng 362 - 4127 Instructor: Roger Blakeley, Macalester College M~mbcrs of the workshop will experiment with poetry techniques, aiming at the completion rrl .I pns~lolirkof new work and the revising of existing manuscripts. The workshop will meet threp mornings a week at Macalester for lectures, discussions, and critiques. In addition, iridividual conlerences will be scheduled, and an optional public reading is planned for late in the month. Attendance at all class sessions is mandatory The course is open to students from the five Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities who have had experience in writing poetry. Normally only three students from a college will be accepted. Preferably students should have taken at least one college-level creative writing course. Students considering this course should contact Richard Sargent (English Department) and submit samples of their work no later than one'week before the first day of Fall Registration for Interim. Class meets 9:30 to 11:45 MWF, H 203 (Macalester), plus conferences TBA. French Literature in Translation Fre 243 - 4134 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Study of representativeshorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivity, and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the works themselves. M u c h class time daily will be devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study. . Prerequisites: Sophomore standing Distribution: Jr. & Sr. only (old requirements). Time: I - Beginning Norwegian ~ d 111 r - 4133 Instructor: Liv Dahl Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress o n spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I O M 29 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Nor 311 - 4137 Instructor: Leif Hansen Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given t o regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and to differences between the t w o official languages of Norway. There will be laboratory work and field experience. If arrangements can be made, part of the course will be conducted at a location in Northern Minnesota. Fees: $100 if the off-campus part of the course can be arranged. Prerequisites: 75211 or equivalent Time: II O M 29 lntensive Beginning Spanish Spa 112 - 4135 Instructor: To b e named The goal of thiscourse isto complete thesequence of Beginning Spanish with greater emphasis o n spoken Spanish than is usually the case. Students will be expected to complete and correct written assignments outside of class so that time in class can b e used for small group conversations, impromptu skits and discussions in Spanish. Evaluation will be based on daily work, quizzes, four tests and a final exam. Prerequisites: Spanish 111 Distribution: Foreign Language O M 23 Time: I Spanish of the Business and the Professional World Spa 215 ;4136 Instructor: Gunta Rozentals Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients in various fields. Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in health care, education, welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of Spanish business letters. Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations. Prerequisites: Spanish 212 Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I Planning for Tomorrow: Personal & Social Transformation in the 1980's Gst 240 - 4177 Robert Clyde, Augsburg College Berenice Bleedorn, Director of Creative Studies, The Coll6ge of St. Thomas Course will define personal and social transformation, show how this transformation takes place, and introduce students to such concepts as general systems theory, paradigm shifts, entropy and syntropy, holism, and the uncertainty principle. Using this knowledge, students will develop a model for a futuristic democracy, i n which the citizens "think globally and act locally." Students will read Marilyn Ferguson's The Aquarian Conspiracy plus one or more additional books from the bibliography, keep a journal on the readings, class discussions and additional resources (meetings, lectures, interviews, films, etc.), and prepare a plan for personal, continuing involvement in the model for the futuristic democracy developed by the class. Evaluation will be based on assessment of "open journal" through oral examination, and assessment of quality of personal growth plan. S 108 Time: II Recreational Rhythms and Activities Hpe 232 - 4143 Instructor: Pam Paulson Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade i s based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 18-29 Melby Modern Dance Hpe 373 - 4141 Instructor: Pam Paulson An introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and problem solving. The majority of the course grade i s based upon daily performance in class, performance of a group composition, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Melby Time: I - Jan. 4 - 15 12/l nteri m Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Hpe 410 - 4142 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Prerequisites: Health 320 (School Health Curriculum) Time: I Melby 13 Virgin Islands January 4-28 Sailing in the Virgin Islands ** Hpe 455 - 4139 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Cost: $1995 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, docking, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39'fixed keel sailboat with 6 other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will besupplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting,and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islandsand cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on competencies demonstrated by each individual in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ship's log will be kept by all participants. Counts toward lifetime sport distribution requirement Grading: P/N only Coaching of Football Hpe 476 - 4140 Instructor: Al Kloppen Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I -Jan. 4 - 15 Melby 12 Coaching of Basketball Hpe 477 - 4138 Instructor: Rees Johnson Theory, techniquesand administration of coaching basketball. Course will includeoff-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation. There will be some out of class night work. Prerequisites: Instructor's approval. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Melby 13 Time: I l -Jan. 18 - 29 20th Century South Asia His 162 - 4147 His 462 - 4148 Instructor: Don Gustafson Thts geographtc area has pratlilrrd the l a r g r ~workrng ~ rlernocr~ryin thc world today; from this people havr come on(' a( our cenlury's greaimt "saints" and a l s o one or the most r ~ n o w n e tstalesmen; l 11 isa forernoqt cxample of 20th-Ccntnryr olonralismarid natlonallrm: ir Iiarexpr.r~~ntetl oneaf thisrentury'sgreatr~rupheavalfof people: i t rsa ~tdndnrdexarnplcfor populat~ontrtsrs and world h u n ~ e rillt~stratlons.5oi11hAsia is all thrs-ant1 much more. Thts course I$ d~slgnerlfor the ctndent *ha has Inrercs! but lirtls or no background In nnn-western ~ubj~=ct5-1hough nth~rsare a l ~ owelcorn~.The h ~ a rot l the coursr will he in a w ~ t l ~ a ~ s o r t m e nreadings r (somt oI them really cxcellcnt) t r u ~~IIF-IP will a l ~ o h e lertures, trrne for drscussron and frequent breaks for slrde presentations. Grades w ~ lbe l based on general level of partlclpatlon, on some wrltten work and probably a test Students reglster~ngfor upper dlvls~oncred~tw ~ l have l addlt~onalassignments and be graded by upper dlvrslon standards. Prerequisites: Students registering for upper division credit must have had at least one college history class. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: I S112 Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality His 220 - 4145 His 320 - 4146 Instructor: Khrn Khrn Jensen An invesriaatlon c l r tlw rationale fcr I ~ immigration P pattern, economir opporlunities, and social. politlcnl and economic- problems encour~rer~rl tjy thp folIowing Irnrn1grant5:Chlnew, l Forus on these thrre rrhnic groups will involve jap~ncseanrl Korean5 tn the W n i l ~ rStares. tjrlth t h "nld" ~ rmmigrants nntl ~tir"ncw" immigrants. Coursc will u 1 1 l i r~~~l ~ nspeak~r5 ic (Chinesr. Japancse and Koreilns) in a home rnvirnnment-dt~cus5Ion format. There will l~ etltnir meals, ~ t h n i craaking dcrnonsrra~ians,films, slides ~ n df i r * l t l rrips-,111 f h c ~arp important rornponent5 of thv rorlrsp as IS rlie academic component ol readings. erc. Focus Ir on ~ h cxperienrrs r or tlicsc ethnic aroups in Hawaii. Calllorr~i;~ ant1 M t n n ~ f o t a . and a Iourn,jI, loww rlivirron will cloa jnirrn;tl. Thrrr will 1 1 1 ~ ~ ~ r d i v i s i o n ~ t u dwill e n dnapaprr t5 t)r an exam un the t ~ x and t readlng~. Fees: $15 for meals and films etc. Prerequ~sites:Lower Divis~on,None Upper Divis~on,sophomore standing and consent of instructor D~stribution:Ii~storyand Philosophy Time: I Studies in Ancient and Medieval History Through the Reformation His 366 - 4190 Instructor: Richard Nelson This course is intended for those students who, having completed a course i n either ancient, medieval, renaissance, or reformation history, have a desire t o extend their work in one of those areas. Students will meet with me on a regular arranged basis for consultation and identification of the topic they intend to study. These topics can be of varied nature: e.g., biographical, social, military,art, literature, etc. The final result of thestudy will becompletion of a paper or project. Prerequisite: One history course and consent of instructor Time: II Brush Up Mat 103 - 4150 Instructor: Bev Durkee Thiscourse is designed asa brush u p in arithmetic and elementary algebraskills.Thecourse will be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or w h o will b e taking statistics as part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests t o determine study needs, homework assignments t o gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized. Time: I S 108 Mathematical Aspects of Music Mat 130 - 4149 Instructor: Ben Cooper This course has t w o purposes. The first is to convey some mathematics that musicians should know (or know about), mostly concerning such pre-musical topics as acoustics, scales, tuning, and the premises of twelve-tone composition, but also concerning the question of the meaning of compositional style and quality.Thesecond purpose is t o try tocounterthecultural invrntine or discovering isolation of motlcrn malhematics by mcans o l parallel e r t p ~ r i c n c r % math~maticr; and writing music,anrl thro~ghc-antactwith one or two rna~hr*rnaticalto~ics not t a tangential bearing o n music, usually found in the curriculum t h a t a r c r i a n i l i ~ a n t ~ t r a v e aleas1 and con bc enjoycd with minimdl prereq~lisites.When pos~ihle,we will Iry trl hear those things we discuss mathematically through recordings or performant:e. Grades will be based o n homework exercises, mostly mathematical, but including the composition of at least one canon. Therefore some experience i n part writing is essential. The necessary mathematics will be developed i n class. Prerequisites: Music 101 o r equivalent and some high school algebra. Distribution: Mathematics - Physics Time: I Mathematical Themes in History and Philosophy M a t 134 - 4188 M a t 334 - 4189 Instructor: Larry Copes This course is designed for students who enjoy challenging reading and writing, but may be uncomfortable with mathematics. Objectivesare to examine waysin which mathematical ideas have affected and have been affected by philosophical ideas and historical movements. We shall examine h o w number systems, algebra, cardinality, and axiom systems have related to various epistemologies. There will be t w o exams and two short papers. Students must be qualified for College Algebra, as demonstrated (for example) by being i n Croup A on the Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. Upper division: Students should have taken at least one mathematics course beyond Calculus II. Grading will be based o n three papers. Prerequisites: Yes Distribution: Mathematics - Physics Time: II O M 25 Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview Mus 110 - 4151 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitation of clinical f a c i l i ~ i ~i rsl t l ~ cMetropolitan area to observe music therapy in practice. Objectives of the coursr will Ile lo llccorn~familiar with a variety of clientele (Including mentally retarded, emotionally tlis~url)ed,nntl p11ysic.illy hilndicapped), and t u observ~how music therapy function< wilt1 diricrcnt populations. I n addition to the field trips, c-lasircmm discussions will include an o v e r v i ~ wol nlusir fherapy prac-tires and theory in thir country and abroad. Evaluation will be based o n tests,field trip reports, and class participation. A special fee of $15.00 will be required, t o cover the cost of transportation. A special class project will be required for upper division credit. Student times must beflexible, toallow for field tripsduring either the morning or afternoon. Fees: $15.00 Distribution: Art - Music M24 Time: II Sign and Song Mus 161 - 4152 Mus 361 - 4153 Instructor: Larry Fleming This course of study will investigate the relationship between visual symbols utilized in "signing" for the hearing impaired, and the basicelementsof music: melodiccontour, rhythm, and text topics. The process will include: I. Theory-Readings and discussion i n the areas of symbol, image, ritual, and gesture by authors S. Langer, B. Shahn, C. lung, T. Stafford, and others. II. ~ a r t i c i ~ a t i o n - ~ a s i"signing" c will b e taught by an area expert, so that fundamental concepts, vocabulary, and gestures are experienced and understood. Ill. Observation-Visits at local congregations and schools where signing is used with song. Although of special benefit for Music, Drama, and Education students, this study might prove useful for any interested student. N o previousexperienceor music training is necessary. Upper division credit requires the writing of a position paper. Distribution: Art - Music M 22 Time: II Trends and Issues in Nursing Nur 330 - 4154 Instructors: Susan Knust - Nancy Malcolm Nursing is viewed from an historical, current and futurist perspective to develop theories and concepts of leadership, change, and role development. The nurse as leader is discussed i n terms of ethics and accountability to the profession and t o society. The changing health care needs and demands of society are examined i n light of theability of the health caresystemand health care providers to meet those needs. The role of the nurse in meeting current and projected societal health care needs is discussed with emphasis on changing and emerging roles in nursing. The student increases his/her awareness of the complexities of societal and health issues by examining the political and legislative processes related to such issues. Emphasis is placed o n the impact of these processeson the nursing profession and health care delivery. The role of the nurse as an active participant i n these processes i s examined as well. Teaching methods include lecture, discussion and a variety of expert guest speakers. Evaluation methods include annotated bibliography, student debates and paper and pencil test. O M 11 Time: II The Nature of Contemplation Phi 210 - 4157 Instructor: Mark Fuehrer Thiscourse will examine the nature of contemplation by meansof philosophicalanalysis of the works of several contemplative writers. The following concepts will be analyzed and discussed: the object of contemplation, the effects of contemplation on the human subject, the modes of contemplation, and the language of contemplation. The course will consist of introductory lectures o n topics t o be discussed followed by selected readings and discussions i n class. Each student will prepare one paper of moderate length on a topic of his/her choosing with respect t o the course. Students will be given a grade based on the term paper and the individual discussions. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: II O M 23 Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look at Some Contemporary lssues Phi 250 -4158 Instructor: Kenneth Bailey A popular song says: "This is the dawning of the Age of Aquarius." Is it? Aquarius, the Waterbearer, the eleventh sign of the zodiac, symbolizes simplicity, peace, and brotherhood. Whether such an age has begun is a question. Some astrologers say it began as early as 1930; others that it is just dawning. However that may be, i n this course we will discusssome of the concerns (e.g., freedom, morality, hunger) that face whatever age we may be in, from a philosophical standpoint. Basically a discussion course. Grades will be based o n written tests and class participation. Distribution: History - Philosophy OM 10 Time: II Islamic Philosophy: Past and Present Phi 410 - 4156 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach A study of the preservers of the Classic Greek tradition, analyzing h o w they reshaped the materials they inherited and i n what way they helped influencc the rise of Medieval Christian thought. To what extent current Islamic thought preserves their heritage or is conditioned by Christian western culture will be explored. Seminar format, with presentation and discussion of research papers. Prerequisites: No, though some previous philosophy recommended. Distribution: History - Philosophy M 23 Time: I 1982 Oak Ridge ~ssociatedUniversities Science Minimester Phy 322 - 4159 Inctructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1982 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects i n nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, coal technology, health physics,and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Tra~ningprogram. Two weeks of the coursewill bespent i n Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilitiesof ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Fecs: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $250. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: I S 24 Democratic Theory and Practice Pol 381 - 4160 Instructor: Milda Hedblom A study of democraric theory and public policy practice with focu, on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. An extensive research project will b e required in one of the major themes of the course involving considerable independent work. Prerequisites: Two courses political science,economics, philosophy or instructor's permission. M 25 Time: II The Politics of American Defense POI 461 - 4161 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten Contending explanations of American foreign policy-making will be examined with special concern for nuclear strategy and military intervention. Issues arising out of the Carter and Reagan defense policies will be discussed i n the light of previous American foreign policy behavior since World War II. . Grades will be based on t w o 5-page essays i n which students will reflect and comment on course readings, class discussions, and their experiences i n a policy-making simulation to be held during one all-day class in mid-January. Prerequisites: One introductory course in political science or permission of the instructor. M 25 Time: I Use of the Personal Computer in Psychology Psy 241 - 4163 lnitructor: Richard Marken See how a personal computer (the Psychology Department's Apple Il)can be used as a tool t o explore the mind. Learn t o write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic displays, measure response time, d o statistical analyses and mndel thought processes. See the fruits of your efforts i n glorious color on the Apple II TV scleen. Evaluation based o n programming projects and two tests. P3 Time: II Designing an Introductory Psychology Course Psy 305 - 4164 Instructor: Norm Ferguson The course will involve students i n all phases of developing an introductory psychology course. This will include assessing the background and interests of the potential students, developing a course outline, choosing the classroom teaching methods, selecting the textbooks, preparing the exams and other forms of evaluation, and determining the grading procedures. There are two main objectives: (1) t o give students exposure to principles of curriculum development and theories of intellectual growth and development and (2) t o give students an opportunity to experience thesubject matter of introductory psychology from the perspective of an instructor. Evaluation will be based o n daily class participation and written assignments. Prerequisites: Two courses in psychology. Time: II P1 Reading in the Works of Robert Coles Psy 372 - 4162 Instructor: Duane Johnson Thiscourse will providean opportunity to read i n the works of Robert Coles with major focus o n conditions under which children develop. Reading will also include some attention t o authors closely related to Coles' perspective. Robert Coles isone of America's most widely published writers; much of his writing is based on a participant-observer style ol rrsaarrh. I-lp<prnclsfuhstantial time with particular persons i n various settings (southrrnri-5, rrligrants, sliarc~cropllers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the affluent and privileged, pcoplc of Iflsler 2nd South Africa) and reports their lives with sensitivity and with particirlar ~ l r p n l i o1 ~ 0 ltheir ~ r r c * ~ ~ k He ll~ i s ra.perceptive criticof our society and a spokesperson for the "less advantaged" and minority persons. Some initial study and planning will be required prior t o the beginning of the interim; each student must contact Dr. Johnson n o later than December 1 for further details regarding these assignments and t o confirm her/his registration i n the course. Course expectations will include extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal, and ashort summary paper. Course will be offered only on a P-N grading basis. Prerequisites: 86105 - General Psychology P5 Time: I Hawa~iJanuary 4-30 The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions in Hawaii rC Rel 321 - 4166 Instructor: P h ~ l ~ Quanbeck p Cost: $1795 It A study of Buddhism, Protestant Christianity, Mormonism,and Polynesian religion with special attention t o their interrelation i n Hawaii. Special attention given t o t h e following: the meeting of New England Calvinism and Hawaiian traditional culture and religion and its results today; the meeting of Christianity and both Chinese and Japanese Buddhism i n Hawaii today; and the approach of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints (Mormons) to the Polynesians. Efforts will also be made to study aspects of Chinese and Japanese cultures and religions i n their own right. Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal. Distribution: Religion Prerequisites: one religion course Grading: P/N only Christianity in Modern Africa Re1 366 - 4165 Instructor: Bradley Holt This cour.;c. is i n t ~ n c l r t10 l inform l~artiriparitsabout thr. c'ontrmporary r r l i g i c > ~situatir~n ~s In s r l e c ~ r trrgions l ~f Africa and ~ o s t i r n u l a ~rcllccrion.on c llrc univrrsat r taimsol Christianiry anrl form< il takrbs. A l f r n l i o r i will h r #ivcn lo Iht? lllarrting of Ctiristii~nityit1 the v d l i ~ Ot (~CUIIU~JI klric-a,to I t s d ~ v e l o ~ ~rlntler t n ~ nr ~n l n n ~ arrgimt:s,arlrl l irs rrr.rnt growth in ~nrlcpendentstates. T l i r " l r ~ r l o p m d r n r " African churches will bc stuclirvl. as well as aliprnpt5 lu l u r n ~ l ~ l .an rt~ "Africa11 Christian Tlienlngy." Tlrrb c o u r w wlIT ~ n i l ~ l uler.lur~s. y v t s i ~ i nresourrv ~ I)ersr)n, a i~rllo-visual~ i r l s. i,~ i r frlisr-i15sionnfr ~ a r l i n gmaterials. Stirrlrnts will beevaluated ona research j,lppr and an examination. P! "equisites: One cohrse i n religion. Uis~r1,-ution: Religion Time: II O M 18 - Christianity in Crisis: The New Evangelicals Confront the Twentieth Century Re1 368 - 4187 Instructor: Bruce Stuart Protestant Christians respond to science, social change, and critical views of their faith. "Bible-believing" and "evangelical" Americans attempt to shape their culture and call America t o a "Christian" and a "moral" pattern. Emphasis will be placed on the history and thought of "Born-Again" Christians since the 1920's. Key issues: Fundamentalism vs. Modernism, The Scopes Trial, Revivalism, Faith-healing, inerrancy of scripture, the Christian i n politics, the "electronic church" and prayer in the public school Key figures: W.B. Riley, Carl Mclntire, Billy Graham, Oral Roberts, Jerry Falwell, several American Presidents, Mark Hatfield Classroom lectures and discussion, one Sunday morning of television, texts and reserved reading. There will be two tests and a short paper. Prerequisites: One course i n religion Distribution: Religion Time: I *+* Israel January 3-28 Israel, Ancient and Modern Re1 375 - 4167 Instructor: John Benson Cost: $2195 This course encounter will focus o n archaeology and geography with special attention t o methods and results of archaeology as they relate to biblical sites in Israel. The group will live primarily in Jerusalem where there will be lectures, walking tours in the O l d City, and visits to museums and places of religious and historical interest. Twoside trips are planned: one to the north, including places such as the Sea of Galilee, Tiberias, Capernaum, Hazor Megiddo and Nazareth; and another t o the south, which will include such places as Ashdod, Beer-sheba, Masada and Qumran. Some time will be spent in London at the beginning of the interim. There will be required reading, and students will keep a journal. Prerequisites: one course i n religion Distribution: Religion Grading: P/N only Practicum in Human Services Swk 257 - 4169 Instructor: Doug Perry Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career i n human services is for you. Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final examination. Students will b e asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester i n order to discuss selection of agency and structure of the course. Objectives: 1) To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help. 2) To increase knowledge of the service given by the agency i n which student is serving. 3) To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills, competencies, education, and training. 4) To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human service agencies. 5) To increase understanding of self i n relation t o the human service field. Time: I Field Work Ill Swk 466 - 4170 Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg Continuation o f educationally focused field placement in a social service agency (Field Work 11). Student will spend 15 hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Student will b e evaluated in writing by Field Work Instructor using previously developed field learning agenda and social work evaluation form. Objectives: 1) To use supervisory relationship t o increase interpretive as well as performance competence. 2 ) To promote gradual entry into direct practice. 3) To increase competence i n client contact phase of the problem solving process. 4) To increase student self awareness in regard to professional practice interest, areas of strength and areas for personal/professionaI development. 5) To promote competence i n the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis o n analysis and resolution stages. 6) To apply human behavior and social environment theories content to analytic processes and t o develop interpretive ability. 7) To continue to promote gradual entry into action-intervention phase of the problemsolving process. 8 ) To further examine minority issues in relation t o practice. (Note: this will be offered for 1/2or full credit. For full credit, student will spend 30 hours per week i n placement, the additional 15 hours to be i n non-client contactactivities whichaddress specific projects i n the agency, as written into the field learning agenda and agreed upon among student, field instructor, and faculty supervisor) Prerequisites: Field Work II O M 11 Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th Pol 399 - 4184 Washington Interim A study-internship program i n Washington, D. C. i n connection with the Washington Center of Learning Alternatives, Information o n projects, housing and financial assistance i s available from Dr. Barbara Richards-Haugen i n Memorial 113. Swk 312 - 4185 Training School o n Alcohol and Drug Abuse Intensiveexperiential and didactictraining at Johnson Institute combined with week-long experience i n chemical dependency treatment agency. Students are evaluated according to participation i n classes, experiential learning and i n the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are a v a l l a l ~~nrrudents l~ during interim and may be taken in addition t o a regular course. They d o riot carry nlfir,inl credit, but they d o meet the life-time sports requirement for graduation. S~uderrksmay parlicipate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be e x p ~ r ~ rtor lpay any fees whether or not credit i s received. Badminton Hpe 002 - 4178 Instructor: Marilyn Pearson Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent i n singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will b e n o written tests or outside assignments. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport Time:'12:00 Noon Melby Volleyball Hpe 002 - 4179 Instructor: E. W. Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport. Time: 12:OO Noon - 1:00 p.m. daily Melby Racquetball Hpe 002 - 4180 Instructor: E.W. Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport. Time: 8:00 a.m. - 9:00 a.m. daily Melby American Karate: Fun, Fitness, Sport, Self Defense Hpe 002 - 4191 Instructor: M i k e Teitelbaum An introduction t o "American" Karate. Form, basic techniques and practical usage will b e taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt Instructor. Fees: approximately $20. Time: 12:OO Noon Monday, Wednesday, Friday Melby
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1982
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUCSBURC COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL 1982 INTRODUCTION AUGSBURG COLLEGE Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1 through June 25; Term II runs from june 28 thro...
Show more AUCSBURC COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL 1982 INTRODUCTION AUGSBURG COLLEGE Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1 through June 25; Term II runs from june 28 through August 6. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 7500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation 3n metropol itan events is a delightful and broadening experience. 1982 SUMMER CALENDAR NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY ; A u ~ b u Coltege g admits students of any race, color, natiunal and ethnic origin to all righbi privil~ges~ programs,, and .actlviti~generally accorded or made available to students at the school. If doe5 not disciiminate a n the basis d race, mlot-, creed, national and ethnic origin In employment pwctiw~or administration of its educational pblicia? admissions poli~ies~ scholarship and loan programs and athl&'c and other baoladministered programs. I Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write or call: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall - 230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 (612) 330-1025 Pat Parker, Director Lorraine Stieper, Secretary Term II April 23 April 23 June 1 June 28 June 3 June 30 Holiday None MY5 Last Day to Withdraw from Class June 18 June 25 July 16 Aug. 6 Early Registration (Tuition Discount) 1 I ' II I REGISTRATION Term I Classes Begin Last Day for Registration Balance of Tuition Due Last Day to: Change Class Registration Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation on Record Last Day of Class Design: Susan Hopp Information: Lorraine Stieper - -- GENERAL INFORMATION ELIGIBILITY Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term II. All courses except those indicated carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Persons In Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division primarily for juniors and seniors, and 5, graduate level. Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. lnternships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Changes in Registration must be made at the Registrar's Office. No course may be added after it has met more than six hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the instructor. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Limited food service is available, supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops. Persons Planning To Attend Summer School are advised to register as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. FINANCIAL AID Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load. Eligibility for the loan is determined by the Office of Student Financial Services. When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest; 7% for previous borrowers, 9% for new borrowers after January 1, 1981. Maximum loan is $2,500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the aggregate undergraduate maximum is $12,500. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Office. Deadline: Applications must be on file with the lender by March 1, 1982 since processing takes up to 12 weeks. The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses. Lift Please TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE 1, 1982 - JUNE 25, 1982 CAMPUS LOCATION PAYMENT OF FEES Tuition Charges for Summer School are $280 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit) is $140 for each course. Laboratory or special fees may be charged for some courses. Early Registration on April 23 will result in a savings of $20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge of $260 per course applicable only to courses designated by April 23. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. An Advance Tuition Deposit of $50 is required at the time of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class, June 1 for Term I and June 28 for Term II. A $10 late payment fee will be assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines. No student will be officially enrolled until all financial arrangements have been completed. All balances due on your Augsburg student account from previous termls must be paid in full before you are officially registered for Summer School at Augsburg College. TO DOWNTOWN ST PAUL m Tuition Refund is calculated on the table below. Such refund is limited by a $20 processing cost. Students must present cancel card to the Registrar's Office on the date of cancellation to be eligible for refund, and no refund will be made after the listed dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment, full refund will be made. Course Cancellation Date Refund- Term I Term II 10O0I0(less $20 processing fee) 80OIO 601'0 401'0 June 1-2 June 28-June 30 June 3-4 June 5-7 June 8-9 July 1-6 july 7-9 July 12-14 Interstate 94 east from Minneapolis to 25th Ave. exit, left to Riverside Ave., left to 21st Ave. S, left at Augsburg sign. lnterstate 94 west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right on Riverside to 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign. --=- TERM II COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE 28, 1982 - AUGUST 6, 1982 a TERM I SUMMER 1982 JUNE 1 - JUNE 25 a NOR 112-8052 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN II Hansen Continuation of NOR 11 1; emphasis on structure, oral and written facility of expression. ART ART 242-8003 FILM-MAKING WORKSHOP Rusten Participants will team-produce short 16mm sound-motion-pictures using professional procedures and equipment. For communication students and working professionals. Dist.: Yes. Fees: $75.00 lab fee Four Weekends (1st class/une 5, 9:00 a.m.) OM17 Sat. 9:OO- 12:OO noon; 1:00-4:30 p.m.; Sun. 1:OO-4:30 p.m. A weekend at a lake in Northern Minnesota will be built into the course if all students can participate (cost $15-30, depending on arrangements). Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th OM29 CAMP NORWAY Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway. Consult Liv Dahl, Norwegian-American Cultural Institute (Room 15, Old Main) for details. a ART 270-8002 PORTABLE FLBERTECHNIQUES Ellertson Tapestry weaving; traditional and contemporary methods of frame loom weaving; emphasis on design and aesthetics. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F OM4 a a HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 114-8061 HEALTH & SAFETY EDUCATION Borstad Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W, Jh C13 Meets 1st hall of term lune 1-11 (1/2 course) BIOLOGY Mickelberg HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY BIO 103-8010 Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T, W,Th,F S205 1:00- 4:00 p.m. Lab T, W, Th 52 14 Enrollment limit: 35 H PE 115-8062 HEALTH &CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY Borstad EDUCATION Analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. (Meets the M.S. 126.02 for students in teacher preparation programs). C13 5:00-8:00 p.m. M, T, W, Th (1/2 course) Meets 2nd half of term lune 14-25 BIO 108-8011 MICROBIOLOGY Thorpe Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50a.m.Lect M,T,W,Th,F 5212 11:30- 3:30 p.m. Lab T, Th 5202 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Utterberg HPE 491-8053 Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354 6:00-9:30 p.m. T, Th & Arr. C 12 (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION H PE 493-8054 ORGANIZATION &ADMINISTRATION OF Husing CORRECTIVE THERAPY Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relations and ethics. Dist.: NO. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Arr. C24 (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) BUS 101-8022 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 51 12 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F CHEMISTRY GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL Carlson CHEMISTRY First term of a two semester course, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: High school chemistry 1 1:30-1:50 Lect M, T, W, Th, F 53 15 2:OO-4:00 Lab M,T, W,Th S327 HPE 495-80551 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Saugestad 496-80561497-8057 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy; (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No. Arr. Prerequisites: 485, 491 and approval of department CHM 109-8021 a FOREIGN LANGUAGES BEGINNING GERMAN I Oyler CER 111-8046 Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes. OM29 12:OO-3:00 p.m. M, J, W,Th ECONOMICS FCO 120-8030 a HISTORY HIS 101-8064 ECONOMICS O F U R B A N ISSUES Sabella THE BEGINNINGSOF WESTERN CULTURE Nelson Analvqis nf t h e n r i m a r v r i v i l i s a t i o n s i n t h e N e a r East, t h e classiral w o r l d of Greece a n d Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By Independent Study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. ECO 122-8029 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MACRO) Gupta Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 1:OO-4:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th 52 05 I ECO 392-8031 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122 9:30-11:50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M5 a ~ o m k and , the'middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-1 1:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F a a EDE 375-8036 STUDENT TEACHING Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during the general period from the middle of June to the end of July. The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Registrar's Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration. a a I a a TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (Also Term II) Diverse Topics: See Instructor Hedblorn POL 299-81541499-8155 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE (Also Term II) Hedblom POL 299-81 541499-8155 DIRECTED STUDY IINDEPENDENT STUDY READINGS O N THE USSR TODAY (Also Term II) Noonan INTERNSHIPS (AlsoTerm II) HedblomlNoonan Arr. PSYCHOLOGY PSY 105-8091 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Marken Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding behavior; research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes. 9:30- 1 1:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F P1 PSY 375-8092 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasirno (Also see SOC 375-81 10) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and 105 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th ENGLISH ENG 251-8051 AMERICAN NOVELS ABOUT WAR Blackburn Emphasis on how selected writers view war, their assumptions about the role of the individual soldier and the artistic methods used to present or deal with war's complexities. Dist.: Yes. 7:OO-10:OO p.m. M,T, W,Th 51 12 POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 299-81541499-8155 POL 199-81561399-8157 EDS 481-80451482-8048 STUDENT TEACH ING: Fardig 483-80491484-8050 SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Arr. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department 1 PHILOSOPHY PHI 130-8063 INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC Bailey Examination of rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing the ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes. 9:30- 1 1 :50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M23 EDE 481 -80371482-8038 STUDENT TEACHING: R. Anderson 483-80391484-8040 NURSERY SCHOOL Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. EDE 481-80411482-8042 STUDENT TEACH ING: McNeff 483-80431484-8044 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. NURSING NUR 330-8066 TRENDS& ISSUES I N NURSING Malcolm Nursing viewed from an historical, current and futuristic perspective to develop theories and concepts of leadership, change, and role development. Examination of societal and health issues. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M, T,W,Th 5205 EDUCATION DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD Pelton OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. SUMMER INTERIM 9:30-1 1:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F L4 MATH MAT 103-8065 BRUSH UP Durkee Designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills. Particularly helpful for students in elementary education and students taking statistics as part of a major. Includes computer work, Individualized course of study. Dist.: No. 2:OO-5:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th 51 12 a RELIGION REL 370-8068 CLASSICS OF CHRISTIAN DEVOTION Quanbeck Understanding of the spiritual life as disclosed in significant Christian writings from the second century to the present. Dist.: Yes. 8:30- 10:50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M24 JUNE 1, 1982 - JUNE25, 1982 SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-8071 GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESSMEDIUM Perry Wilderness camping as focus for building group and individual relationships. Approx. Addnl. $75.00 fee. Dist.: No. Arr. (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) SWK Office ENG 245-9304 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Gidmark An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p m. M, W M23 SWK 399-8069 INTERNSHIPS Brown FOREIGN LANGUAGE SWK 499-8070 INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown GER 112-9029 BEGINNING GERMAN II Oyler Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Ger 111 or equivalent 1 1:40- 1:25 p.m. M, T, W, Th SOClOLOGY SOC 199-80731399-8114 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term II) Hesser SOC 375-81 10 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see PSY 375-8092) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and 105 5:OO-8:00 p m. M, T, W,Th L1 SOC 381-8072 RACIAL & MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS Gerasimo The dimension of racial and minority groups relation emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F M4 SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SPC 111-8121 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th Cole Little Theater SPC 354-8074 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Bart Study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. Dist.: Yes. S205 9:30-11:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 199-80751399-8076 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term II) Hesser Arr. TERM II SUMMER 1982 JUNE 28 - AUGUST 6 ART ART 132-9002 PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color, and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W OM4 + ..,-C lI-. I:-:,. "C HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 485-9038 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Aske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th &Arr. C12 (1st meeting 6/29, 6:00 p.m.) HPE 487-9037 NEUROLOGY & PATHOLOGY Lundgren An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. (1st meeting 6/29, 6:00 p.m.) C24 HPE 495-90391 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Saugestad 496-9040/497-9041 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department Arr. PHYSICS PHY 101-9305 ASTRONOMY Paulson Study of solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Elementary algebra 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 299-9069/499-9068 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (Also Term I) Diverse Topics: See Instructor Hedblom POL 299-90691499-9068 DIRECTED STUDY IINDEPENDENT STUDY MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE (also Term I) Hedblom POL 299-90691499-9068 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY READINGS O N THE USSR TODAY (Also Term I) Noonan POL 199-90651399-9066 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term I) Hed blomlNoonan Arr. L,.. ,.,.,,.. ... ,,,,,,,, .> KELlGlON ART 250-9003 CERAMICS I Holen lntroduction to the making of pottery with emphasis on hand-building and glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-1 1:30 a.m. M,W,F OM I ART 351-9005 CERAMICS II Holen Advanced work in ceramics with emphasis on throwing or hand-building and a continuation of glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:30 a.m. M, W,F OM1 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 102-9214 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Allerson lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 101 8:30-9:55 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F S112 BUS 262-9301 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I Kader Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long term assets. Dist.: No. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F 5108 BUS 399-9302 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arr. CHEMISTRY CHM 110-9010 GENERAL, ORGANIC, & BIOLOGICAL Carlson CHEMISTRY Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 109 or equivalent with departmental permission 8:30- 9:55 a.m. Lect M,T, W,Th,F S3 15 10:OO-12:OO noon Lab T,W,Th 5327 ECONOMICS ECO 120-9007 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. ECO 123-9009 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) Sabella lntroduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W M5 EDUCATION STUDENT TEACHING Continuation of Term I. ENGLISH ENG 111-9021 EFFECTIVE WRITING Gidrnark Study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing; correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th M24 TERM I I COURSE OFFERINGS REL 111-9306 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Holt An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes. M,T, W,Th,F M24 10:05-11:30 a.m. REL 341-9307 CHRISTIAN VIEWS OF HEALTH AND HEALING Holt Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching and practice, including the role of scientific technology and prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M23 SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-9308 GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESS MEDIUM Perry Wilderness camping as focus for building group and individual relationships. Approx. Addnl. $75.00 fee. Dist.: No. Arr. (1st meeting 6/28, 6:OOp.m.) SWK Office SOClOLOCY SOC 121-9309 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Pike Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes. 11:40-I:25 p.m. M, T,W,Th 11 SOC 241-9310 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL Gerasirno ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress": a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. Dist.: No. 5:30-9:00 p.m. M, W 11 SOC 356-9052 CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.m. T,Th M22 SOC 234-93261334-9311 URBAN POLICE Pike Urban policing in American society is explored from a sociological perspective. Topics include: patrol and vice work, police deviance, community relations, police bureaucracy, and women and blacks in policing. Dist.: Yes. 2:30-4:15 p.m. M,T, W,Th 11 SOC 199-93121399-9073 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SPC 355-9313 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION Bart A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M22 SPC 367-9056 THEATER I N THE TWIN CITIES Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: NO. 6:30-9:30 p.m. T,Th 28 15 4 1st Ave. 5. Mpls., M N . 55406 (Tel.: 72 1-2565) INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 199-90631399-9222 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. JUNE 28, 1982 - AUGUST 6, 1982
Show less

Title: Golden Valley Lutheran College Catalog, 1981-1982
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: To each ut To Reach Out ... GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE CATALOG Published Annually by Golden Valley Lutheran College 6125 Olson Highway Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422 Phone (612) 542-1216 Golden Valley Lutheran College is committed to the policy that all persons shall have equal access ...
Show more To each ut To Reach Out ... GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE CATALOG Published Annually by Golden Valley Lutheran College 6125 Olson Highway Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422 Phone (612) 542-1216 Golden Valley Lutheran College is committed to the policy that all persons shall have equal access to its programs, facilities, and employment without regard to race, creed, color, sex, national origin, or handicap. This catalog supersedes The Golden Valley Lutheran College 1980-81 Catalog TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Table of Contents College Calendar 4 President's Greeting 5 General Information 7 History, The Campus and Its Location, Philosophy and Objectives, Accreditation, Affiliations and Transfer of Credit, General Regulations. Student Personnel Services 11 New Student Orientation, Counseling Services, Health Services, Housing. Student Life 13 Student Self-Government, Religious Life, Athletics, Music, Drama. Admissions Information 17 Entrance Requirements, Application Procedure. Costs 19 Deposits, Charges by Quarter, Payment Plan. Financial Aid 23 Gift Aid, Deferred Payment Loans, Scholarships, Student Employment, Procedure for Applying for Financial Aid. Academic Program 29 General Academic Information, Registration, Graduation Requirements, Programs of Study. Course Descriptions 57 Divisions: Biblical and Theological Studies; Communications; Social Science; Mathematics and Science; Health, Physical Education and Recreation Leadership; Creative Arts; Vocational Studies. Directory 76 Board of Regents, Administration, Faculty. Index 80 4 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Calendar 1981-82 Fall Quarter September 1-4 September 2 September 3 September 4 September 5 September 6 September 7 September 7 September 9 September 18 September 25 October 2 October 5-9 October 17 November 3-6 November 17-20 November 21-29 New student orientation Returning student registration Completion of returning student registration-Beginning of new student registration New student registration President's Reception-6:00 p.m.-gymnasium All College worship Classes begin Opening Convocation-9:50 a.m. Final day for payment of fall quarter fees without late fee Finai day to add a ciass or change a class section Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Homecoming Registration for winter quarter Final examinations Thanksgiving vacation Winter Quarter November 30 December 2 December 11 December 13 December 18 December 18 January 4 January 8 January 11-15 January 19-21 February 2-5 February 22-25 February 26March 7 Winter quarter begins Final day for payment of winter quarter fees without late fee Final day to add a class or change a class section Festival of the Christ Child Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Christmas vacation begins after the traditional observance at 11:30a.m. Classes resume Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Days of Prayer and Praise Registration for spring quarter Final Examinations Spring vacation Spring Quarter March 8 March 10 March 19 March 26 April 2 April 5-8 April 9-11 April 12 April 27 April 28-30 May 1 May 17-20 May 21 Spring quarter begins Final day for payment of spring quarter fees without late fee Final day to add a class or change a class section Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Easter vacation Classes resume Honors Day Pre-registration for fall quarter Spring Banquet Final examinations Commencement PRESIDENT'S GREETING 5 President's Greeting Experiences during the first year after high school play a major role in one's development of a philosophy of life, which consequently determines how one lives his life and what he gets out of it. Golden Valley Lutheran College was established with the main purpose of providing an opportunity for the student to develop a philosophy of life founded on Christian convictions. We strive to provide this foundation for life by emphasizing a personalized education which includes the opportunity for the study of both liberal arts and the Scriptures, a curriculum which we feel will best help the student understand the world in which he will be living and working. We ask that those who come have an open mind, a grateful heart, and a desire to learn. Preparation for "making a living" is not sufficient for the Christian today. Golden Valley Lutheran College is also designed to provide an education which will serve as preparation for "making a life." Bernt C. Opsal, President Gl:NERAL INFORMAllON 7 General Information HISTORY Golden Valley Lutheran College is a two-year coeducational liberal arts college established in 1967 by The Lutheran Bible Institute of Minneapolis which had been engaged in adult Christian education since 1919. Beginning as a Bible school in 1919, The Lutheran Bible Institute moved from St. Paul to Minneapolis in 1929, and to Golden Valley, a suburb four miles west of downtown Minneapolis, in 1961. Through the years this educational institution has addressed itself to the needs of young people and has sought to meet those needs by establishing programs appropriate to the times. The College is inter-Lutheran and is not directly affiliated with any particular Lutheran synod. It cooperates with and seeks to serve all synods and society as a whole. The College admits qualified men and women from various geographic, cultural, ecohomic, racial, and religious backgrounds. THE CAMPUS AND ITS LOCATION Golden Valley Lutheran College is located on a beautiful 30-acre campus in Golden Valley, a western suburb of Minneapolis which is the cultural, recreational, and sports center of the Upper Midwest. The academic life of the students is centered in a large split-level complex. Classrooms, library, faculty and administrative offices, a prayer chapel, the College auditorium-gymnasium, cafeteria and lounges are located in this building. · Four residence halls on campus, Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and Delta dormitories, house approximately 400 students. The facilities· incJude fireplace lounges, laundry facilities, rooms for prayer a:nd 8 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE meditation, and apartments for residence counselors. Adjacent to Gamma dormitory is the Commons, a student lounge and recreation area. A student center with a grill is located in Delta dormitory. PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES Golden Valley Lutheran College is a liberal arts institution with a program of studies in the areas of general education, Biblical literature, music, physical development, and semi-professional training. Its primary purpose is to provide two years of higher education for students interested in the arts and sciences, and also piovide opportunity for a study of the sources oi the Christian faith. Through special activities the College provides the basis for personal growth and cultural enrichment, and encourages students to participate in community and church activities. In order to reach these goals, Golden Valley Lutheran College offers students a choice of one of the following curricula: 1. Completion of a two-year liberal arts education that functions according to the standards common to the academic enterprise and that prepares the student to transfer to a four-year college or university. 2. The completion of a two-year program provides the basis for semi-professional employment in the fields of parish work, missions, secretarial work, social service and recreational leadership. 3. Study of the Bible and liberal arts in a collegiate setting for individuals who do not intend to pursue a degree or semi-professional programs. Golden Valley Lutheran College strives to supplement these curricular programs by emphasizing the following objectives with opportunities ... . . . to develop knowledge of the Hebrew-Christian world view as set forth in the literature of the Old and New Testaments and an analysis on the part of each student concerning his or her basic beliefs and spiritual commitments . . . . to develop service motivated standards of conduct for young adults as they move into the many areas of national life, including social improvement, community involvement and active membership in Christian congregations . . . . to appreciate the great works of art, music and the theater through courses and cultural events on the campus and through the extensive presentations offered by the metropolitan surroundings of the College. GENERAL INFORMATION 9 ... to attain physical well-being through the application of standards conducive to good health and participation in physical education and sports activities . . . . to develop personal self-confidence through the determination of individual goals, the building of relationships with other people and the experience of companionship in a Christian setting. ACCREDITATION, AFFILIATIONS AND TRANSFER OF CREDIT Golden Valley Lutheran College received regional accreditation through the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools in July of 1978. Thus, entering students can be confident that if they make a creditable record at Golden Valley Lutheran College, their credits will be accepted elsewhere in the academic community. A ffi Iiations Lutheran Educational Conference of North America National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities American Association of Community and Junior Colleges Association of Minnesota Colleges Minnesota Association of Community and Junior Colleges Minnesota Junior College Athletic Association National Junior College Athletic Association-Region XIII Minnesota Community College Women's Athletic Association Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women-Region VI Minnesota Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women Transfer of Religion Courses With reference to transfer of religion courses, it should be noted that most colleges and universities accept our courses in religion. Students who are planning to continue their education at a college with limited transfer of religion .credits may register for the religion courses which are listed in the liberal arts departments. Through the proper selection, most religion courses are transferable, and a student with a satisfactory academic record can normally complete a Bachelor's degree two full academic years after receiving the A.A. degree from Golden Valley Lutheran College. GENERAL GUIDELINES Golden Valley Lutheran College is oriented to the Christian Gospel and expects its students to live accordingly. ' The College reserves the right to discipline those who conduct themselves in a manner which is not in the best interests of the 10 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE individual, other students, or the College. Each student is expected to be familiar with the regulations and standards pertaining to student conduct as described in the Student Life Handbook. Chapel All classes are dismissed each morning for a 25-minute chapel program. These programs are varied in content. Some are in the nature of worship services conducted by students, faculty, or guest speakers, while others include films, lectures, drama, music or other special convocation programs. Each student is encouraged to participate fully in the daily chapel services of the College community. He or she is also encouraged to attend public worship every Sunday in the church of ones choice. Student Use of Automobiles Since parking space is limited on campus, those students who do not need an automobile for commuting or transportation to or from work are urged not to bring a vehicle to college. Those who do need an automobile or motorcycle must secure a parking permit through the business office. The Dean of Students shall have the right to terminate a permit :at any time if, in his opinion,. circumstances warrant such action. Alcohol and Drug Abuse Golden Valley Lutheran College strongly discourages all students from using alcohol and/or mood altering drugs. Students possessing, using, or under the influence of alcohol or drugs on campus, in college-approved housing, or at college-sponsored events both on and off campus will be subject to disciplinary action. In instances where college officials are informed that Golden Valley Lutheran College students have caused a disturbance off campus in connection with the use of alcohol or drugs the College reserves the right to take disciplinary action. Golden Valley Lutheran College upholds all federal and state statutes pertaining to the illegal use of alcohol or drugs. A student who uses, possesses, or persuades someone else to use alcohol or drugs in violation of the laws will be subject to disciplinary action. The college's action will be determined by the circumstances surrounding each individual case. STUDENT PERSONNEL 11 Student Personnel Services NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION Prior to the start of the fall quarter, new students are invited to the campus to participate in orientation activities. During this time the student will have an opportunity to learn more about the College and meet staff and faculty personnel who will assist in course planning for the coming year. The orientation period also includes a series of ability and personality tests which are used to help provide a more effective counseling service for students. Selected upperclassmen are available to help the new students become familiar with and adjust to college life. COUNSELING SERVICES The major decisions which students have to make during their early college years are often difficult and perplexing. Counseling provides a service which helps students learn ways of solving their academic, social, personal, and vocational problems. The College counselors are available to assist students in clarifying or establishing appropriate educational and vocational goals, to help the students evaluate aptitude and interests, to help them plan programs in preparation for further study, and to help them deal with personal and/or emotional problems. Each student is assigned to a faculty advisor who will assist him or her in planning an appropriate schedule of classes for each aca.. demic term or with other aspects of college life. In addition to the 12 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE assigned faculty advisor, each student may make appointments to visit Vv'ith instructors, Residence Hall Directors, the deans, the Co!lege nurse or others on the staff who can give assistance if difficulties are encountered. Study skills assistance is provided for students who need to improve their reading rate, reading comprehension, spelling, mathematics skills, study skills, or writing skills. Students seeking this assistance should register for one of the Personal Orientation courses described on page 63. HEAL TH SERVICES The College has a registered nurse on the staff to provide basic medical services. Students requiring additional treatment are usually referred to the Golden Valley Clinic which is located less than a mile from the campus. INSURANCE The personal property of staff members and students is not covered by insurance and the college does not assume any responsibility for the loss of such property. HOUSING SERVICES Golden Valley Lutheran College is primarily a residential college. Provided space is available, all full-time students live in the College residence halls. Exceptions are those who commute from their tiomes, or who work for their board and room. All students living on campus are required to participate in the cafeteria program which provides three meals a day, seven days a week. The price fixed for the weekly 21 meal plan is set with the knowledge that a certain percentage of the meals will be missed during a week. Students who are commuting may purchase either their noon luncheon or evening dinner in the College cafeteria. STUDENT LIFE 13 Student Life Campus life at Golden Valley Lutheran College provides activities and experiences which help develop the student's total life. The programs of the College provide wholesome recreation together with programs that stimulate spiritual and intellectual growth. Students are involved in the planning of social activities which can enrich college life and foster friendships. STUDENT GOVERNMENT AND SOCIAL LIFE Student self-government is carried out by a Committee on Student Activities (CSA) elected by the student body. This representative group serves as a coordinator of student-faculty relations. It seeks continually to improve and make the life of the student more enjoyable. Disciplinary problems are arbitrated by a Student Judiciary Board. The social program of the College is under the supervision of the CSA. Homecoming, Sno-Daze, and the Spring Banquet are examples of the many social activities available. RELIGIOUS LIFE As an institution of Christian higher education, Golden Valley Lutheran College believes that sound ·religious life activities must be an integral part of its program. In support of this conviction, the College has regularly scheduled chapel services and Christian student organizations. Special programs include the Days of Prayer and Praise and the Christmas Festival of the Christ Child. In addition, many students participate in Christian Service activities in the community and in World Mission Fellowships. The Col- 14 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE lege has a Fellowship of Christian Athletes chapter in which many of the athletes take an active part. There is also an opportunity to participate on youth encounter teams which travel throughout the Midwest presenting the Gospel in word and song. ATHl,.ETICS Basic objectives in physical education and athletics at Golden Valley Lutheran College are to teach the value of good health and physical fitness, to cultivate interest in the proper use of leisure time, to develop character and good sportsmanship and to give instruction in various sports and games used in recreational activities. Intercollegiate athletic competition for men is available in football, baseball, basketball, wrestling, track, and cross country. The College is a member of the Minnesota State Junior College Conference and the National Junior College Athletic Association. Women may participate in intercollegiate basketball, cross country, softball, volleyball and track competition. An intramural program is available for both men and women. MUSIC Golden Valley lutheran College is sensitive to the cultural and spiritual value that music plays in the life of any society. It desires, therefore, to cultivate and nurture student interest and participation in music by giving opportunity for self-expression as a member of a performing group. These organizations include the Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir, a selected group of 65 voices; the Madrigal Singers, a smaller ensemble which specializes in certain types of music literature; the Golden Valley Singers, a women's chorus; a pep band and c9ncert band; the Golden Valley Orchestra, a community anq College organization; and various vocal and instrumental ens~mples. In addition to specific courses in the field of music, the College gives opportunity for private lessons in voice and instrumental study. The location of Golden Valley Lutheran College within the Twin City ~rea makes it easy for students to gain a new appreciation of the fine arts; Various community concerts, the Minnesota Orchestra, the Minneapolis Civic Orchestra, and programs given by other coHegesand the University of Minnesota, offer continuing opportunities for cultural enrichment. STUDENT LIFE 15 DRAMA The drama program at Golden Valley Lutheran College is two-fold in its purpose: it attempts to expose the student to the inner workings of the College theatre, and it seeks to foster a sense of appreciation for dramatics by encouraging active participation in the field. ADMISSIONS INFORMATION 17 Admissions Information ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS Golden Valley Lutheran College seeks students who are interested in the Christian atmosphere of the College. A high school diploma or its equivalent is required for admission. In addition, candidates are considered on the basis of their character, personality and motivation as reflected in reference letters from the pastor, high school counselor, and a personal interview with an admissions counselor. APPLICATION PROCEDURE Application materials are available from the Director of Admissions. Applicants are advised to follow these steps in applying: 1. Secure an application blank from the Office of Admissions. Return the completed form, together with the non-refundable $10 application fee, to Office of Admissions, Golden Valley Lutheran College, 6125 Olson Highway, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422. 2. Request the high school to forward your transcript to the Director of Admissions. 3. All high school graduates applying for admission must furnish test results from one of the testing programs described below. Both testing programs include a questionnaire designed to enable the applicant to indicate academic and vocational plans, extracurricular interests and academic needs. The information in the questionnaire and the test scores become an important resource for the College Counselor and the student's faculty advisor in their efforts to assist the student to derive the maxi- 18 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE mum benefit from attending GVLC and to develop to his or her fu!! potential. Minnesota Residents: Graduates of a Minnesota high school are responsible for submitting the results of their participation in the Minnesota State-Wide Testing Program or in the ACT Assessment Program. Non-Residents of Minnesota: High school graduates who did not graduate from a Minnesota high school must take the ACT, SAT, PSAT, or SCAT Assessment Program and request that the results be sent to Golden Valley Lutheran College. Applicants who are unable to participate in one of the testing programs prior to registration will be required to take appropriate tests during the first day of the Fall Orientation period. 4. Students who are offered admission must notify the Admissions Office if they accept the offer. A $50.00 deposit is required by April, or within two weeks after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. Once paid, this deposit is not refundable prior to enrollment, unless the applicant accepts the offer of admission under the early decision plan (pays the $50.00 initial deposit before February 15). This comprehensive payment serves as a reserve deposit during the entire period of enrollment with any balance being refunded after all damage charges, equipment fines, library fines, etc. have been deducted. 5. Before a dormitory room can be assigned, a $50.00 room deposit must be made, with priority given on the basis of the date payment is received. A student contracts for a room for the entire school year, beginning with fall term. 6. After the student has accepted the offer of admission, the College will provide the medical history form to be completed and returned. 7. Room assignments and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The College reserves the right not to accept an applicant or to withdraw the privilege of a student's returning after any quarter if it is judged to be in the best interests of the College or the individual. COSTS 19 Costs STUDENT COSTS 1981-82 The following pages explain the basic costs to the student and the financial aids that are available to assist the student in meeting these costs. The College reserves the right to change the costs of tuition, board, room or fees at any time. The college does not receive direct financial support from any denomination or Lutheran synod. Many of the gifts that come in are through legacies, matching gifts from corporations and Lutheran Brotherhood, Minnesota Private College Contract, and congregations and congregational organizations. Most of the funds, however, come from individual gifts. These contributors include alumni, parents and friends of the college. There are two programs to which people have committed themselves. They are the Loyalty program, where one may pledge $400 to be paid over a four-year period, and the Inasmuch program, where one may pledge $1,000 or more to be paid over a four-year period. We believe that the Lord answers prayer as we tell our friends what our needs are and ask them to join us in participation by prayer and by giving. Deposits and Fees A $10 application fee must accompany the application for admission. This fee is not refundable. All new students are required to make an initial deposit of $50 by April or within two weeks after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. Once paid, this deposit is not refundable prior to enrollment, unless the applicant accepts the offer of admission under the early decision plan (pays the $50 initial deposit before February 15). This comprehensive payment serves as a reserve deposit during the entire period of enrollment with any balance being refunded after all damage charges, equipment fines, library fines, etc. have been deducted. 20 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE In addition, a $50 room deposit must be made by all new students basis of the date payment is received. A student contracts for a room for the entire school year beginning with the fall term. Fall Registration for second year students is based upon the order in which a $50 advance tuition deposit payment is received. Before a dormitory room can be assigned, this deposit must be made. Priority is given on the basis of the date payment is received. CHARGES BY QUARTER The College operates on a quarter system with three quarters per academic year. A student who registers for 12 credits or more is considered a full-time student; one who registers for less than 12 credits is considered a part-time student. Tuition for full-time student ......................... $1,285.00 Tuition per credit for part-time student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107.00 Room & Board (Average) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680.00 (Subject to change) 20.00 Telephone ....................................... . Laboratory Fee Per Course (Includes personal orientation 12.00 courses) ....................................... . 3.00 Physical Education Fee ........................... . 5.00 Varsity Physical Education Fee ..................... . Fees for Swimming, Weight-lifting, Karate, Bowling, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00-25.00 Humanities 200 (Travel and Study) for GVLC students 10.00 currently enrolled .............................. . 20.00 Humanities 200 for students not regularly enrolled (per credit) Music Fees Voice and Instrument lessons .................... . Organ Rental .................................. . Practice Room Fee ............................. . Social Service Intern Fee .......................... . Late Registration Fee ............................. . This fee is applicable for failure to register on schedule at any point during the registration procedure for any quarter. It is waived only in cases of illness or family emergencies. Late Payment Fee ................................ . This fee is charged to a student who does not pay the balance on his or her account within two days after classes begin for the quarter. 107.00 14.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 15.00 PAYMENT PLAN Miscellaneous Fees Car registration and parking permit .... (per quarter) Charge for change in registration after the tenth day of classes ............ (per change of course permit) Special Examinations ...................... (each) (For final examinations requested at times other than regularly scheduled) Transcript Fee (first copy free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced Tuition Deposit for second year students . . . Fall Registration is based upon the order in which the above payment is received. (Non-refundable) 21 5.00 1.00 5.00 2.00 50.00 PAYMENT PLAN The account of each student is payable in advance at the time of registration and in accordance with the Full Payment Plan listed in this section. Students in need of credit must make arrangements with the Business Office before registration can be completed. When credit is extended, a finance charge of one percent a month is added. No student is permitted to register if the account for a preceding quarter has not been paid in full. Course credit cannot be granted, grades cannot be released, transcripts cannot be forwarded, and degrees cannot be granted until all financial obligations have been met. PAYMENT SCHEDULE FOR 1981-82 Fall Quarter June 16 July 14 August 18 Registration Day Winter Quarter September 25 October 13 November 1 Spring Quarter December 8 January 9 February 1 On Campus $ 600.00 600.00 575.00 230.00 + Sp. fees. Off Campus $ 550.00 500.00 235.00 Sp. Fees $2,005.00 $1,285.00 On Campus $ 575.00 790.00 580.00 + Sp. fees. Off Campus $ 550.00 500.00 235.00 + Sp. fees. $1,945.00 $1,285.00 On Campus $ 575.00 790.00 580.00 + Sp. fees. Off Campus $ 550.00 500.00 235.00 + Sp. fees. $1,945.00 $1,285.00 22 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Gift Support The charges that are made to students for tuition, room and board do not adequately cover the costs of operating the college. In fact, 35% of the cost of operation must come from gifts and grants. In the present budget this amounts to $700,000 a year. Therefore, over and above all help s/he may get, each student receives the equivalent of a $1200 scholarship per year in order to cover the total expenses of the operation. REFUND SCHEDULE Students who decide to withdraw from college after they have registered and paid their tuition will receive a computed refund figured from the date the Bookkeeping Office receives the application for withdrawal. Prior to first class meeting ............................ 100% During first week ..................................... 90% During second week .................................. 75% From third through fifth week . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50% During sixth week . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25% After sixth week .................................. No refund Room and Board Refunds-a two-week room charge, plus a prorated board and room charge for the time spent on the campus, will be made for those leaving before the quarter is completed. If a refund is due the student, a check will be sent within a reasonable time. BOOKSTORE All textbooks, art and college supplies may be purchased at the college bookstore. Stationery, college seals, banners, and other items are also available for the convenience of students. All purchases must be paid for in cash. Students should have $50.00 to $70.00 available at the beginning of the school year for books. Estimated book costs for the entire year are $125.00 to $175.00. LIBRARY The library, located on the ground floor of the Main building provides a variety of materials and services to support the college curriculum. There are over 25,000 volumes, 250 periodicals, local and national newspapers, and a substantial vertical file in the collection. In addition, there is a sizeable audiovisual collection including phonograph records and cassettes, as well as filmstrips with necessary listening and viewing equipment available to the students. FINANCIAL AID 23 Financial Aid Golden Valley Lutheran College offers several· kinds of financial aid to help students and their parents defray the expenses incurred by the student's college education. All such awards are made by the Financial Aid Committee and are based on the student's academic achievement, special abilities, and financial need. Basically, there are three sources of financial aid: Federal Government State of Minnesota Golden Valley Lutheran College There are three forms of aid: Gift Aid Loans Student Employment All types of financial assistance are made for only one academic year, but students may expect to receive their financial assistance for the second year if they remain in good academic and personal standing and if their financial need continues. If a student withdraws during the quarter, he or she forfeits the entire amount of gift aid that was awarded from College funds for that quarter as well as proportionate amounts awarded from state or federal funds for that quarter. GIFT AID Gift Aid is a categorical name given to all awards from GVLC plus the Basic Educational Opportunity Grant, Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant and the Minnesota State Scholarship/ Grant Program. These awards do not have to be repaid. Basic Educational Opportunity Grant-A grant provided by the 24 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Federal Government based on financial need. Th.e amount is determined by a formula based on expected parental contribution from income and assets. Students applying for financial aid from the College will be expected to apply for this grant. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant-Awarded by the Federal Government through the College, these funds allow GVLC to make awards of $200 or more to students who show exceptional financial need. Golden Valley Lutheran College Gift Aid-Includes all awards in the areas of academics, athletics, Christian service, drama and music as well as the GVLC financial need grants. These awards are based on demonstrated excellence in the specified skill area and financial need as defined by the ACT (American College Testing) Family Financial Statement. The GVLC Gift Aid awarded to freshmen is based on their high school achievement, while the Gift Aid awarded to sophomores is based on participation and achievement while freshmen at GVLC. One-third of the award is credited to the student's account each quarter. Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program-Available to Minnesota residents with awards up to $1,250 per year depending on need. All Minnesota residents who apply for financial aid at GVLC are expected to apply for this aid. Contact your high school counselor or the GVLC Financial Aid Office for specifics because filing details (such as deadlines) vary from year to year. Other Grants- There are a number of grants and scholarships available from other sources. The student is encouraged to consult his/her high school counselor and the College's Director of Financial Aid for other federal, state, and community-sponsored scholarships and grants. DEFERRED PAYMENT LOANS National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)-Federal NDSL Loans are available to students who have financial need and have been accepted for admission to Golden Valley Lutheran College. Repayment and interest do not begin until nine months after the student completes his/her studies. The interest rate is 3%, and repayment may be extended over a ten-year period. Part of the loan is forgiven if the student enters certain fields of teaching or specified military duty. Guaranteed Student Loans-The student may borrow up to $2,500 per year at 7% interest from a bank, and the federal government will pay the interest during the time the student is in college. The borrower pays the principal and 7% interest during the repayment period. FINANCIAL AID 25 When a bank will not give the loan, the student may borrow up to $2,500 per year at 7% interest from the Minnesota State Student Loan program. First year students are limited to $1,500 per loan, but may apply for second loans under the $2,500 limit. The federal government will pay the interest during the time the student is in college. The borrower pays the principal and 7% interest during the repayment period. These loans are processed through the GVLC Financial Aid Office. Lutheran Brotherhood loan-If a member of the student's family holds a Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance policy, a student may borrow up to $2,500 per year from the Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance Society at the same terms described under Federal Insured Student Loans. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT College Work-Study Program-Golden Valley Lutheran College participates in State and Federal Work-Study Programs. The student's eligibility depends on his/her financial need and individual skills. Student Part-time Employment- The College offers a variety of campus jobs with moderate pay. In addition, there are numerous part-time employment positions available in the Twin Cities and surrounding suburban areas. The Student Employment Office maintains a listing of opportunities available. PROCEDURE FOR APPL YING FOR FINANCIAL AID In general, no financial aid is offered to entering freshmen until they have declared their intention to attend. The first step, then, is to apply and be admitted to the College. In addition to the application for admission, the student must complete an application for financial aid and return it to the Admissions Office. The next step is to obtain from the high school counselor an ACT Family Financial Staiement as this is the basic means used to determine financial need. Many otherwise qualified students fail to receive financial assistance simply because they failed to get their financial statements sent in early enough; they should be on file before March 1. Minnesota residents must file the ACT Family Financial Statement by March 1 to be eligible for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. 26 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Students who complete the above process can expect to hear from the Director of Financial Aid as soon as a!! pertinent information can be assembled. Once a qualified student receives the resulting Financial Aid "Package," he or she must indicate acceptance within three weeks of the date of receipt. SCHOLARSHIPS The AAL Lutheran Campus Scholarship Program is for students who hold a certificate of membership and insurance from the Aid Association for Lutherans. The awards are based on academic achievement, Christian character and professional promise. The Berean Scholarship is given annually by the Bereans, an organization composed of the wives of the faculty and staff members at the College. The David Bjelland Memorial Scholarship is given by Mrs. David Bjelland because of her late husband's keen interest in Bible study and the training of lay people for service to the Lord. The Ronald Chagnon II Memorial Scholarship has been estab1ished by Mr. and Mrs. Ronald Chagnon Sr. in memory of their son Ron who was a student at Golden Valley Lutheran College. This scholarship is for assisting handicapped students. The Gjernes Scholarship is provided annually through the Martha Gjernes Estate. The Jackson Scholarship is given by Mrs. Eddie Jackson and the late Mr. Jackson in recognition of their keen interest in Bible study and the training of lay people for service to the Lord. The M. T. Lillehaugen Memorial Scholarship is in memory of the late Mr. Lillehaugen who was a good friend and supporter of the College. It is to be used to "help defray the expenses for some good student going into church work, a person with a Christian commitment and one who indicates a good Christian example." The Logefeil Memorial Scholarship is given by Mrs. Logefeil and the late Dr. R. C. Logefeil who was the school doctor at one time. It is preferably to be used to aid a worthy student preparing for the ministry, missionary or some full-time service in the Lord's work. The Lutheran Brotherhood Junior College Scholarship is awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement and religious leadership. The Lutheran Brotherhood Graduate Award for junior and senior years at a Lutheran College is awarded to a sophomore student planning to transfer to a four-year Lutheran college. The Mai Scholarship is an annual scholarship from Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Mai, former students, as an expression of appreciation for what this school has meant to them. SCHOLARSHIPS 27 The Richard Melvig Memorial Scholarship has been established in memory of Ricky Melvig who had wanted to become a doctor but never lived to realize his dream. It is given to a returning student who exhibits faith, character, and an interest in the sciences. A Mission Scholarship has been established by Dr. and Mrs. Russell E. Nelson to be awarded each year to a worthy student who has chosen to prepare for full-time work in the area of mission. Dr. Nelson was a faculty member and director of mission at the College. The Pihl Scholarship has been established by Mr. and Mrs. Charles R. Pihl. Mr. Pihl served as chairman and member of the Board of Regents of the College. The Ponwith Scholarship has been provided by Miss Sadie Ponwith, a former student, teacher, and librarian, and her sister, the late Miss Alice Ponwith, also a former student and staff member. It is awarded to students showing evidence of Christian character, leadership, and scholarship. The Savik Memorial Scholarship has been established by the family of the late Oscar Savik, who was a member of the Board of Regents of the College and advisor to the president. The Tang Scholarship is provided by Dr. Christopher Tang, a former faculty member, and Mrs. Tang in memory of their parents. This scholarship is given annually to a student who has shown excellence in Biblical studies. The Tang Mission Scholarship is also given by Dr. and Mrs. Christopher Tang and is intended for a student who has shown excellence in mission courses. The James Robert and John William Gustafson Scholarship has been established by Mrs. Thora Tofte in memory of her husband and son. It is awarded to a student interested in Christian service, ministry, missionary work or Bible study. The Wilson Fagerberg Memorial Scholarship has been estab1ished in the memory of Pastor Wilson Fagerberg, a long time faculty member in the Department of Biblical Studies at Golden Valley Lutheran College. THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 29 The Academic Program Golden Valley Lutheran College grants three types of two-year completion awards: the Associate in Arts Degree (Liberal Arts and Transfer Program), the Associate in Arts Degree (Specialized Program), and the Junior College Certificate. A one-year Vocational Certificate is awarded for completion of a selected one-year vocational curriculum. In addition there are specialized programs of study available for certain qualified students who do not seek a graduation award. The academic program at Golden Valley Lutheran College is basically liberaf arts and allows one to concentrate in the area of general education, Biblical and theological studies, or a specific vocation. Students who eventually plan to attain a four-year liberal arts degree are encouraged to get the general education requirements satisfied while at GVLC, thus allowing them to concentrate chiefly on their major and minor areas of study during the last two years of college. General education courses ask the student to know something of the world of nature and scientific method, of the society in which he or she lives and in which one has a part to play, of the historic perspective and human achievements called the fine arts and humanities, and of the eternal values perceived in Biblical and theological studies. GENERAL ACADEMIC INFORMATION Credit Load and Student Classification A normal credit load consists of 16 hours per term. Exception to this credit load will be considered in consultation with a student's 30 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE faculty advisor. Permission to take more than 18 credits must be granted by the Academic Dean. Students enro!!ed for 12 or more credit-hours per term will be considered full-time; those with less than 12 credit-hours will be considered part-time students. A student who has earned less than 45 cumulative credits will be classified as a freshman; a student who has earned 45 or more cumulative credits will be classified as a sophomore. The auditing of courses is not encouraged since classroom capacities are needed by students interested in earning college credit. Auditors are required to do all work assigned by the instructor and tuition costs are the same as costs for credit. Grading and Honor Point System A student's grade point average is figured at the end of each term and is determined by dividing the number of earned honor points by the number of earned credits. Honor points are computed by the following scale: Grade A B c Honor Points Per Credit 4 3 2 D 1 F I 0 w WF s u 0 0 0 0 Superior Above Average Average Below Average Failure Incomplete* Withdrawn** Withdrawn, failing** Satisfactory*** Unsatisfactory*** *Incomplete work, receiving a grade of I, must be made up satisfactorily by the end of the fourth week of the next term the student attends. If a student wants an extension beyond four weeks, he or she must secure approval of the instructor involved and must petition the Scholastic Standing Committee for the extension. If the work is not completed, the grade becomes an F. **Withdrawals through the third week of classes are indicated by W; after that time and through Mid-term by W or WF (to be determined by the instructor); and after the mid-term and until the last regularly scheduled class day of each quarter by a W, WF, or Fas determined by the instructor. THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 31 ***An optional grading system of Sand U may be used at the discretion of the instructor for non-transferable credit. If a student is to work for an S instead of a letter grade, the decision must be determined by the instructor and the student before the sixth week of the quarter. An S counts as two honor points per credit for the Junior College Certificate only and will not be credited toward an Associate in Arts degree. Academic Honors An Honors List composed of those students who have earned a grade point average of 3.00-3.49 is compiled at the end of each term. Those students who achieve a grade point average of 3.50 or better are included on the Dean's List. Unsatisfactory Academic Progress In accordance with policies established by the administration and faculty, a student will be counseled in relation to unsatisfactory progress toward the Associate in Arts degree: (a) when his or her grade point average for any quarter is less than 2.00; (b) when his or her transcript shows two or more grades of I (Incomplete) in one quarter. If a student's grade point average falls below 1.50 for any quarter, he or she will be placed on academic probation until the grade point average is raised to 1 .50 or above. A student who persists in a pattern of unsatisfactory progress may be dismissed from college. Eligibility for Varsity Sports Eligibility rules for participation in varsity sports at Golden Valley Lutheran College conform to the National Junior College Athletic Association eligibility rules. In general, in order to participate in a varsity sport, a student must be a full-time (12 credits) student during the qualifying and competing quarter. He or she must earn a grade point average of 1.5 or better in at least 10 hours of course work listed in the College catalog. Freshmen enrolled at GVLC in their first quarter of college are exempt from the qualifying quarter requirements. A student's eligibility is reviewed each quarter and all hours of a complete course (subject) must be counted in computing a student's grade point average. (See NJCAA Eligibility Rules.) With regard to co-curricular activities other than varsity sports, a student who earns a grade point average of less than 1.5 for a quarter may have co-curricular activities curtailed or programs of study reduced, at the discretion of the Scholastic Standing Committee. 32 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Repeating A Course A student may repeat only courses in which a grade of Dor F has been received. The intention to repeat a course must be certified at the time of registration for the course. If a student repeats a course in which a D or F grade has been received, only the more recent grade earned will be entered on the student's transcript and included in the computation of the grade point average. Class Attendance Each student is responsible for completing work as required in each class. With respect to unexcused absences, excused absences, or make-up work, it is the student's responsibility to learn the policy of each instructor. The instructor's policy is usually stated in the course outline. At the discretion of the instructor, a student may be expelled from the course for an excessive number of unexcused absences or uncompleted assignments. Independent Study A maximum of six credits in Independent Study may be applied toward the Associate in Arts Degree. The student must meet the criteria established by the department and have the approval of the chairman of the department in which he plans to do the study. Standards require a 3.0 average in the department in which Independent Study is taken, a limit of four credits per term in Independent Study, and a demonstration of relevance to the student's objectives. Independent Study applications are available in the Registrar's Office. Bible and English Requirements All students enrolled at Golden Valley Lutheran College are required to take one Bible course each quarter if they are enrolled for eight credits in Divisions other than Bible. The only exception is the student who has taken extra Bible courses in previous quarters. A student who transfers from another college is not required to complete the full 18 credits in Bible for graduation but is required to take one course each quarter while enrolled at GVLC. History 102, English 230, and Greek 101, 102, 103 and all of the courses listed in the Department of Biblical Studies are open to the student for selection. The suggested Bible core sequence is listed on pages 57-58. All freshmen students are required to take the sequence in College English (English 111, 112, 113). THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 33 Activity Credits A total of nine credits in co-curricular activities may be applied toward an Associate in Arts Degree. The three credits of required physical education are not included in this category, however one physical education credit toward the requirement will be given for varsity sports. (If the student plays on a varsity team two years, only one credit will be granted for the sport.) Co-curricular activities include the Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir, Golden Valley Singers, Madrigal Singers, Band, Golden Valley Orchestra, Theater Practice, Christian Service, additional physical education activity courses after required courses are completed, and activity credits that a transfer student might bring to Golden Valley Lutheran College. In each case the student must indicate during registration whether the activity is being taken for credit or non-credit. Credit by Special Examination Under special circumstances, a student may seek to gain credits or exemption by special examination, in accordance with specific departmental policies. Admission of Transfer Students College work done at other accredited institutions may be applied toward a degree or certificate at Golden Valley Lutheran College. Transfer students are required to follow regular admissions procedure and submit an official transcript of record from each college attended. Credit for the college work done, if satisfactory in grade and applicable toward the College's divisional degree requirements, will be accepted toward an Associate in Arts Degree. Golden Valley Lutheran College will not accept D's in transfer except by special petition approved by the Scholastic Standing Committee. The actual number of credits earned at other institutions are entered on the student's record, but transferred credits and grade points are not included in the computation of the grade point average. Withdrawals from the College If a student wishes to withdraw from the College during any term, application for this action must be made in the Office of the Registrar. An unauthorized withdrawal results in failure in all courses. Partial refunds on fees already paid will be based on the time the application was approved. (See page 22.) 34 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE REGISTRATION New students must report to the College for Orientation Days as indicated in the calendar in this catalog. Both new and returning students are required to register on the days indicated in the calendar. Registration is not completed until the student has made settlement for the quarter charges at the Bookkeeping Office. Until such settlement has been made, the student is not eligible to attend any class or individual lesson. Changes in Registration Necessary changes to eliminate conflicts and to correct evident mistakes in registration may be permitted during the first ten days of classes, upon the written approval of the Academic Dean, the advisor, and the teachers concerned. A Change of Course Permit for this purpose may be obtained in the Registrar's Office. After the tenth day, no regularly scheduled classes may be added except upon petition and favorable action by the Academic Affairs Committee. Petition forms are available from the Registrar's Office. There is a $1.00 fee for each change in registration after the tenth day of classes. Withdrawals through the third week of classes are indicated by W; after that time and through Mid-term by W or WF (to be determined by the instructor); and after Mid-term and until the last regularly scheduled class day of each quarter by a W, WF, or F as determined by the instructor. A student may not drop a course after final examinations begin. THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 35 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 37 Graduation Requirements Applicants for admission should study the requirements for graduation outlined in this section of the catalog and plan the college program as a whole as early as possible. A student who is in doubt about how certain requirements are interpreted should consult with an advisor, the Registrar or the Academic Dean. When circumstances might warrant a justifiable modification in a requirement, a petition (obtained from the Registrar) should be submitted to the Committee on Academic Affairs. The responsibility rests with the student for seeing that his or her program includes all requirements for graduation. The advisors, the Academic Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist in every way possible. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE: LIBERAL ARTS AND TRANSFER PROGRAM The Associate in Arts Degree: Liberal Arts and Transfer Program is the basic award for students who intend to gain a general knowledge of the arts and sciences and who intend to transfer to a fouryear college or university for completion of a Bachelor's Degree. A student receiving this degree must be in residence three terms, one of which must be the term in which the student graduates. The requirements of this award are: 1. Completion of the Divisional Requirements as outlined below. The further requiremP.nts in the Programs of Study (pages 41-46) are recommended and the student should attempt to fulfill them. 38 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 2. Completion of 92 credits with a minimum cumulative gradepoint average of 2.00 (C average). 3. The approval of the facuity. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. DIVISIONAL REQUIREMENTS Biblical and Theological Studies Communications Social Science CREDIT HOURS 18 Natural Science 8-12 9 12 Creative Arts 6 Physical Education 3 COURSES Bible Core or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Bus 200, 210, L.E. 140 and all Soc Sci courses except Hist 102, Hum 200 PO 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170,200 Soc Serv 101, 102, 103, 201, 202,203 All Natural Science courses except Mathematics 101 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, and Ensembles Physical Education 101, 102, 103 (one credit only per varsity sport) GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE: SPECIALIZED PROGRAM The Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized Program is designed for students who intend to seek employment after two years of college or for those who intend to pursue an education of a specialized nature such as professional musician. A student receiving this degree must be in residence three terms, one of which must be the term in which the student graduates. The mr;· =~ements for this award are: 1. Completion of the divisional requirements as outlined below plus the additional requirements of a selected curriculum (pages 48-55). GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 39 2. Completion of 92 credits with a minimum cumulative gradepoint average of 2.00 (C average). 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. DIVISIONAL REQUIREMENTS Biblical and Theological Studies Communications Social Science CREDIT HOURS 18 9 6 Natural Science 4 Creative Arts 3 Physical Education 3 COURSES Bible Core or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Al I Social Science courses except History 102; Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170,200,or Humanities 200 Al I Natural Science courses Al I Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, and Ensembles Physical Education 101 , 102, 103 (one credit only per varsity sport) GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE JUNIOR COLLEGE CERTIFICATE The Junior College Certificate will be awarded to those students who complete two years of work on a curriculum but do not satisfy the award requirements of an Associate in Arts Degree. The requirements for the Junior College Certificate are: 1. Completion of a minimum of 88 credits including one Bible Course or alternative per term. 2. A minimum cumulative grade-point average of 1.00. 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. 40 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ONE-YEAR VOCATIONAL CERTIFICATE 1. Completion of 46 credits (including one Bible Course or alternative per term) with a minimum cumulative grade-point average of 2.00 (C average). 2. Completion of the requirements of a selected curriculum. 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. PROGRAMS OF STUDY 41 Programs of Study Details of the curricula Usted below are outlined on the pages which follow. The student should select a curriculum and be familiar with its requirements before registration. The College reserves the right to change curriculum requirements when the necessity arises. A. Curricula leading to the Associate in Arts Degree: Liberal Arts and Transfer Program 1. Basic Liberal Arts 2. Basic Science 3. Liberal Arts with Concentration in Biblical and Theological Studies 4. Liberal Arts with Concentration in Business Administration 5. Pre-Professional Programs a. Education (Elementary Education, Secondary Education, Special Education) b. Physical Education c. Music (pre-Bachelor of Arts) d. Recreation Leadership e. Law f. Agriculture g. Forestry h. Pharmacy i. Medicine j. Dentistry k. Nursing I. Corrective Therapy m. Occupational Therapy n. Physical Therapy 42 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE B. Curricula leading to the Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized Program 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Social Service Music (pre-Bachelor of Music) Law Enforcement Computer Training and Electronics Technician General Secretarial Legal Secretarial Medical Secretarial Office Administration Parish Secretarial Parish Work World Mission C. Curricula leading to the 1 . General Secretarial 2. Legal Secretarial 3. Medical Secretarial 4. :World Mission One-Year Vocational Certificate A. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE: LIBERAL ARTS AND TRANSFER PROGRAM 1. THE BASIC LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULUM This curriculum is recommended for those planning to transfer to a university or four-year college. The courses listed below fulfill the normal two-year general education requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Since many colleges require one or two years of foreign language or variations of work in some of the fields, the student and his advisor will make the relevant selections in relation to the student's future plans and the school to which he intends to transfer. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 N.T. 101, 0.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English English 111, 112, 113 9 Speech Speech 100, 110, or 200 3 Social Science 12 Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and all Social Science courses except History 102, Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 200; Social Service 101-103, 201-203, or Humanities 200 All courses except Mathematics 101 Natural Science 8-12 Creative Arts 6 All courses except Applied Music, arid. Ensembles Physical Education 101, 102, 103 Physical Education 3 0-15 See department listing Foreign Language Electives 14-33 Courses in special field of interest PROGRAMS OF STUDY 43 2. THE BASIC SCIENCE CURRICULUM The Basic Science Curriculum is recommended for those planninQ to transfer to a university or four-year colleoe for degrees in science or technology. The student, with the aid of his advisor, will make the relevant course selections in relation to his future plans and the school to which he intends to transfer. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 9 English Speech 100, 110, or 200 3 Speech Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and 12 Social Science all Social Science courses except History 102, Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 200; Social Service 101-103, 201-203, or Humanities 200 Selections from Mathematics, Biology, 41-51 Natural Science Chemistry and Physics (except Mathematics 101) All courses except Applied Music, and 6 Creative Arts Ensembles Physical Education 101, 102, 103 3 Physical Education German 101, 102, 103 recommended 0-12 Foreign Language 3. THE LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULUM WITH CONCENTRATION IN BIBLICAL AND THEOLOGICAL STUDIES This curriculum is recommended for those who want to combine their general studies in the liberal arts and sciences with a more extensive program of Biblical and theological studies. The Bible core sequence may be supplemented by more extensive offerings in the study of the Bible, Theology and Applied Christianity. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 27-36 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives; Theology 121, 122, 123; selections from New Testament English English 111, 112, 113 9 Speech 3 Speech 100, 110, or200 Social Science 15 Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and all Social Science courses except History 102, Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 200; Social Service 101-103, 201-203, or Humanities 200 Natural Science 8-12 All courses except Mathematics 101 Physical Education 101, 102, 103. Physical Education 3 All courses except Applied Music, and Creative Arts 6 Ensembles Greek 101, 102, 103 recommended Foreign Language 0-15 0-21 Electives See department listings 44 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 4. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM: TRANSFER PROGRAM This curriculum offers courses to satisfy the freshman and sophomore business ua~minictt"!ltif"\n .... 1111111 .... ...... u"-''' ~• ron11it"amantc nf !l fn11t"-\/O!lt" v•....,. ,....,._.., ,..., ...... , rlant"oa .... ...,::;''"'""' nrnnr!lm ,...,'1._..,...,.,,....,,,~..., ,..,,...,~,._..,,,, •Arlmiccinn ,._...,.,...,...,,...,,, t"t)n11ira,...,"'1.,.."'"' ments for junior-year status at four-year institutions vary. Students should be guided by the program requirements of the universities to which they plan to transfer. Advisers will assist in planning a program that will meet the four-year college's lower division requirements. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required_ and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English111, 112, 113 9 English Speech 100 required 3 Speech 12 Sociology 100, Psychology 202, 203 Social Science recommended Math 102 required; Math 200 or 201, 9-22 Natural Science Math 110, Biology 111, 112, 113 recommended depending on four year college's requirements. Physical Education 101, 102, 103 3 Physical Education 6 All Creative Arts Courses except Creative Arts Applied Music and Ensembles Business 101, 102, 103, 120, 200, 210 23 Business 0-19 Selections from Business 110, 130, Business Electives 140, 150, 230, 270 (Electives in Business Administration should be selected after consulting the four year college's degree program requirements) 0-21 Electives 5. THE LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULA FOR STUDENTS INTERESTED IN SPECIFIC PROFESSIONS a. Education Students planning to teach on the elementary or secondary level will need a minimum four-year program in the Liberal Arts or Sciences and the teacher education courses required for a certificate. The curricula outlined below fulfill requirements for a Minnesota certificate for the first two years. Completion of any one of these curricula leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Elementary Education The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Geography 100 Biology 113 History 201, 202, 203 Physical Education 120, 130 Psychology 202, 203, 210 Private lessons in piano and voice are also recommended PROGRAMS OF STUDY 45 Secondary Education The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Psychology 202, 203, 210 Sociology 110, 210, 212 Physical Education 120, 130 Emphasis on a special field of interest Special Education The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Psychology 202, 203, 210 Sociology 110, 210, 212 Physical Education 120, 130 b. Physical Education A four-year degree is required to teach physical education. The first two years of this program may be taken at Golden Valley Lutheran College. The curriculum outlined below will earn the Associate in Arts degree and provides the necessary prerequisites leading to the Minnesota teaching certificate. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 N.T.101, Q.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 9 English 111, 112, 113 History 121, 122, 123, 201, 202, 203 or . Social Science 15 Sociology 100, 110, 210 or Psychology 202, 203 Natural Science 16 Biology 111, 112, 232, 233 Physical Education 17 Physical Education 101, 102, 103, 110, 120, 130, 200, 210 Creative Arts 6 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, and Ensembles Electives 11 See department listings. c. Music The following curriculum may be used toward fulfillment of the lowerdivision requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree with a concentration or major in music. A curriculum for those planning to complete a Bachelor of Music degree is outlined on page 49. Completion of the curriculum below leads to an Associate in Arts degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 N .T. 101, Q.T. 102, N .T. 103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English English 111, 112, 113 9 Social Science 12 History 121, 122, 123 recommended Natural Science 8-12 Selections from Biology or Mathematics (other than Mathematics 101) Physical Education Physical Education 101, 102, 103 3 Creative Arts Music 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 213; Applied 36 Music-6 credits, Ensembles-6 credits Electives 2-6 See department listings 46 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE d. Recreation Leadership A program designed for persons desiring a career in recreation leadership or related recreation fields. The program leads to the Associate in Arts degree and is transferable to many four-year recreation programs. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N. T. 202, N .T. 203 or alternatives English English 111, 112, 113 9 Speech 3 Speech 100 or 130 Social Science 12 Sociology 100, 110, 212 or Psychology 202, 203 or Law Enforcement 140 recommended All Natural Science Courses except Natural Science 8-12 Mathematics 101 Physical Education 15 Physical Education 101, 102, 103, 110, i 20, 200, 210 Recreation Leadership 15 Recreation Leadership 110, 120, 210, 220, 230 Creative Arts 6 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, and Ensembles Electives 2-6 See department listings. PROGRAMS OF STUDY 47 The College has established specific preliminary training for students desiring entrance into certain professions. A student interested in these professions should consult the appropriate college catalogs and discuss his plans with his faculty advisor, the College counselor, and the Registrar to insure proper course selection. Completion of one of the following curricula leads to an Associate in Arts degree and satisfies the basic requirements for the first two years of the particular professional program. e. Law The Basic liberal Arts Curriculum and including: f. Agriculture The Basic liberal Arts Curriculum and including: g. Forestry The Basic Science Curriculum and including: h. Pharmacy The Basic Science Curriculum and including: i. Medicine The Basic Science Curriculum and including: j. Dentistry The Basic Science Curriculum and including: k. Nursing The Basic Science Curriculum and including: Speech 100, 110 History 201, 202, 203 Political Science 100, 200 Psychology 202, 203 Sociology 11 O, 210, 212 Business 200, 210, 230 Speech 100, 110 History 201, 202, 203 Geography 100 Mathematics 102, 103 Biology 111, 112, 113 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Business 200, 210 Mathematics 102, 103, 110, 200 Biology 111, 112, 221, 222, 223 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Physics 102 Business 200, 21 O Mathematics 102, 103 Biology 111, 112, 113, 231 Chemistry 101, 102, 103, 201, 202, 203 Mathematics 102, 103, 201 Biology 111, 112, 113 Chemistry 101, 102, 103, 201, 202, 203 Physics 102, 103 One year of foreign language when necessary Mathematics 102, 103 Biology 111, 112, 113 Chemistry 101, 102, 103, 201, 202 Physics 102, 103 Psychology 202 Sociology 100 or 110 Biology 111, 232, 233 Chemistry 101, 102, Physics 102 German 101, 102, 103 Rec om mended 48 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE I. Corrective Therapy The Basic Liberal Arts Speech 200 Psychology 202; 203 Biology 111, 232, 233 Physical Education 120, 130, 140, 200, 210 Curriculum and including: m. Occupational Therapy The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Speech 200 Psychology 202, 203, 210 Biology 111, 112, 232, 233 Chemistry 101, 102 Physical Education 120, 130, 140 n. Physical Therapy The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Speech 200 Mathematics 102 Physics 102, 103 Biology 111, 112, 232, 233 Physical Education 120, 130, 140 Psychology 120 or 210 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 recommended B. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE: SPECIALIZED PROGRAM 1. SOCIAL SERVICE Designed to train the student to assist the professional Social Service Worker i~ areas of reception, group care, case work, teacher assistance, recreation, therapy and rehabilitation. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts degree. The program is designed for students who wish to find employment after two years in college. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Speech Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Electives 9 3 27-36 4 3 3 16-25 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N. T. 202, N .T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Speech 110 Psychology 202, 203, 210; Sociology 100, 110, 120; Social Service 101, 102, 103, 201, 202, 203 All Natural Science courses except Math 101 Physical Education 101, 102, 103 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, and Ensembles Recommended: Physical Education 120, 130, Recreation Leadership 220, Sociology 210 PROGRAMS OF STUDY 49 2. MUSIC CURRICULUM (Pre-Bachelor of Music) The following curriculum may be used toward fulfillment of the lower-division requirements for the Bachelor of Music degree. A curriculum for those planning to complete a Bachelor of Arts degree with a concentration or major in music is outlined on page 45. Completion of the curriculum below leads to an Associate in Arts degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts 9 6-9 4 3 51 Electives 0-1 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 History 121, 122, 123 recommended Biology 113 recommended Physical Education 101, 102, 103 Music 111, 112, 113, 121, 122, 123, 131, 132, 133, 211, 212, 213; Applied Music6 credits; Ensembles-6 credits 3. LAW ENFORCEMENT The following curriculum, combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and law enforcement, leads to the Associate in Arts degree and provides a foundation for a career in law enforcement. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Speech Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Law Enforcement Electives 9 6 15 4 6 3 24 7 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Speech 100 and 200 History 220; Political Science 100; Psychology 120; Sociology 100, and 110, or 210, or 212 Biology 113 recommended Physical Education 101, 102, 103, 120 All courses except Applied Music, and Ensembles Law Enforcement 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170 Law Enforcement 200 recommended 4. COMPUTER TRAINING OR ELECTRONIC TECHNICIAN CURRICULUM Cooperative educational programs are available between Golden Valley Lutheran College and Control Data Corporation for training as computer technicians and programmers, and between GVLC and Northwestern Electronics Institute for training in the field of Electronics Technician. Students spend at least one academic year at the College and complete a specified course with Control Data or Northwestern Electronics. A maximum of 45 credits from these institutions will be accepted toward the Associate in Arts degree. Completion of the entire curriculum leads to the AA degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 English 9 Social Science 6 Natural Science 10-15 Physical Education 3 Creative Arts 3 Electives 2-7 N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103oralternatives English 111, 112, 113 History 123; Sociology 100, 110 or 120 Mathematics 102, 103, Physics 102, 103 Physical Education 101, 102, 103 Art 100, Music 100 or Theatre 100 See department listings 50 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 5. GENERAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining instruction in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and secretarial skills, leads to the Associate in Arts degree and prepares the student for a career as a general secretary. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science 9 6 Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts 4 3 3 Business I Secretarial Science Electives 43-51 0-4 N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Business 200, 210 recommended; or any Social Science courses listed under the Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum See department listings Physical Education 101, 102, 103 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, and Ensembles Business 110, 120, 130, 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 111, 112, 113, 123, 201, 203, 211, 213 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended LEGAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and legal secretarial training, leads to the Associate in Arts degree and prepares the student for a career as a legal secretary. 6. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science 9 6 Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts 3 3 Business/ Secretarial Science Electives 4 46-54 0-3 N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N. T. 202, N .T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Business 200, 210 recommended, or alternatives See department listings Physical Education 101, 102, 103 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, and Ensembles Business 150, 230; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 111, 112, 113, 123, 201, 213, 231, 232, 233. (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended PROGRAMS OF STUDY 51 7. MEDICAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and medical secretarial training, leads to the Associate in Arts degree and prepares the student for a career as a medical secretary. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Business/ Secretarial Science Electives N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103oralternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Business 200, 21 O recommended, or alternatives Biology 111, 232 Physical Education 101, 102, 103 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music and Ensembles 9 6 8-12 3 3 Business 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110,111,112, 113, 123, 201, 213,221,222, 223 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended 42-50 0-1 OFFICE ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM This curriculum offers a variety of business administration and office skills courses for the student interested in an entry-level business position after two years of college study. The program is specifically designed for the student who requires a greater concentration of business courses while at GVLC. Students who complete the (two-year) Office Administration Curriculum and transfer to a four-year program may need to register for additional liberal arts courses in order to fulfill the requirements for a BA Degree. Completion of this curriculum !eads to the Associate in Arts degree. 8. Required and Recommended Courses Biblical Studies 18 English Speech Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Business Administration 9 3 6-12 4-8 3 3 14 Business Administration/ Secretarial Science Electives 21-40 General Electives 0-11 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Speech 100 required Business 200 and 210 recommended Math 102 and 110 recommended Physical Education 101, 102, 103 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, and Ensembles Business 101, 102, 120, 150. (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101 required depending on background of the student) Business 103, 110, 130, 230, 270, 300; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 201, 203, 211,220 See Departmental Listings 52 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 9. PARISH SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this curriculum, which combines training in Biblical studies, secretarial skills and liberal arts, prepares the student for the position of Parish Secretary, and leads to the Associate in Arts degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science 9 6 Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts 4 3 3 Business I Secretarial Science Applied Christianity 36-42 16 Electives N.T. 101, Q.T.102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203oralternatives English 111, 112, 113 Courses in Psychology or Sociology, including Psychology 120 See department listings Physical Education 101, 102, 103 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music and Ensembles Business 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 11 0' 111 ' 11 2' 11 3' 1 23' 201 ' 203' 211 ' 213 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101 required depending on background of the student) Applied Christianity 122, 123, 130, 140, 221, 230 Secretarial Science 220 recommended 10. PARISH WORK CURRICULUM The following curriculum provides training for the responsibilities of a Parish Worker, which includes visitation, youth work, parish education and secretarial duties. Completion of this curriculum leads to an Associate in Arts degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 Theology and Church History English Speech Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Secretarial Science Applied Christianity Electives 9 9 3 6 4 3 3 3-9 25-27 1-9 N.T. 101, Q.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N. T. 202, N .T. 203 or alternatives Theology 121, 122, 123; Church History 200 English 111, 112, 113 Speech 140 Psyr,hology 120, Sociology 120 Biology 113 recommended Physical Education 101, 102, 103 Art 100, Music 100 or Theatre 100 Secretarial Science 102 (101, 103 required depending on course background of student) Applied Christianity 122, 123, 130, 140, 201, 202, 203, 211, 221, 223, 230 See department listings; Sociology and Psychology courses recommended PROGRAMS OF STUDY 53 11. WORLD MISSION CURRICULUM Current trends indicate that the Church's need is for candidates with bachelor's degrees or with training in specialized fields such as Bible and theology, medicine, education, business, agriculture, electronics, aviation or secretarial skills. Interested students should plan for extended and thorough preparation. The curriculum outlined below combines concentrated Bible study, a liberal arts background, an introduction to the missionary task, and opportunities for a variety of contacts with people directly involved in church work in various parts of the world. Completion of the two-year curriculum leads to the Associate· in Arts degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 Theology English Speech Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Christian Service Applied Christianity World Mission Electives 6 9 3 ..J 2 8-12 3 3 2 9 6 13 N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives Theology 121, 122, 123 English 111, 112, 113 Speech 100, 110, or200 All Social Science courses (except History 102, Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 200; Social Service 101-103, 201203 or Humanities 200) Biology 113 recommended Physical Education 101, 102, 103 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music and Ensembles Christian Service 11 O All Applied Christianity courses Mission 100, 110, 120 See department I istings 54 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE C. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ONE-YEAR VOCATIONAL CERTIFICATE 1. GENERAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM (One Year) Completion of this one-year curriculurrJ, combining instruction in secretarial skills (including shorthand) and Biblical studies, leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Physical Education 1 Business/ Secretarial Science 35-40 Electives N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives Physical Education 103 or alternative Business 130, 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 111, 112, 113, 123, 201, 203, 211 (Business 140 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended Students entering the One-Year General Secretarial Program must have completed one year of high school typing. 2. LEGAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM (One-Year) Completion of this oneyear curriculum, combining Biblical studies and legal secretarial courses, leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Physical Education 1 Business/ Secretarial 38-43 Science Electives N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives Physical Education 102 or alternative Business 150, 230; Secretarial Science 110, 111, 112, 113, 123, 201, 231, 232, 233 (Business 140 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended Students entering the One-Year Legal Secretarial Program must have completed one year of high school typing. PROGRAMS OF STUDY 55 3. MEDICAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM (One-Year) Completion of this oneyear curriculum, combining Biblical studies and medical secretarial courses, leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Natural Science 4 Physical Education 1 Business/ Secretarial Science 34-39 Electives N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103oralternatives Biology 232 Physical Education 101 or alternative Business 150; Secretarial Science 11 O, 111, 112, 113, 123, 201, 221, 222, 223 (Business 140 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended. Students entering the one-year Medical Secretarial Program must have completed one year of high school typing. 4. WORLD MISSION CURRICULUM (One-Year) riculum leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Theology and Church History 9 English 6 Social Science 9 Physical Education Christian Service Applied Christianity World Mission Electives 3 1-2 6-12 6 Completion of the one-year cur- Selected from N.T.101, 103, 110, 120, 130, 140 Theology 121, 122, 123; Church History 200 Eng Iish 111 , 112 Philosophy 210, 220; Political Science 200 or Anthropology 100 or 110 Physical Education 101, 102, 103 Christian Service 110 Appl.ied Christianity 130, 140, 150, 211 Mission 100, 110, 120, 200 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 57 Course Descriptions The descriptions of courses are arranged according to divisions. The course numbering system is as follows: The first digit of the course number indicates (1) freshman course, (2) sophomore course, or (3) special course for advanced students. The second digit indicates the standing of the course within the Department, from introductory level to degree of intensity (0 through 9). The third digit indicates the term in which the course is offered-(1) first term, (2) second term, (3) third term, and (0) flexible scheduling. The college reserves the right to cancel classes with inadequate enrollment or to change course offerings when the necessity arises. I. DIVISION OF BIBLICAL AND THEOLOGICAL STUDIES A sequence of Biblical courses has been established to provide maximum coverage of Biblical concepts by students taking the minimum Bible requirement. The Bible Core Sequence is as follows: FRESHMEN Fall Term Winter Term Spring Term N.T. 101 Luke-Acts (or N.T. 120 Hebrews) O.T. 102 Covenant History of the Old Testament (or History 102 History of Ancient Israel or N.T. 140 Gospel of John) N.T. 103 Pauline Epistles (or N.T. 130 General Epistles) SOPHOMORES Fall Term O.T. 201 Isaiah-Jeremiah (or English 230 Literature of the Bible) Winter Term N.T. 202 Romans Spring Term N.T. 203 Revelation A student may substitute Greek 101, 102, 103 for 9 credits of required Bible Core courses. DEPARTMENT OF BIBLICAL STUDIES 0.T. 102 Covenant History of the Old Testament 3 credits The covenant purposes and acts of God as they appear in the historical record of God's people in the Old Testament, with some reference to the continuation and fulfillment of the covenant promise in the New Testament, especially the Gospel of John. 58 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE O.T. 201 Isaiah-Jeremiah 3 credits An historical survey of the last two centuries of the Kingdom of Judah and a study of the prophecies of Isaiah and Jeremiah as they reached their fulfillment in the Messiah of the New Testament. N.T. 101 Luke-Acts 3 credits A study of the life of Christ and the fundamental teachings of the Christian Church through the student's personal involvement with the text of Scripture. N.T. 103 Pauline Epistles 3 credits The structure, historical setting, purposes and content of Paul's Epistles to the Galatians, I Corinthians and Prison Epistles are studied with an emphasis upon their relevance to our day. N.T. 110 The Gospel According to Matthew 3 credits A brief survey of the Jewish, Greek and Roman backgrounds, a short introduction to the Gospels, and an intensive study of the iife and work of Cr1rist in the light of Old Testament prophecy. Offered alternate years. N.T. 120 Epistle to the Hebrews 3 credits A study of the fulfillment of Old Testament prophecy in Jesus Christ and His supremacy and finality. The student is involved with the inductive method of studying the Bible. Offered alternate years. N.T. 130 General Epistles 3 credits An inductive study of the Epistles of James, Peter, John and Jude with special attention paid to their unique features as compared to other New Testament epistles. Offered alternate years.· N.T. 140 The Gospel of John 3 credits An inductive study concentrating upon the Person and work of Jesus Christ as seen uniquely in the theology of John. N.T. 202 Romans 3 credits An intensive study of the Epistle to the Romans, considering its background, doctrinal content and inspirational message, and emphasizing the doctrine of justification by faith with its implications for the Christian life. N. T. 203 Revelation 3 credits A survey of the struggle of the Church against Rome, 70-100 A.O. and the central Christology of the Book of Revelation with student interpretation and evaluation of study results. Bible 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Study of special Biblical problems or areas suited to students' needs and interests. DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOGY AND CHURCH HISTORY Courses in this department cannot be substituted for the Bible requirement. Theology 121 God's Way of Salvation 2 credits A study of justification, sanctification and the Christian hope of eternal life as set forth by the Scriptures. The course utilizes the inductive method. Theology 122 The God of Redemption 2 credits A study of the Scriptures and other sources utilizing the inductive technique and with concentration on the attributes of God, the incarnation, the Person and redemptive work of Christ, the sanctifying work of the Holy Spirit, and the relevance of faith in the Triune God in relation to the great fact of redemption. Theology 123 The Church and the Means of Grace 2 credits A study of Scripture and collateral readings using the inductive technique with respect to the means of grace and the role of the Church as custodian thereof. Theology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special theological problems and areas of study for the student's interest. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 59 Church History 200 Religion in Modern America 3 credits Survey of the role and importance of religion in the United States with emphasis upon changing conditions and practices among the various religious groups and upon the Lutheran heritage. Especially for the Parish Work Curriculum. Church History 300 Independent Study Special problems and areas of study in Church History. 1 to 3 credits II. DIVISION OF COMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH English 100 Basic English 3 credits (see below) For students entering college who need intensive work in mastering basic academic skills in English. Successful completion of this course (passing grade) is necessary before these students can enter the required sequence of College English courses (English 111, 112, 113). Students who receive a C grade or better may be granted elective credit toward the AA degree, but since this course may not transfer to four-year colleges, students are advised to take more than the normal 92 credits. Students in this course are required to attend three hours of class and an additional fourth laboratory hour each week in the skills center. English 111, 112, 113 (A, B, C, D, E or F) College English 3creditsperterm The regular series of courses in freshman College English. English 111 and 112 place emphasis on the students' development and competence in English writing skills and their ability to understand and respond to selected readings. English 113 offers study of specific genre, themes and I or topics in literature. Course titles may vary and may include studies in the Immigrant Experiences, Satire, Social Concerns in Literature, Poetry, the Contemporary Short Novel and the Experience of Fiction. Nine credits of College English are required of all students (with the exception of one-year vocational students). Normally, College English courses must be taken in seq.uence. · English 130 Creative Writing 3 credits Students are given the opportunity to write poetry, short stories, essays and other literary forms. Topics such as literary criticism and marketing are discussed. Students read and evaluate each other's work. English 210 Topics in Literature 3 credits Study of themes and topics in literature such as literature by American minorities, literature by women, or death in literature. English 211, 212, 213 American Literature 211: Tile New Garden of Eden: The 17th & 18th Centuries 212: The Snake in the Garden: The 19th Century 213: The Garden Becomes a Wasteland: The 20th Century 3 credits per term English 221, 222, 223 World Literature 3 credits per term Chronological survey of major writers, works, genres, themes and movements in world thought and literature from ancient to modern times. Fall Term: Ancient East, Greece, Rome and the Middle Ages. Winter Term: Renaissance, Neo-Classical and Romantic Literature. Spring Term: The Modern Age (1850 to the present). English 230 Literature of the Bible 3 credits Students do extensive reading of the narratives, poems, and apocalyptic writings primarily from the Old Testament. Emphasis is placed on reading the selections as pieces of literature. English 240 Directed Study in Journalism 1 credit per term (maximum of 3 credits) Students are involved in the production of a major publication, including exercises in layout and design, copywriting, photography, and editing. 60 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE English 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special study programs to fit student needs and interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH Speech 100 Fundamentals of Public Speaking 3 credits A study of the basic concepts used in organizing and delivering speeches. Emphasis on preparing and giving informative and entertaining speeches. Speech 1-1 O Small Group Communications 3 credits Participation in and analysis of behavioral and work norms in small groups. Includes a study of leadership roles, conflict resolution patterns, and the decision making process. Speech 130 Oral Interpretation 3 credits Theory and practice of the techniques of selecting and performing literature orally. Students will study methods of analyzing literature, and will develop techniques for reading prose, poetry and other literary selections. Speech 140 Communication for Parish Workers 3 credits Development of skills in these areas: Interpersonal, for use in visitation and informal counseling; Group, for use in leading study groups and committees; Public Speaking, for use in addressing congregations and other large groups. Open to first year or second year parish work students. Speech 200 Interpersonal Communication 3 credits Study of the concepts of interpersonal communication patterns and the characteristics of ineffective and effective communication behavior. Speech 203 Public Sp.eaking 3 credits A study of the theories and ethics of persuasion. Practice in the art of speaking to persuade or actuate. Prerequisite: Speech 100 or instructor's permission. Speech 300 Independent Study 1-3 credits Research or other creative projects within a speech communication discipline. Departmental approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES German 101, 102, 103 Elementary German 4 credits per term Fundamentals of grammar, vocabulary, pronunciation, writing, reading and speaking; reading of some simple German prose and poetry. Prerequisite: completion of or concurrent registration in English 111. 3 credits per term German 201, 202, 203 Intermediate German Review of Elementary German and further study of literary selections; emphasis on speaking, reading and writing German during the winter and spring terms. Prerequisite: German 101, 102, 103 or two years of high school German. German 210 Directed Readings in German 1 to 6 credits Students become familiar with selected works of German literature, and increase their reading speed and comprehension of German. Department approval necessary. 1 to 3 credits German 300 Independent Study Special study programs to fit students' needs and interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. 5 credits per term Greek 101, 102, 103 Elementary Greek Theoretical and practical study of elementary Greek grammar; readings and parsing of selections from the Book of Acts and other selections. Instructor's approval necessary for first year students. Greek 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 61 Additional Languages-Arrangements can be made for the study of other languages, such as Spanish, French, and Russian if students can provide their own transportation. Interested students should contact the Academic Dean. Ill. DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY, POLITICAL SCIENCE AND GEOGRAPHY History 102 History of Ancient Israel 3 credits Survey of the history of Ancient Israel and the development of the religious insight of the Hebrew people. Attention is also given to the importance of Mesopotamia and Egyptian contributions to the literature of the Bible. History 111 History of Ancient Greece 3 credits Survey of Greek history and culture from the Minoan period through Hellenistic times. History 112 History of Ancient Rome 3 credits Survey of Roman history and culture from prehistoric times through the late Roman Empire. History 113 History of Medieval Europe 3 credits Survey of European civilization from the transformation of the Roman Empire through the fifteenth century. History 121, 122, 123 History of Western Civilization 3 credits per term Survey of the development and accomplishments of Western Civilization with emphasis on institutional, intellectual and spiritual aspects. Fall term: Late Medieval, Renaissance and Reformation. Winter term: Early Modern Europe. Spring term: Modern Europe in a world setting. History 201, 202, 203 History of the United States 3 credits per term Survey of the history of the American people with primary emphasis on their social, intellectual, political, and economic growth. Fall: Pre-Colonial through Early National Period; Winter: War of 1812 through Reconstruction; Spring: 1877 to the present. History 220 The Modern World 3 credits General survey and a more intensive student investigation of the Modern World, 1914 to the present. History 230 Topics in History 3 credits Topics in history of special interest to students and instructors, such as the history of women, ethnic histories, period histories, movement studies or institutional histories. Prerequisite: Relevant survey course or consent of instructor. History 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special historical periods and problems; research into particular areas of student interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. · Political Science 100 American Government and Politics 3 credits Study of the principles and structure of Federal Government in the United States and of political issues of the current scene. Political Science 200 Modern Political Thought 3 credits Comparative study of Communism, Fascism and Modern Capitalism in the light of contemporary Christian thought. Political Science 210 Topics in Political Science 3 credits Topics in political science of special interest to students and instructors, such as comparative political thought, practical politics, foundations of democratic thought or study of political institutions. Prerequisite: Relevant survey course or consent of instructor. Political Science 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Research into special areas of student interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. 62 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Geography 100 Human Geography 3 credits Survey of the basic tools and concepts of geography and the distribution patterns of physical and human environment, plus emphasis on selected areas. Geography 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special interests and area studies. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY AND HUMANITIES Philosophy 101 Introduction to Philosophy 3 credits Introduction to the functions and problems of philosophy with more detailed consideration of the problems of knowledge, existence, freedom, good and evil. Philosophy 103 Logic Study of formal logic and the techniques of evaluating arguments. 3 credits Philosophy 200 Topics in Philosophy 3 credits Philosophical problems and topics of special interest to particular students. Philosopl1y 201, 202, 203 History of Western Philosophy 3 credits per term Survey of the important men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks to the present. Fall term: Ancient philosophy. Winter term: Medieval philosophy. Spring term: Modern philosophy. Offered alternate years. Philosophy 210, 220 Philosophy of the Non-Christian Religions 3 credits per term Study of the philosophical svstems of the major religions of Africa, the Middle East and Asia, including Animism, Judaism, Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism and Shintoism. Offered alternate years. Humanities 200 Travel and Study 1-3 credits Cultural enrichment through travel. Tours guided or arranged by faculty members. Substantial papers and reports required. Normally this course counts as elective credit. Credits may be used to fulfill divisional requirements upon divisional approval. Philosophy 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Study of special philosophical problems or areas appropriate to the student's needs and interests. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND PERSONAL ORIENTATION Psychology 120 Psychology of Adjustment 3 credits Development of a knowledge of psychology that will be useful in attaining more effective personal living and relationships with other people. Psychology 202, 203, General Psychology 3 credits per term Study of the more significant facts and principles in the field of human behavior; provides a basic introduction to several areas of specialization in psychology. Prerequisite for Psychology 203: Psychology 202. Psychology 210 Childhood and Adolescence 3 credits Study of human growth and development from infancy through adolescence; learning theory and application. Prerequisite: Two or more terms of college work completed. Psychology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Designed for students who wish to investigate special interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 63 Personal Orientation 100 Individual Work in College Study Skills 1 credit (see below) Arranged on an individual basis for students desiring to work on a single aspect of study skills, mathematics, reading, spelling or vocabulary development. Personal Orientation 110 Efficient Reading 1 credit (see below) Arranged on an individual basis to enable students to develop skills in vocabulary, reading comprehension, and reading rate for success in college and later life. Personal Orientation 120 College Vocabulary Development 2 credits (see below) Designed to introduce students to basic principles of vocabulary development. Aimed at general vocabulary as well as the specific vocabularies of various academic disciplines. Personal Orientation 130 How to Study 1 credit (see below) Practice of methods of study developed from information based on research and student experience. Concerned with efficient and effective method's of concentration, use of time, study, organizing material, preparing for examinations, and preparing research papers, book reports or other term projects. Personal Orientation 140 Pre-Composition 1 credit (see below) Designed for the student needing individualized instruction in basic sentence and paragraph construction. Successful completion of the course (passing grade) is necessary before the student can enter English 100 and the College English sequence. Personal Orientation 150 Basic Mathematics 1 credit (see below) Review of arithmetic, factoring, the fundamental algebraic operations, rational expressions, linear equations, roots and radicals, quadratic equations. Personal Orientation 160 Fundamentals of Spelling 1 credit Designed to provide the student with a systematic approach to spelling; the course will utilize a self-paced, audio-tutorial format. Personal Orientation 170 The Research Paper 1 or 2 credits Designed to provide the student with the skills necessary to create a research paper; the course wil I utilize the self-paced, audio-tutorial format. The end result of the course will be the production of a research paper for another class. Prerequisite: English 111 or instructor's permission. Personal Orientation 200 Career and Life Planning 2 credits (see below) Designed to teach skills for making career decisions appropriate to the student's values, needs, aptitudes, skills or talents, interests and goals. Credits from Personal Orientation 110, 120, 130, 160, 170 or 200 may count as elective credits for the AA degree providing the grade is C or better. (Credits for Personal Orientation 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170 and 200 are granted for the Junior College Certificate.) DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY, SOCIAL SERVICE AND ANTHROPOLOGY Sociology 100 Introduction to Sociology 3 credits Study of the structures and functions of society and culture as seen through sociological perspectives; focus is on selected problems, social organizations and socialization in the context of change. Sociology 11 O Social Problems 3 credits Survey of contemporary social problems with development of the student's understanding of the processes involved in historical, social and cultural change. Sociology 120 Marriage and Family 3 credits Study of the life cycle, mate selection, marital adjustment and parent-child relationships; to provide practical help for those interested in preparing for marriage from a Christian point of view. Sociology 210 The Urban Center 3 credits Introduction to the problems of modern cities, urban ecology, urban institutions and the urban way of life. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 64 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Sociology 212 Minority Group Relations 3 credits Study of minority groups, especially Native and Black Americans, and the problems of the contemporary scene. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or by permission of the instructor. Sociology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special sociological problems and areas of study for the student's interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Social Service, 101, 102, 103, 201, 202, 203 Internship 1-3 credits per term Practical experience and observation in working with social service agencies; orientation and help in choosing vocational goals in different areas of social service. Designed for the two-year Social Service Curriculum. Anthropology 100 Introduction to Physical Anthropology and Archaeology 3 credits Survey of the field of physical anthropology and the archaeological methods used in the study of prehistory. Offered alternate years. Anthropology 110 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology 3 credits Survey of the field of cultural anthropology with the study of the varieties of the human race, their origins and cultural characteristics, and spiritual orientation. Ottered alternate years. Anthropology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special Anthropological problems and areas of study for the student's interests. Department approval necessary. IV. DIVISION OF MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCES DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS Math 101 Intermediate Algebra 3 credits Introduction to basic mathematical concepts, sets, the number system, factoring, fractions, inequalities, linear, and quadratic equations,. Prerequisite: one year of high school algebra. Math 102 College Algebra 5 credits Algebraic operations with real numbers, linear and quadratic functions, polynomials, combinations, binomial theorem, probability, mathematical induction, matrices and determinants, analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math 101 or its equivalent. Math 103 Trigonometry 4 credits functions, radian measure, trigonometric identities, logarithms, inverse trigonometric functions and complex numbers. Practical applications in surveying and in physical sciences. Prerequisite: Math 102 or its equivalent. Trigonom~tric Math 110 Introductory Statistics 4 credits Study of basic statistical concepts: probability, sampling, normal distribution, statistical estimation, and hypothesis testing. Problems are applied in the fields of business, social and physical sciences. Prerequisite: Math 101 or its equivalent. Math 180 Finite Mathematics 5 credits Logic and set theory, Functions, Algebra of matrices, Linear systems, Linear programming, Probability. Applications in business, biology and behavioral sciences. Prerequisite: Math 101 or equivalent. Math 200 Elements of Calculus 5 credits A short course with applications in biology, business and social sciences. Short review of algebra. Continuity and the limit of a function. Derivative and its interpretation; Maximum and minimum problems; Antiderivative; The definite integral; Exponential and logarithmic functions; Functions of several variables. Prerequisite: Math 102. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 65 Math 201 Calculus I 5 credits Short review of algebra, introduction to plane analytic geometry. The derivatives of functions and their applications. The integration of simpler functions and the applications. Prerequisites: Math 102 and Math 103 or their equivalents. Math 202 Calculus II 5 credits Differentiation and integration of trigonometric and logarithmic functions. Several techniques of integration: by parts, by change of variable, by approximation methods, etc. Parametric equation, polar coordinates. Applications to geometrical and physical problems. Prerequisite: Math 201 or its equivalent. 5 credits Math 203 Calculus Ill Vector treatment of three-dimensional analytic geometry, functions of two or more variables, multiple integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, and differential equations. Applications. Prerequisite: Math 202 or its equivalent. 1 to 3 credits Math 300 Independent Study Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS Physics 100 Environmental Physics 4 credits Survey of physics as related to the environment and everyday experiences of the physical world. The concepts in mechanics, heat, sound, light and atomic physics are developed non-mathematically. One hour lab per week is devoted to student projects or to experiments in laboratory. Primarily for non-science students. No prerequisite. 5 credits Physics 102 General Physics I Study of physical principles in mechanics, fluids, wave motion, and heat, with applications to practical situations. Demonstration lectures and problem sessions. One double laboratory period per week. Primarily for students in science or in various technical areas. Prerequisite: Math 101 or its equivalent. Physics 103 General Physics II 5 credits The fundamental physical concepts in electricity, magnetism, optics, and nuclear physics will be studied using practical applications. Demonstration lectures and problem sessions. One double laboratory period per week. Primarily for students in science or in technical areas. Prerequisite: Physics 102 or its equivalent. Physics 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Biology 111 Life Studies I 4 credits Introduction to biology-life versus non-life, cellular design and process, organism types (unity amids! complexity), energy sources, yields, and efficiencies in life systems. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab weekly. Biology 112 Life Studies II 4 credits The fndividual life pattern-cell regulation and division, sex cell formation and union, genetics and embryology, intercellular effects and immune response, physiology and neuromechanisms. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab weekly. Biology 113 Environmental Biology 4 credits Traces exploration ..-conservation -ecology-conscrousness through perspectives of behavior, populations, ecosystems and biosphere understanding and application. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab weekly. 66 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Biology 114 Field Ecology and I or 4 credits Biology 115 Invertebrate Zoology 4 credits Wilderness camping experience during the month of June at the 120-acre North Woods Field Station. Ecosystems analysis and survey of invertebrate phyla with field equipment and techniques-team-taught small group with mobile lab. Wilderness survival and ecorecreations (scuba, rock-climbing, sailing, recording animal sounds, photography, astronomy, geology, wildlife and forestry employment opportunities). Prerequisite recommended: Biology 113. Biology 120 Field Experience in Biology 1-4 credits Combines theoretical and practical knowledge and experience designed to provide career guidance and development to better direct educational and occupational planning. One weekend is equal to 1 credit. A maximum of 4 credits may be applied to the AA Degree. Biology 221 Plant Studies 4 credits The study of plant cells and tissues with a survey of the major phyla of the nonvascular plants and their adaptions to the environment. Some field studies and taxonomy of the local trees and fall flowers. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Biology 222 Introduction to Botany 4 credits The study of the major phyla of vascular plants and plant growth, regulation, reproduction and photosynthesis. This course will give experience in the green house environment. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111, or 112or113. Biology 223 Introduction to Ecology 4 credits The study of the structure and function of an ecosystem with field studies of at least two major ecosystems. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111, or 112 or 113. Biology 231 Microbiology 4 credits Practical application of bacteriological techniques in analyzing disease parameters, public health measures, agricultural and industrial usefulness of the smallest life systems. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111. Offered alternate years. Biology 232 Anatomy 4 credits Gross and microscopic structure of the human body from a functional standpoint utilizing charts, models, skeletons and manikins. Cat dissection to demonstrate mammalian anatomy. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111, or 112 or 113. Biology 233 Physiology 4 credits Organ systems of the human body. Laboratory exercises include blood typing, recording of the heart beat, respiration, muscle contraction, experiments on digestion, urinalysis, coordinated with a brief study of the anatomy of the system. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 232, or instructor's permission. Biology 241 Genetics 4 credits An introductory course in the principles of heredity will begin with Mendelian genetics, and then progress to cell division and reproduction, molecular structure, DNA, protein synthesis, gene expression, mutagenesis, and conclude with population genetics, genetic engineering, and variabilities. Emphasis will be on human inheritance. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111. Offered alternate years. Biology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 67 DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY Chemistry 100 Environmental Chemistry 4 credits Study of the environment and the role chemistry plays in life. Course is designed for the non science major and has no prerequisites. Topics of current interest such as storage of atomic wastes, food additives, air pollution, solid wastes and the development of the environment are discussed, along with the chemical principles required for a more thorough understanding of them. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week. Chemistry 101, 102, 103 General Chemistry 4 credits per term Study of atomic structure, chemical bonding, periodic classification, the mole, gas laws, stoichiometry, liquids, solids, chemical kinetics, chemical equilibrium, nuclear chemistry, electrochemistry, oxidation, reduction, pH, acids and bases, and organic chemistry. During Chemistry 103 the student will study Qualitative Analysis in the laboratory, involving the separation and identification of some of the more common ions. Chemistry 101, 102, 103-Three lectures and one double lab per week. Chemistry 101, 102, and 103 must be taken in sequence. Chemistry 201, 202, 203, Organic Chemistry 4 credits per term Study of structure, reactions and nomenclature of both aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, halides, alcohols, ethers, carboxylic acids, aldehydes, ketones, amines. The latter part of the course deals with larger functional groups such as keto acids, etc. Considerable time will be spent on l.R. spectra and N.M.R. spectra to help identify compounds. Three lectures and one double lab per week. Prerequisite for Chemistry 201 is Chemistry 103 or instructor's permission. Chemistry 201, 202, 203 must be taken in sequence. Chemistry 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary. V. DIVISION OF HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION LEADERSHIP Physical Education 101, 102, 103 1 credit per term Winter Fall Spring 101 E Bowling 102R Badminton 103L Basebal I 1011 Conditioning 102B Basketball 103E Bowling 101J Cross Country 102E Bowling 1031 Conditioning 101 A Football 1020 Cross Country Skiing 103W Golf 101 N Karate 102H Gym Hockey 103N Karate 101 S Soccer 102N Karate 103X Softball 101C Speedball 102G Weightlifting 103T Tennis 101 D Swimming 102f( Wrestling 103U Track 101T Tennis 1030 Women's Self Defense 101V Volleyball Physical Education 110 Introduction to Physical Education 3 credits Study of physical education and athletics in the schools, and the philosophy and basic principles of physical education and recreation leadership. Physical Education 120 Health and First Aid 3 credits Study of modern concepts and practices of health applied to the individual and community. Also includes the American Red Cross First Aid Course. 68 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Physical Education 130 Drugs and Chemical Dependency 2 credits Study of the impact of drugs on the human body and methods of correction. Required for Minnesota teaching certificates. Physical Education 140 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) 1 credit The procedure used when cardiac arrest occurs. Course includes instruction and Official Certification in the skills of CPR. Physical Education 200 Individual and Dual Sports 3 credits Study of theory and practice in teaching and officiating individual and dual sports. Physical Education 210 Team Sports 3 credits Study of theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Physical Education 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary. Recreation Leadership 110 Introduction to Recreation and Park Leadership 3 credits Examination of the history and development of park and recreation movement; professional and service organizations; orientation to the professional field. Recreation Leadership 120 Introduction to Recreation Programming 3 credits Introduction to the directing and leading of recreation work and the writing of recreation programs.(YMCA, YWCA, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, churches, community centers, etc.) Recreation Leadership 210 Camp Craft 3 credits Basic skills and practical experience in various phases of camping and outdoor education. Recreation Leadership 220 Leadership in Social Activities Techniques of leadership in social games, parties and outings. 3 credits Recreation Leadership 230 Internship 1-3 credits per term Practical experience under the direction of full-time workers in the fields of parks, recreation management and Y.M.C.A.-Y.W.C.A. VI. DIVISION OF CREATIVE ARTS DEPARTMENT OF ART 3 credits Art 100 Introduction to Visual Arts Introduction to visual art through the study of esthetics, philosophy, techniques and history of art. Includes attending art exhibits and other cultural events and researching personal ideas as they relate to the world of art. 3 credits per term Art 101, 102, 103 Art History of the Western World Survey of painting, sculpture and architecture as they relate to history and culture in the Western world. Fall Term: Pre-history to Early Christian. Winter Term: Middle Ages to Baroque. Spring Term: Nineteenth Century to Present. Offered alternate years. Art 110 Two Dimensional Design 3 credits A basic study of the principles of design together with the discovery of design sources in nature. Art 121 Basic Drawing 3 credits Exploration and use of various drawing materials and methods. Emphasis on the development of visual perception and personal aesthetics. Art 122 Drawing 3 credits An extension of Art 121 with more extensive experiences in the manipulation of visual elements and pictorial structure. Prerequisite: Art 121. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 69 Art 123 Drawing 3 credits Continuation of Art 121 and 122. Students learn to see design and form relationships and experiment with a variety of drawing media. Subject matter includes still life and the figure. Prerequisite Art 122. Art 130 Printmaking 3 credits An exploration and study of wood and other materials for making prints in monochrome and color. Art 140 Watercolor 3 credits An introduction to the watercolor medium with emphasis on compositional and technical problems. Subject matter includes still life and landscape. Art 202, 203 Painting 3 credits per term Basic experiences in the use of oil and acrylic to acquaint the student with the mediums and to encourage the development of personal imagery and technique. Prerequisite: Art 121. 1 to 3 credits Art 300 Directed Study Special study for advanced students based upon the proposal of the student in consultation with the instructor. Departmental approval required. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Music 100 Introduction to Music 3 credits The development of perceptive listening through the study of representative musical works, their styles, structure and relationship to cultural history. For nonmusic majors. Music 111, 112, 113 Theory 4 credits per term Course sequence in music theory developing the student's knowledge and skills in part writing, keyboard sight-singing and ear-training. Includes studies of the science of sound, the rudiments of music, intervals, triads and inversions, and a survey of non-harmonic tones and seventh chords. Music 121, 122, 123 History of Music 3 credits per term Survey of musical thought and achievement for primitive origins to the twentieth century. Intended for music majors but may be taken by any student upon approval of the instructor. Offered alternate years. Music 131, 132, Choral Conducting 2 credits per term Study of the fundamentals of conducting with practical experience in conducting student ensembles. Includes studies of vocal problems and church-music programs and organization. Offered alternate years. Music 133 Instrumental Conducting 2 credits Study of the fundamentals of conducting with practical experience in conducting student ensembles. Includes studies of instrumental problems, score and clef reading, baton technique and transpositions. Offered alternate years. Music 211, 212, 213 Advanced Theory 4 credits per term Study of Baroque composition including detailed study of non-harmonic tones, seventh chords, altered chords, modal harmony and two-, three-, four-part counterpoint. Also includes a survey of music styles from the Baroque to the present with a concentration on twentieth century techniques of music composition. Prerequisite: Music 111, 112, 113. 70 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Music 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects for advanced students. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. APPLIED MUSIC Voice 1 credit Study of vocal technique and literature. Emphasis on sacred literature including oratorio, with time devoted to Italian and German art songs. One half-hour lesson per week. Piano 1 credit Instruction in piano performance, including study of techniques through scales, arpeggios and other exercises. One half-hour lesson per week. Organ 1 credit Graded course in organ playing beginning with study of manual and pedal techniques. Liieraiure studies include examples from ail periods of music. Renaissance to Neo-Classic. Service playing problems are also studied. One half-hour lesson per week. Strings 1 credit Graded instruction on a string instrument. One half-hour lesson per week. Woodwinds 1 credit Graded instruction on a woodwind instrument. One half-hour lesson per week. 1 credit Brass Graded instruction on a brass instrument. One half-hour lesson per week. Percussion 1 credit Graded instruction on a percussion instrument or instruments. One half-hour lesson per week. ENSEMBLES Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir 1 credit per term Open to all students by audition, but limited to 65 members. Examples from all periods of music literature are selected for performance. Besides numerous concerts in and around the Twin City area, an extended tour is made each spring. The choir meets four periods per week. 1 credit per term Golden Valley Singers Open to all women students of the college. Study and presentation of treble choral music, both accompanied and a cappella. The chorus meets four periods per week. 1/2 credit per term The Madrigal Singers Twelve students. selected from the Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir. Literature used includes Madrigal and Carol. Numerous concerts through the year are given. Symphonic Choir Open to all members of the student body and the community. Vz credit per term Band 1 credit per term Open to all College students by audition. The group performs literature from all eras and styles. A tour is organized each year. The band performs regularly for College convocations and presents formal concerts each quarter. The pep band is formed from this group. College-Community Orchestra Vzcredit per term Open to all qualified students and community members by audition. The orchestra performs standard orchestral literature each quarter in addition to accompanying the College choirs at Christmas. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 71 Small Ensembles Y2 credit per term Students are given opportunity to participate in small ensembles (trios and quartets, instrumental and vocal). The ensembles perform regularly for convocations, concerts and at local church services. DEPARTMENT OF THEATRE Theatre 100 Introduction to Theatre 3 credits Study of the various types of dramatic production, the role of theatre in Western civilization, and discussion of the functions of director, actor, designer. Theatre 110 Introduction to Acting 3 credits Intensive study of the basic principles of acting (movement and voice) in the preparation of monologues and scenes. Theatre 120 Theatre Practice 1 credit per term (max. of 3 credits for AA degree) Participation in College sponsored theatre productions. Open to students assigned dramatic or technical roles. Instructor's permission requir.ed. 4 credits Theatre 130 Elements of Technical Theatre Study of procedures and methods in design and construction or preparation of sets, costumes, props, lights, or sound. Theatre 140 Mime 1 credit Study of the elements of mime expression, physical technique and creative expression. One hour per week. Theatre 200 History of Theatre 3 credits Study of the development and practices of theatre and drama in Western culture during a selected period. 3 credits Theatre 210 Advanced Acting Problems in characterization and direction involving advanced work in movement and voice in the preparation of scenes, improvisations and one-act plays. Theatre 220 Directin_g for the Theatre 4 credits Principles and practice in preparing scenes and one-acts for production involving script analysis, casting, blocking, and rehearsal technique. Theatre 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects for advanced students or research projects within selected theatre disciplines. VII. DIVISION OF BUSINESS AND VOCATIONAL STUDIES DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS Business 101 Accounting • 4 credits Study of fundamental principles and procedures of accounting; classifying and reporting data on balance sheets and income statements. Business 102 Accounting II 4 credits Continuation of Accounting I; Analyzing financial statements and analytical functions of accounting; partnership and corporate accounting. Prerequisite: Accounting I or its equivalent. Business 103 Accounting Ill 4 credits Accounting as a planning and controlling tool in the decision-making process of management; funds statements; cost accounting: job order and process cost. Prerequisite: Accounting II or its equivalent. Business 110 Personal Finance 3 Credits Fundamental concepts of personal financial management: insurance, budgeting, credit, savings, investments, retirement and estate problems and consumer concerns. (General Education-open to all students.) 72 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Business 120 Introduction to Business Principles and Management Survey of the organization, environment, O\"Jnership, management, 3 credits ethics, operational function, and regulation of American business systems. Business 130 Introduction to Data Processing 3 credits A basic course in the systems approach to processing data in business applications, and the role of the computer in information processing. Business 140 Business Mathematics 3 credits Application of mathematical skills to practical business situations. Topics include: fundamentals review, percentages, interest, discounts, payroll, taxes, profits, losses, stocks, bonds, and insurance. 3 credits Business 150 Business Communications General principles of effective communication in business; writing of various types of business letters and reports; stress on vocabulary and the mechanics of lang·uage as applied to writing business reports and letters. Business 200 Principles of Economics-Macroeconomics 4 credits National income economics, gross national product, indicators of economic activity, the money and banking system, monetary and fiscal policies to fight inflation and unemployment, principles of world economics, international trade, and the balance of payments. Business 210 Principles of Economics-Microeconomics 4 credits Supply, demand and price; competition, monopoly, oligopoly, and anti-trust policy. Pricing of the factors of production and distribution of income. Business 230 Business Law 4 credits Relationship between the citizen and the business world: Topics include contracts, bills and notes, courts, bailments, partnerships and corporations. Business 270 Marketing 3 credits Examination of the total marketing process, including the distribution of goods and services from producer to consumer; processes of retailing, wholesaling, pricing and government regulations. Offered alternate years. Business 300 Independent Study 1-3 credits Special projects for advanced students. Departmental approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF SECRETARIAL SCIENCE 3 credits Secretarial Science 101 Typewriting I Mastery of the keyboard and proper technique of typewriting. Not open to students with one year of high school typing except by permission. Secretarial Science 102 Typewriting II 3 credits Students build speed and accuracy at the typewriter and increase their skill in handling the more difficult problems in business correspondence, tabulations, manuscripts and business forms. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 101 or its equivalent. Secretarial Science 103 Executive Typewriting 3 credits Emphasis on typing performance at the executive level requiring sustained highlevel production speed with ability to organize, solve problems and produce highquality work. Speed and accuracy in straight-copy and production work are stressed. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 102 or its equivalent. Secretarial Science 110 Office Accounting 4 credits General office accounting procedures; payroll records, tax records, records of a physician and an attorney. Practice Set which will include basic accounting cycle. General Education class-Open to all students. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 73 Secretarial Science 111 Elementary Shorthand 2-4 credits Fundamentals of Forkner Shorthand for beginning students (4 Cr.); Review of Gregg Diamond Jubilee for students with a minimum of one year of Gregg (2 Cr.) Secretarial Science 112 Intermediate Shorthand 4 credits Emphasis on speed, accuracy and vocabulary. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. Ill or equivalent. 4 credits Secretarial Science 113 Advanced Shorthand Advanced dictation and transcription. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 112 or equivalent. Secretarial Science 123 Office Machines 3 credits Instruction in the use of ten-key adding machines, electronic printing calculators, and electronic display calculators. Secretarial Science 201 Administrative Office Procedures I 2 credits A study of office duties, responsibilities, activities and procedures with emphasis on attaining a job, records management, communication skills and office relations. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 103 or equivalent. . 2 credits Secretarial Science 203 Administrative Office Procedures II A study of office duties, responsibilities, activities and procedures with emphasis on word processing, business attitudes and proficient handling of office problems. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 103 or equivalent. Secretarial Science 211 Machine Transcription 2 credits Emphasis on transcription techniques, both from machine and textual material. Transcribing machines are used. Prerequisite: Sec. Sci. 103 or equivalent. Secretarial Science 213 Shorthand Transcription 2 credits Refresher course for Gregg and Forkner students with emphasis on speed building and transcription techniques. Prerequisite: Shorthand 113 or equivalent. 1 credit per term Secretarial Science;220·.supervised Work Experience Credit for work experience in an office-type environment. (Students must register during quarter in which they receive credit)-must be approved by secretarial science department in advance. Secretarial Science 221 Medical Office Procedures 4 credits Study of medical records, medical law, medical societies, medical insurance, medical filing, medical telephoning techniques, medical appointments, and general medical office duties. Secretarial Science 222 Medical Terminology 4 credits Study of medical terms used in the branches of medicine; emphasis on prefixes and suffixes: use of medical reference books. Secretarial Science 223 Medical Transcription 4 credits Study of the principles of medical machine transcription (for all branches of medicine); Typing of medical summaries, reports and letters; medical cassette tapes are used. Secretarial Science 231 Legal Office Procedures 4 credits Study of procedures and legal forms involved in probate, appeals, real estate, litigations, wills, estates, partnerships, and corporations. Secretarial Science 232 Legal Terminology 4 credits Study of legal terms used in probate, real estate, litigations, wills, estates, partnerships and corporations. Secretarial Science 233 Legal Transcription 4 credits Study of legal terms via transcription of a variety of legal documents. Legal cassette tapes used. Secretarial Science 300 Independent Study 1-3 credits Special projects for advanced students. Departmental approval necessary. 74 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT Law Enforcement 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3 credits Survey of the history and principles of law enforcement in American society, the criminal justice system; courts; state and federal agencies. 3 credits Law Enforcement 110 Law Enforcement Operations and Procedures An overview of the relationships between the police and community and the era of crime prevention; the elements of verbal and non-verbal communication and their role in effective law enforcement procedure. Law Enforcement 120 Juvenile Problems & Justice 3 credits An overview of the principles of the juvenile justice system; its laws, problems, and procedures. Law Enforcement 130 Criminal Evidence and Procedure 3 credits Criminal evidence for police, types of evidence, criminal procedure in various courts, arrest, search and seizure, collection of evidence, interviews and line-up procedure. Law Enforcement 140 Introduction to Criminology 3 credits Survey of the psychological and sociological aspects of criminal and delinquent behavior, and of the types of treatment and their effectiveness. 3 credits Law Enforcement 150 Criminal Law The development, application and enforcement of local, state and federal laws that deal with criminal behavior, including a study of the Minnesota Criminal Code. 3 credits Law Enforcement 160 Constitutional Law Study arYd analysis of the United States Constitution and its amendments that pertain to law enforcement; Federal and State legal decisions that also apply to law enforcement problems. Law Enforcement 170 Psychology for Law Enforcement 3 credits An introduction to the psychological aspects of the Law Enforcement profession, with particular attention to the personal and professional adjustments demanded by this career. Law Enforcement 200 Internship for Law Enforcement Supervised work experience with a law enforcement agency. 1 to 3 credits Law Enforcement 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects and research into areas of student interest in the fields of law enforcement. DEPARTMENT OF APPLIED CHRISTIANITY Christian Service 110A, 1108, 110C Christian Service Projects· 1 credit per term Student assignments to various projects provide in-service training in various phases of Christian work. Regular reports to the department are required. 3 credits per term Applied Christianity 122, 123 Christian Education Winter term: Study of the human relations of the teaching-learning process, acquaintance with the age of ability differences and individual potential of children. An in-depth child study will be made by each student. Spring term: Study of the objectives of Christian Education and practice of teaching methods. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 75 Applied Christianity 130 Youth Leadership 3 credits Study of the needs and goals Of youth leadership in the church, and of the philosophies, organizational structures, resources and materials of the youth organizations and departments of the major Lutheran synods. Applied Christianity 140 Christian Ethics 3 credits Study of ethical standards of Christian conduct and their relationship to the self, tam ily, society, church and state. Emphasis is placed on the student's practical questions concerning right and wrong. Applied Christianity 150 Evangelism 3 credits The evangelical task of the church is recognized as of prime importance, and the responsibility of the individual Christian to personalize the Gospel within the parish and community is stressed. Applied Christianity 201, 202, 203 Christian Education Project 1 credit per term Classroom orientation and practical teaching experience under supervision. Applied Christianity 211 Christian Education Seminar 3 credits Study of materials available in the field of Christian Education; discussion of teaching experiences (Applied Christianity 201 ); acquaintance with methods and materials in adult Christian education. Applied Christianity 221 Church Staff Work I 3 credits Study of basic principles and their relationship to professional ethics, professional relationships, the ministry of the laity, the organization and functioning of the parish, techniques of visitation and public relations. For parish workers, parish secretaries, and lay assistants. Applied Christianity 223 Church Staff Work 11 3 credits Study of strategies and models for the development of programs designed to meet a congregation's particular needs. Applied Christianity 230 Church Staff Field Work 1-3 credits Practical experience in the various aspects of parish work through personal supervised field work with the cooperation of local congregations. Twenty-four hours of work are required. Applied Christianity 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Designed for students who wish to investigate special interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Mission 100 Introduction to Mission 2 credits Study of the theology of mission, some basic principles of communicating the Gospel to non-Christian people, and some current practices in the work of the Church in various countries of the world. Mission 110 History of World Mission 2 credits Study of the major leaders and developments in the missionary effort of the nineteenth century. Mission 120 History of World Mission 2 credits Study of the major leaders and developments in the missionary effort of the twentieth century. Mission 200 Mission Internship 1 to 6 credits A flexible program of study designed to provide the student opportunities for contact with people directly involved in church work in various countries of the world. Students may study and serve under the supervision of experienced missionaries at times to be arranged. Mission 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects for the student who has a serious interest in some aspect of the world mission of the Christian Church. 76 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Directory BOARD OF REGENTS OFFICERS Chairman I THE REV. MAYNARD L. NELSON Vice Chairman I ARTHUR A. MAI Secretary I TRUDY ROGNESS JENSEN Treasurer I ALLEN A. METCALF JR. MRS. ERLING ANDERSON ALC, Farming Halstad, Minnesota THE REV. DR. WILLIAM E. BERG LCA, Pastor Augustana Lutheran Church Minneapolis, Minnesota THE REV. BURTON L. BONN LCA, Pastor Hope Lutheran Church Minneapolis, Minnesota DR. LAWRENCE M. BRINGS ALC, Chairman of the Board T. S. Denison Co., Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota EARL BURANDT LC-MS, Engineer Honeywell, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota MARK DALQUIST LCA, President Maid of Scandinavia Minneapolis, Minnesota ROBERT DANIELS ALC, Vice President and Co-owner Mainline Travel, Inc. Minnetonka, Minnesota WILLIAM H. DOEPKE LCA, Professional Engineer Owner, Doepke Building Movers Inc. Edina, Minnesota THE REV. VERNON D. GUNDERMANN LC-MS Pastor, Beautiful Savior Lutheran Churcr New Hope, Minnesota THE REV. EWALD HINCK LC-MS, Pastor Robbinsdale, Minnesota THE REVEREND RICHARD F. HOLY LC-MS Administrator St. Olaf Residence Minneapolis, Minnesota THE REVEREND PAUL R. IDSTROM ALC Pastor House of Hope Lutheran Church New Hope, Minnesota LYLE M. JENSEN LCA, President Cummins Diesel Sales, Inc. St. Paul, Minnesota MRS. RODGER E. JENSEN Counseling Services Edina, Minnesota DIRECTORY DR. MARLIN J. E. JOHNSON LCA, Specialist in Internal Medicine Quain & Ramstad Clinic Bismarck, North Dakota WOODROW P. LANGHAUG ALC, Vice Chairman of the Board, Lutheran Brotherhood Minneapolis, Minnesota FRED L. LOCKWOOD LCA, Vice President and General Manager Lend Lease Truck Division of National Car Rental Minneapolis, Minnesota ARTHUR A. MAI ALC, District Representative Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance Society Minneapolis, Minnesota ALLEN A. METCALF, JR. President, Metcalf Mayflower Moving Co. St. Paul, Minnesota THE REV. MAYNARD L. NELSON ALC, Pastor Calvary Lutheran Church Golden Valley, Minnesota RAY NORLING ALC, Exec. Vice President Willmar Poultry Co. ELMER N. OLSON ALC, Past President Elmer N. Olson Co. Minneapolis, Minnesota ROBERT M. SKARE ALC, Attorney Best & Flanagan Minneapolis, Minnesota LOUISE SUNDET (Mrs. Lee) LCA Homemaker Excelsior, Minnesota RALPH 0. THRANE LC-MS, Vice President and Director of Acquisitions and mergers, Pillsbury Company Minneapolis, Minnesota THE REV. LAUREN E. YOUNGDALE LCA, Pastor Rochester, Minnesota 77 ADMINISTRATION BERNT C. OPSAL I President J. PHILIP WORTHINGTON I Academic Dean JOHN V. GRONLI I Dean of Students RUSSELL B. HELGESEN I Director of "Thanks A Million" Development Appeal, MARILYN J. ADAMS I Registrar LOIS STRAND I Financial Aid Director AL TON C. 0. HALVERSON I Director of Public Relations PAM MOKSNES I Director of Admissions FACULTY VERNON J. BITTNER I Counselor B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; B.D., Northern Baptist Theological Seminary, Chicago, IL; S.T.M., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.D., San Francisco Theological Seminary, San Francisco, CA 1978ROY BLOOMQUIST I Radio Director B.A., Wisconsin State University, Superior WI· Augustana Theological Seminary, Ro~k 1s'1and, IL; Maywood Seminary, Chicago, IL 1961WILLIAM BOLM I Physic-al Educatio_n_, Recreation, Counselor B.S., Western Michigan-University, Kalamazoo, Ml; M.A. (Physical Education), St. Thomas College, St. Paul, MN; M.A. (Counseling), St. Thomas College, St. Paul, MN 1971JOHN L. BREKKE I Sociology B.A., Northwestern College, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., College of St. Thomas, .s~. Paul MN· additional graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1975ROGER W. BROWN I Law Enforcement B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Graduate study, Mankato State University, Mankato, MN 1978DOUGLAS CAREY I Voice B.S. and M.Ed., University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota 1978- 78 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE ROBERT H. CHANDLER I Law Enforcement B.S., Northwestern University, Chicago, IL; M.A., Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL; J.D., Northwestern University, Chicago, IL 1977JACOOL YN CHERNE I English, Applied Christianity B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1966-69; graduate study, United Theological Seminary, New Brighton, MN 1967, 1970GERALD L. DAHL I Sociology B.A., Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL; M.S.W., University of Nebraska, Lincoln, NB; member of Academy of Certified Social Workers. 1975SONJA M. DAHLAGER I English and Personal Orientation B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1979PAUL E. DRANGEID I Biology B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M .S., South Dakota State University, Brookings, South Dakota, plus nine summers of graduate study. 1979WILLIAM P. EFFERTZ I Law Enforcement B.B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Advanced study, FBI Academy. 1976JANICE EGGERSGLUESS I Business Education B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; M.S., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1969JEANNE EKHOLM I Music B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN 1978FREDERICK E. GESKE/ Biblical Theology Concordia College, St. Paul, MN Concordia Seminary, St. Louis, MO; M. Div. Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1978JANICE GRAVDAHL I Business Education B.S., Bemidji State University, Bemidji, MN 1972- JOHN V. GRONLI I Dean of Students, Philosophy, Biblical Theology B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; M.A., Pacific Lutheran University, Tacoma, WA; Additional graduate study, Pacific Lutheran Theological Seminary, Berkeley, CA; D.Min., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1976RUTH A. HALVERSON I Journalism B.A., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN; Additional Study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1977DR. EDWARD A. HANSEN I Biblical Theology B.A., Dana College, Blair, Nebraska; B.D., Trinity Theological Seminary, Blair, Nebraska; M. Div., Wartburg Theological Seminary, Dubuque, Iowa; D.D., St. Olaf College, 1978-Northfield, Minnesota; additional graduate study, Mansfield College, Oxford, England; and University of St. Andrews, Scotland 1980LEE ANNE HANSEN I English, German B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; Graduate School, University of Munich, Munich, Germany; finished courses for Ph.OJ, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1973ALLEN L. HANSON I Chemistry B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead, MN: M.S., Ph.D., State University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA 1980DOROTHY L. HAUGEN I Physical Education S.S., Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL 1978PAUL T. HIRDMAN I Sociology, Psychology, Counselor A.A., Waldorf College, Forest City, IA; B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; Ph.D., University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota 1979JEAN JOHNSON I Business Education S.S., University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 1974PRllDU KllVE I Physics, Mathematics B.A., Berea College, Berea, Kentucky; M.A., University of Buffalo, Buffalo, NY 1973- DIRECTORY GERHARD I. KNUTSON I Theology B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; B. Th., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; University of Southern California, Los Angeles, CA; Wartburg Theological Seminary, Dubuque, IA 1975GAIL LANDO I English B.A., Wisconsin State, Eau Claire, WI; additional graduate study, St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1972BARRY L. LANE I Biology, Speech Communications B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; graduate study, Luther-Northwestern Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1973-74; graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1978PHYLLIS LARSON I English, Missions B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A.T., College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, MN 1973RICHARD LAUE I History, Political Science B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota; additional graduate study, University of Minnesota and University of Strasbourg, France. 1966LUTHER LERSETH I Biblical Theology, Physical Education B.A., Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S. Dakota; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1978HERBERT G. LODDIGS I Biblical Theology, Greek B.A., Wagner College, Staten Island, NY; New York University, Hartwick Seminary, Brooklyn, NY; C.Th., Luther Seminary, St. Paul, MN; additional graduate study, College of Chinese Studies, Baguio, Philippines; School of Chinese Studies, Hankow, China; Princeton Seminary, Princeton, NJ 1957WILLIAM E. LUNDQUIST I Physical Education B.S., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.Ed., University of Minnesota 1966- 79 PAMELA MOKSNES I Director of Admissions B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; Additional Study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1979 HAROLD E. MOORE, JR. I Business, Counselor B.A., University of Denver, Denver, CO; J.D., University of Denver, College of Law, Denver, CO; Additional Work, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; United Theological Seminary, New Brighton, MN 1980PATRICIA NORTWEN I Piano B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota 1967TERRENCE L. OLSON I Theatre B.A., Bethel College, St. Paul, MN; M.A. course work completed, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1979BERNT C. OPSAL I President B.A., Upsala College, East Orange, NJ; B.Th., Luther Seminary, St. Paul, MN; Biblical Seminary, New York; M.A., New York University; additional graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis; New York University, Litt.D, Concordia College, St. Paul, MN. 1954MAHLON PITNEY I Psychology, Counselor B.A., Macalester College, St. Paul, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1970DONALD R. PRUST I Business B.S., Northern Michigan University, Marquette, Mich.; B.S., Mankato State University, Mankato, MN; Graduate Study, University of Texas at Arlington, Arlington, TX 1980MARLO F. PUTZ I Biology B.S., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; M.S., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1968JAMES C. ROBERTSON I Law Enforcement B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., course work completed, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1976- 80 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE AL SCHOBER/Chemistry B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN M.S., Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 1971DOROTHY SEAGARD I Music, Voice and Choral B.M., Westminster Choir College, Princeton; ·NJ; graduate study, Chicago Opera Guild; Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY; University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1962JOHN C. SEAGARD I Music, Choral, Organ B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY; Lutheran Bible Institute; Augustana College, Rock Island, IL; Westminster Choir College, Princeton, NJ; Chicago Opera Repertoire Guild; additional graduate study, Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY 1962RICHARD M. SERENA I Librarian B.S., Columbia University, New York, NY; M.L.S., Columbia University, New York, NY 1976MARY S. SICILIA I American Studies, Personal Orientation and Speech B.A., Northwestern College, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Ph.D., course work completed, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1977ROGER SNYDER I Mush.;, Band and Orchestra B.S., University of Minnesota, M inneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1977MARILYN A. STALHEIM I English and Librarian B.S., University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire, WI; M.S., University of Wisconsin, Stout, WI 1976MARLIN STENE I Applied Christianity B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield; B.Th., LutherTheological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.M., Wartburg Seminary, Dubuque, IA; Barret Biblical Seminary, post S.T.M. work. DAVID SWANSON I Theater B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; M.F.A., Texas Christian University, Fort Worth, TX; Graduate Study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1980GERALD SWANSON I Art B.A., University of Minnesota, M inneapolis, MN; M.F.A., University of Minnesota 1972KATHRYN SWANSON I English B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1971- CAROL J. TOMER I Residence Hall Director Business and Philosophy; B.A., Luther College, Decorah, IA 1979LOIS UTZINGER I Music B.A., Carleton College, Northfield, Minnesota; M.M., University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan; Additional graduate study, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor; University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota. 1978HOLLY S. VANVONDEREN I Theater B.A., Bethel College, St. Paul, MN; Additional Work Completed, Towson State University, Baltimore, Md. 1980- RUSSELL A. VIKSTROM I Biblical Theology, Applied Christianity B.A., Augustana College, Rock Island, IL; M.Div., Augustana Seminary, Rock Island, IL; additional graduate study, Biblical Seminary, New York; Luther Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1953- J. PHILIP WORTHINGTON I Academic Dean, Biblical Theology B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; C. T.; Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.M., Biblical Seminary, New York City; M.A., New York University, 1974- Student Services Personnel Mark J. Allen, Residence Hall Director, Delta John Hastings, Residence Hall Director, Gamma Delta; Student Activities Director Lois Nystul, Health Service Director Douglas L. Sill, Student Union Manager Lori R. Toivonen, Residence Hall INDEX 81 INDEX Academic Honors ................... 31 Academic Program .................. 29 Accreditation ....................... 9 Activity Credits ..................... 33 Activities, Student ................... 13 Administration ...................... 77 Admissions Procedures .............. 17 Affiliations .......................... 9 Agriculture ......................... 47 Alcohol and Drugs ................... 1O Anthropology ....................... 64 Application Fee .................. 17, 20 Applied Christianity ................. 74 Applied Music ...................... 70 Art ................................ 68 Associate in Arts Degree ............. 42 Associate in Arts, Curricula Leading to ..................... 41, 42 Athletics ........................... 14 Attendance, Chapel .................. 1O Attendance, Classroom .............. 32 Automobiles ........................ 10 Awards, Academic ................... 00 Biblical and Theological Studies .... 43, 57 Bible Requirement ................... 32 Biology ............................ 65 Board and Room Costs ............... 20 Board of Regents ................. 76-77 Bookstore .......................... 22 Business Administration ............. 44 Business Studies .................... 71 Calendar ........................... 4 Chapel ............................. 10 Charges by Quarter .................. 20 Chem is try .......................... 67 Choir .............................. 14 Church Vocations ................... 52 Classification of Students ......... 20, 29 Co-curricular Activities ............... 33 Communications, Division of ......... 59 Computer Training ................... 49 Corrective Therapy ................... 48 Costs .............................. 19 Counseling Service .................. 11 Course Descriptions ................. 57 Creative Arts, Division of ............. 68 Credit by Special Examination ......... 33 Credit Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Curricula, Organization of .......... 41-55 Degree Programs .................... 41 Dentistry . . . . . ................ 47 Deposits and Fees ................ 19-20 Directory, Administration and Faculty .. 77 Dormitories and Residence Halls ...... 7 Dramatics .......................... 15 Economics ......................... 72 Education .......................... 44 Electronics Technician ............... 49 Eligibility for Varsity Sports ........... 31 Employment (Part-time) .............. 25 English ............................ 59 English Requirement ................. 32 Ensembles ......................... 70 Entrance Requirements .............. 17 Expenses .......................... 20 Faculty ............................ 77 Failures and Conditions ........... 30, 31 F~s ............................... ~ Financial Aid ....................... 23 Foreign Language ................... 60 Forestry ............................ 47 General Guidelines ................... 9 General Information ................. 7 General Secretarial ............... 50, 54 Geography ......................... 62 German ............................ 60 Gift Support ........................ ~9 Grades and Grade Points ............. 30 Graduation Requirements ............ 37 Greek .............................. 60 Health Service ...................... 12 History, Department of ............... 61 History of College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Housing, On and Off Cam pus ......... 12 Incomplete Work .................... 30 Independent Study .................. 32 Institutional Objectives ............... 8 Instrumental Instruction .............. 70 Insurance .......................... 12 Junior College Certificate ............. 39 Law ............................... 47 Law Enforcement ................. 49. 74 Legal Secretarial ................. 50, 54 Library ............................. 22 Loans .............................. 24 Location of the College ............... 7 Mathematics ........................ 64 82 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Medical Secretarial Curricula ....... 51, 55 Medicine Curriculum ................. 47 Missions ........................... 75 Music .................... 14, 45, 49, 69 Registration, Changes in ............. 34 Religious Life ....................... 13 Repeating a Course .................. 31 Room and Board .................... 20 New Student Orientation ............. 11 New Testament Studies .............. 58 Nursing Curriculum .................. 47 Science, Division of .................. 64 Scholarships ....................... 26 Secretarial Curricula ................. 50 Secretarial Science .................. 72 Social Service Curriculum ............ 48 Social Science, Division of ............ 61 Sociology .......................... 63 Special Fees ........................ 20 Speech ............................ 60 Student Government ................. 13 Student Life ........................ 13 Student Personnel Services ........... 11 Study Ski I Is Assistance .............. 12 Occupational therapy ................ 48 Office Occupations Curricula ...... 51, 55 Old Testament Studies ............... 57 Orchestra ....................... 14, 70 Parish Work Curriculum .............. 52 Parish Secretarial Curriculum ......... 52 Part-time Students ............... 20, 30 Payment Plan ....................... 21 Personal Orientation .............. 62-63 Pharmacy Curriculum ................ 47 Philosophy of College ................ 8 Philosophy, Department of ........... 62 Physical Education, Division of ........ 67 Physical Education Curriculum ........ 45 Physical Therapy .................... 48 Physics ........................... 65 Political Science .................... 61 Pro bat ion, A cad em ic ................. 31 Programs of Study ................... 41 Psychology ......................... 62 Recreation Leadership Curriculum ..... 46 Refunds ............................ 22 Registration ........................ 34 Theatre, Department of ............... 71 Theological Studies .................. 58 Transcripts ......................... 21 Transfer of Credits ................... 9 Transfer Students, Admission of ....... 33 Tuition ............................. 20 Unsatisfactory Academic Progress ..... 31 Vocational Studies, Division of ........ 71 Withdrawals from Class .............. 30 Withdrawals from College ............ 33 Women's Athletics .................. 14 World Mission ................... 53, 55 Golden Valley Lutheran College 6125 Olson Memorial Highway (55) Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1983
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1983 Interim Catalog 2/1 nterim POSTMASTER Volume 113, Number 4 Winter I982 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1983 Interim Catalog 2/1 nterim POSTMASTER Volume 113, Number 4 Winter I982 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan t o spend the same amount of time i n class and preparing for class as they w o u l d for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Calendar for Full Credit Courses ............................................. .................................................. November 8-11 Interim Registration December 6 ............................................Late Interim Registration January 3.. First Day of Interim Class 19:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. Last day for cancel/add January 4 . . January 17.. Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 21.. ............................ Last day for withdrawing from full courses January 28.. ....................................................... Interim ends .............................................. ................. Calendar for Half Credit Courses January 3.. ............................... First group of half credit courses begins January 4 . . ............................. .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses January 10.. Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses January 12.. Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses First group of half credit courses ends January 14.. January 17.. Second group of half credit courses begins January 18.. ............................ .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses January 24. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses January 26.. January 28.. Interim ends ......... ...................... ................................ ........................... ...................... ....................................................... The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. 4/l nterim Essential Information One course i s considered a full time load during interim and no student i s permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed on the last page. Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Options June Interim - At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1983 session of summer school (see listings under Biology and Education) in lieu of January term, with no additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect a June interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the January one will be required to pay the regular summer course tuition. International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the six overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1983. These interims are under the following departments: Art - Europe: Art in London and Paris Foreign Language - Mexico: Basic Conversational Spanish - Europe: The Rhine Frontier History - Hawaii: Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction Music - Europe: Music in London and Paris Political Science - Mexico: Theories of Social Change and Revolution Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St. Olaf College. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the Interim Office and from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after that date. Internships - Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 16. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $670 for the interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the lnterim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Augsburg Policy Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all the rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230), The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192. 6/l nterim Courses - 16mm Film-Making I Film-Making I1 ART 242 - 4002,342 - 4005 Instructor: Paul Rusten The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication. Using professional 16mm equipment, students in teams will produce short black and white synchronized sound motion pictures. Students who have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within the same class schedule and timeframe as Film-Making I. Fees: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent Distribution: Art - Music Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 17 Life Drawing ART 247 - 4001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted i n various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half. You will be introduced to the 2B and 48 pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels. Fees: $20.00 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I........ Room: O M 17 Europe January 3 - 28 Art in London and Paris ART 378 - 4006 Instructor: Mary Swanson This course will study art in the collections of museums in London and Paris. Stylistic, historical and sociological perspectives will be emphasized in viewing artwork in museums, galleries and architectural landmarks. Lectures will be given before visiting each museum so that students will become acquainted with major works i n each collection. Students will keep a journal on designated major works in each museum or gallery collection noting style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish to emphasize a certain period in the history of art. Fees: $1995 Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Human Anatomy and Physiology BIO 103 - 4009 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg This is a one-term course used by nursing students, physical education students and others who would like to be more knowledgeable about the human body and how it works. Although the course is as thorough as is possible in one term, there are no science prerequisites. I n addition to a systematic study, various questions stimulate discussion and individual study. Questions relating to product advertising and good nutritional principles, "fad diets," muscle development and exercise, and many others will arise throughout the course. The area of Anatomy is dealt with primarily i n the laboratory portion and Physiology in the lecture portion. About 40 hours are used in each, the laboratory and the lecture room. Time: Summer Interim.. . . . . . . Room: 5213 lecture, S214 lab Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences BIO 106 - 4113 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud W e are Iivlng in a period of biological revolurlon whfrh scemr llkely to contlnuc. Many of the d ~ v ~ l a p m e n twill r , increasingly result in drarnaric changes in cthiral thinking and the forrnularion of puhtic policy. Questions such as these musr be eflectivefy addre~ced:What are the rights o( r h unhorn? ~ Shfiulrl hiwlogists he allowed to work on any typc of research no matter where i t leads? Does the irlea of a moral responslhility toward the environment make sense? What ethical and social problems would arise as a resull of cloning people? IS recombinant DNA research likely to rrcate more p r o h l ~ m than s II soTves?Is euthanasia ever justllledl Ir Is intended rhat ihrs courseshould provide a! leas! a small part of the hackground necessary to answer such questions and make responciblr: ethical choices. Each topic will he introduced by the instrucrar or a guest, but much of the class time will be spent discussing assigned readings and various viewpoints. Formulation of a brief position paper on one of thr! issues will be required. Grades will be based on the paper, class participation and examination results. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I... . . . Room: 5 205 .. 8/l nterim Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind BIO 110 - 4010 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud Where did I come from? What am I ?Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more fundamental questions which intrigue and torment members of our species. While at one level we seek philosophical and religious answers, biology is invoked at another level. It i s the intent of this course to address these questions and others through the study of evolution and heredity (genetics). The concept of organic evolution continues to have its critics, a matter which we shall consider. Yet to the vast majority of biologists the evolution of life i s not only accepted but is regarded as the single most significant contribution which biology has made to human knowledge. We will study the evidence in support of evolution, the proposed mechanisms of the evolutionary process, and, as time permits, the course of evolution from primitive forms to humans. Some principles of genetics will be studied for the primary purpose of making it possible to understand evolutionary mechanisms. Ways in which people influence their own evolution and that of other species will be discussed. Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites: A high school general biology course Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Room: 205 Time: I . . ...... Immunology BIO 386 - 4011 Instructor: Neal Thorpe A study of the immune system, emphasizing antibody structure and function, cell-mediated immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology. immunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated. Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations. Prerequisites: BIO 111,112 Time: 11.. ...... Room: S205 Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry CHM 113 - 4014 Instructor: Earl Alton way of learning Finding which chemicals are I n a solutlon (qualltatlve analysis) Is a challengrn~ some principles of chemisrrj. This course will use laharntory experiments coupled with an essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemistry Involved to provid~a n introduction to chemistry. The laboratory work will center on solving chemical unknowns. There will be several lecture-discussion r~sslonseach weck and about three hours of laboratory ~ a c h day. Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes. Prerequisites: High School Chemistry Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: This class will meet January 3 at 12:30. Thereafter it will meet as follows: Lectures - 12:30 - 1:30 T,Th,F Lab - 8:30 -11:30 T,Th,F - 1:30 - 4:30 T,Th.. Room: S 318 ...... Physical Chemistry For The Life Sciences CHM 301 - 4015 Instructor: Richard D. Olmsted Objectives: The object of this course is to provide a working knowledge of basic physical chemistry to students whose primary academic interests lie in the life sciences. This course will provide a sound development of physical chemistry based on physical ideas and will use only the minimum mathematical treatment of the material that will enable students to use their new knowledge to solve relevant biochemical problems. Topics Covered: Properties of matter and molcculrs, energy changes in chemical reactions, entropy and the d i r e d o n of chemical change, f r ~ eenergy, chemical equilibrium and chemical driving forces, equilibria in chrmlcal and biological systems, physlcal ~ q ~ l i l i h rand ia membrane phenomena. rates of transport processes, rates of ch~mit.alreaction, rcaction mechanisms, rpraroscopy and quantum mechanics, molecules in crystals dnd molecular structures. Evaluation: Each student will be assigned a grade based on performance on in-class examinations. Prerequisites: 1 term Organic Chemistry, 1 term of Calculus Time: I. ....... Room: S 318 Microeconomics Applied To Managerial Problems ECO 451 - 4013 Instructor: Satya P. Gupta I n teaching microeconomics most of the emphasis i s on developing the theoretical tools with some scattered applications. This course, assuming the basic understanding of microeconomic tools, will concentrate on applying price theory to specific business decisions. Grades will be based on one report and an examination. Prerequisites: ECO 251 or Instructor's consent Room: L 1 Time: 1 1 . . ...... Discovery in the World of Kindergarten EDE 375 - 4018 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course i s a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials and a review of teaching approaches. Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is t o be arranged by the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have taken place prior t o the course itself. The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Time: Summer Interim.. ...... Room: to be announced l O / l nterim Theories of Learning Disabilities EDE 383 - 4016, EDS 383 - 4017 Instructor: Barry Franklin This course will examine the principal theories that have been advanced during the past 80 years t o explain the nature, causes, and treatments for learning disabilities. I n examining these theories we will look at the behavioral charactCristics, methods of diagnosis, relationship between behavior and brain involvement, and treatment approaches advocated by major theorists and practitioners in the field. The course requirements include two take-home essay examinations and a short paper in which the student will examine the work of a major theorist of the field. There will be a number of field trips to look at representative learning disabilities programs in the Twin Cities. This course can be used as an elective in the special education minor. I t is designed for students in education, psychology, social work, nursing, music therapy and corrective therapy who anticipate working with handicapped individuals who exhibit learning and/or behavioral disabilities. Prerequisites: A general psychology course or consent of the instructor. Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 11 Student Teaching EDS 481 - 4023 EDC 481 - 4019 EDS 482 - 4024 EDC 482 - 4020 EDS 483 - 4025 EDC 483 - 4021 EDS 484 - 4026 EDC 484 - 4022 Instructor: Marie McNeff Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Grading: P/N only Room: L 6 Time: I . . ...... People Under Pressure ENG 211 - 4027 Instructor: Barbara Andersen The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social, religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. This is not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and even wit. We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name i s Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright, Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea; Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works to read. Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports (optional) and two examinations. Distribution: English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 10 The American Short Story ENG 241 - 4028 Instructor: Toni Clark This course will feature films from the PBS series, The American Short Story. We will read the seventeen stories comprising this series as well as numerous others from the American Renaissance t o the present. Short fiction by women and men will be read. There will be a fee of approximately $10 for films. Evaluation will be based on class discussion, quizzes, papers and exams. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time : I . . ...... Room: M 2 2 Literature Performed in the Twin Cities ENG 269 - 4029,369 - 4030 Instructor: Richard B. Sargent During January, we will attend a selection of the many plays and readings presented in the Twin Cities. The emphasis will be on theater, but we will also attend poetry readings and prose readings at places suc.h as the Loft and the Walker. We will be attending plays at theaters such as the Guthrie, Actors' Theatre of St. Paul, Playwrights' Lab, and the Rarig. Students will keep a journal of responses. Students will be responsible for paying for tickets, but we will take advantage of group rates whenever feasible. We will have group discussion of performances, and will be meeting with actors, directors, and writers for after-performance discussions. There will be a few assigned readings. Those taking the course for upper division credit will be expected to do an additional research paper. Fees: Approximately $30 for tickets for plays and readings. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11 Five College Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction) ENG 362 - 4097 Instructor: Jonis Agee, The College of St. Catherine We will work to discover the necessary relationship between form and content, language and narration, and character and voice, and to develop the special discipline that writing fiction requires. We will attend some readings in the area by visiting writers. The format will be a workshop, in which we will share what we read, what we write, and what we dream. Participation i n this workshop will be limited to three Augsburg students who will be selected on the basis of short manuscripts of fiction to be submitted to Toni Clark by November 1. Contact Professor Clark (L 215, ext. 1053) for further details. Time: 11.. ...... Room: at College of St. Catherine, to be announced 12/l nterim Europe: January 3 - 28 The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France GER 333 - 4032 Instructor: Donald Steinmetz I Since Roman times, the lands along the Rhine have been one of the most significant frontier areas of Europe. Here German and Roman cultures clashed and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have their roots i n the empire of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and gothic architecture flourished in the Middle Ages. Here Germans and French fought in three recent wars. It is such events which have shaped life and left so many monuments between the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the history of this area on location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Trier i s ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating from Roman times to the present, and important historical sites of five countries are less than 100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to the student's entering level of competence. Cost: $1690 Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent Distribution: Foreign Language Beginning Norwegian Nor 111 - 4033 Instructor: Leif Hansen The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression i s emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Nor 311 - 4034 Instructor: Leif Hansen Intensive practice in spoken Norweg~anwith emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field experience required. Prerequisites: 211 or equivalent Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . Room: O M 29 . Mexico: January 3 - 27 Basic Conversational Spanish SPA 113 - 4031 Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley Basic Conversational Spanish Is designed for students who have already covered the structures of the present, preterite. and imperfect tenses and arc ready to put their knowledge to use on the scene in Mexico. There will he regular in-classsessions, small group conversations, as well as a great d ~ aol l opportunity to use Spanish aclively and passively in conducting Interviews, shopping, attending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month. Grading will be based on class participation, quizzes, and a final exam which will be written and oral. Original materials will be used as the text. Basic Conversational Spanish and Theories of Social Change and Revolution (see Political Science) will have the same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all the students will be encouraged to take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Cost: $1195 Prerequisites: Spanish Ill or 2 years of high school Spanish Distribution: Foreign Language for those needing 112 or 211. Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232 -4076 Instructor: Staff Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time:ll -Jan. 3-13... . . . . . Room: Melby Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE 410 - 4036 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: Health 320 Time: I . .. . . . . . Room: Melby I3 14/l nterim Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE475 -4035 Instructor: Al Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I -Jan. 3 13.. . . . Room: Melby 12 - .. . Coaching of Basketball HPE477-4078 Instructor: Dave Boots Theory, techniques and administration of coaching men's and women's basketball. Course will include off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation. There will be some out of class night work. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I l -Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby I 3 Coaching of Hockey HPE478-4079 Instructor: Ed Saugestad Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 24 Paris in the Nineteenth Century HIS 114 - 4037 Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city which in the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any other, one could make a good case for Paris. In this course we will study the history of that city i n one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this century i n some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There will be a final exam. Distribution: History-Philosophy: Urban Time: 11.. . . . . Room: O M 23 .. 20th Century South Asia HIS 162 - 4038 Instructor: Don Gustafson This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-western subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be i n a wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and freauent breaks for slide ~resentations. Grades will be based on geAeral level of participation, on some written work and probably a test. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: L1 Hawaii January 3 - 27 Hawaii: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction HIS 240 - 439,340 - 440 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen Observation and study of Asian (Japanese, Chinese, Korean and Philippine), Polynesian (Hawaiian and Samoan) and Caucasian cultures interacting i n the 50th state. Focus on historical traditions, immigration patterns, religious heritage, educational experiences, commercial ventures, the media, cultural activities and current issues. Field trips include visits to the Polynesian Cultural Center, Pearl Harbor-Arizona Memorial, lolani Palace & Bishop Museum, Buddhist-Taoist Temple, East-West Center at the University of Hawaii, the Hawaiian City of Refuge in Kona area, and visits with community leaders of varying ethnic backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu. Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips, lectures and discussion sessions (including pre-interim orientations). Students will keep a daily journal. There will be required readings. Cost: $1895 Prerequisites: Upper division-sophomore standing and consent of instructor. Distribution: History-Philosophy Grading: P/N only 16/l nterim The Minnesota Political Tradition HIS 356 - 4041 Instructor: Carl Chrislock An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present. Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture. Procedures will be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assigned and optional readings, a term paper or book reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual aids (transparencies of political cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations with Minnesota governors, slides) will be used; and an effort to recruit outside speakers with political experience will be made. Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor. Room: M 22 Time: 11.. ...... Being and Becoming Well in American Culture INS 265 - 4043,365 - 4044 Instructor: Ronald Palosaari Within our culture are forces, patterns, and conditions that contribute to our degree of well being. During January we will examine American culture trying to understand better some of those factors that influence our wellness, to use the current popular term. We will also consider the current wellness movement, examining its impact on American culture and individually determine what it has to offer. To take this class, one does not have to eat granola, seaweed, and brown rice nor run five miles a day: One will be expected to walk or run regularly to class, to read several books and articles, and to write some short papers. Those taking the class for upper division credit will be expected to go up steps two at a time and write more extensive papers. We may take a few field trips in the Twin Cities and one trip to outstate Minnesota. I expect students to arrange any work schedule if necessary for such trips. Room: O M 25 Time: I.. ...... South Africa: Historical Mirrors, Economic Laagers and the color Spectrum INS 270 - 4045 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach The goal of the course is to provide a multi-faceted encounter with a complex, fragmented, yet culturally familiar society. Approximately one week will be devoted to each of the following topics. I n what ways does the South African experience mirror the American experience; how do the economic policies of South Africa shape its relations to its economic satellites and Africa as a whole; what roles do the church, education and athletics have in molding a multi-cultural society? The course will be conducted largely in seminar format. During the last three weeks students will conduct relevant research and make presentations to the class, both individually and in groups. Academic work will be assessed through tests and evaluation of class presentations. Room: M 23 Time: I . . ...... Perspectives on the Humanities: The City in American History, Literature and the Arts, 1865-1914 INS 275 - 4042 Instructor: Grier Nicholl Rapid industrialization and the growth of cities between the Civil War and World War I generated significant responses from American writers of fiction and poetry, painters, photographers and architects. How did the interpretations of major writers and artists compare to actual historical developments of the city and technology in the period? What similarities and differences can be discovered in the ideas, values, and attitudes reflected in literary and artistic responses to industrialization? The course will examine these and other interdisciplinary questions to lead the student toward an integrative perspective on the humanities. Activities in the course will include active participation by urban and art historians; small group discussions of selected poems of Walt Whitman, selected short stories of Stephen Crane, and two controversial novels-Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton Sinclair's The jungle; lecture and slide presentations on painting and architecture; and visits to the Minneapolis Institute of Arts to view prints and photographs of the city during this period. There will be three tests and individual oral presentations of projects. Distribution: Urban Time: I . . . . . . . Room: O M 21 . Brush Up MAT 103 - 4093 Instructor: Bev Durkee This course is designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills for students scoring I on the Mathematics Placement examination. The course will be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or who will be taking statistics as part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests to determine study needs, homework assignments to gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized. Prerequisites: Mathematics Placement Examination score I. Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: S 108 18/l nterim An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models MAT 136 - 4047,336 - 4048 Instructor: Henry Follingstad An exploration of math-retated ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluat~s present "scientlflt dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic model5 of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Agr: dara, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and t h ~ i links r to geology, biology, and the humanities. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required in one of six major areas discussed. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present oral summaries of their papers. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 22 Pattern Processing Through Pascal Programming MAT 144 - 4049 Instructor: Larry Copes I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written reports. Prerequisites: Group I l l (formerly A) score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination. (See instructor if you have not taken this examination.) Distribution: Math-Physics Time: I . . ...... Room: S 112 Memorization for Musicians MUS 151 - 4053, 351 - 4054 Instructor: lames D. Johnson Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and formal analysis of the music under study. For instrumentalists and vocalists. Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from their instruments. Prerequisites: Basic music study Distribution: Music-Art Time: I.. ...... Room: M 4 Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy MUS 167 - 4051 367 - 4052 REL 364 - 4086 Instructors: Larry Fleming Philip A. Quanbeck The 500th anniversary of the blrth of Martin I-uther provides thc impetus for this FTOSSdidplinary offerlng focusing on thcrhape of the liturgy in t h r reformation and the historical. theolo~icaland musicological background out nf which the Mass In R minor by I. S. Bach emergps. Plenary sessions will be addrrsscd by Charles Anderson, Larry Flemlng, and Philip (Suanheck. Stuttents may elect e i t h ~ one r of the supplernenlary group sessions. 1. Musico!ngiral - Baroque p~rformancepracrice, contras~lngMass seftings, t e ~ t l ~foreal runners will be sti~diedtogether with detailed musical enrl theological analysis of the complete score with instrumental and choral realization. 2. Religion - The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and theological background of the reformation and the renaissance. This course may not be used toward a music major. Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require additional work. Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion Music - consent of instructor Time: 11.. . .. . .. Room: M 23 Europe January 3 - 28 Music in London and Paris MUS 378 - 4045 Instructor: Robert Karlen rt These two great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Franck, Berlioz, and Stravinsky. Performances ro be attended will include oprrctra, baller, chamber music, and symphonic concerts hy leading orchee~ralensernbl~s.There will be opportunities to attend worrhip services in the magnificent catherlralc of there rwo rap~lalcllfer. L@cturcsdesrxihing the special sljinillcancc of the music ro h c heard, and p r o v i d i n ~importani hackgrai~ndinformation, wil/ h~ supplemenred by visits lo museums and libraries to see r o l l e c t i o n ~of historical musical instriimrntr and view manuscript srorez or famous composers, Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination. Cost: $1995 Distribution: Art-Music Grading: P/N only 20/l nterim Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330 - 4055,330 - 4091 Instructors: Nancy Malcolm, Helen Woelfel This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations. Prerequisites: Registered Nurse Time: I or 4-8 p.m.. ....... Room: O M 12 Philosophy of Love - PHI 145 4056 Instructor: M . L. Fuehrer This course presents an analysis of the four types of human love, seeking to locate their place in human experience. Certain key writings of philosophers and works of literature will be analyzed with this objective in mind. Evaluation will be based on written essay examination. There will be a very small fee to cover film expenses. Distribution: History-Philosophy Room: O M 22 Time: I.. ...... 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester PHY 322 1 4057 Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation detection and measurement with emphasis on applications in the sciences and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on nuclear radiation physics at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student will study nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, radioecology, environmental radiation, health physics, and radiation safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. Student's performance evaluation based on laboratory performance, laboratory record, and formal laboratory reports on selected experiments. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training programs. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. The estimated cost for transportation and housing i s $275. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112 Special Functions and their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327 - 4058 Instructor: Mark Engebretson Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering dlsdplinc~because of the high d e w ~ eof symmetry they can rppresent. This course will acquainf the studcnl wlth three cijtegories of functions and ihelr applications: Legendre polynomiats and spherical harmonics, Fourier serie~and rransforms, and functions of a cnmpl~wvahable. High resolut~ongraphics using the T e k t r o n i ~1051 Graphic Computer will hr u w d t o enhance underslanding of I h r syrnm~trtcsinvolvrd. Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project. Prerequisites: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent Time: I... . . . . . Room: O M 21 The Supreme Court and the Supreme Being POL 177-4060 Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel A n analytical case study approach to the Supreme Court's role as policy-maker, constitutional interpreter and political subsystem, using the Court's church-state decisions from 1940 to 1983 as substantive focus. Objectives of the class will be to help students (1) understand the political nature of the American judicial system; (2) achieve competency in the analysis and criticism of original SOUFCPS, I.e., judicial opinions and decisions; and (3) recognize the complexity of constitutional interprrtation and the interplay of values, precedents, personalities and interests in the development of constitutional law. Teaching methods will include lecture, library research, class presentations and discussions. Evaluations will be based on (1) brief research reports, (2) quizzes and (3) class participation. Prerequisites: None, other than freshman or sophomore status. Distribution: Political Science-Economics Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . Room: M 24 . 22/l nterim Mexico: January 3 - 27 Theories of Social Change and Revolution POL 383-4059 Instructor: M u l f o r d Q. Sibley This will be a course which surveys modern conceptions of social and political change and revolution. Beginning with the European background i n days immediately after the French Revolution, it will consider such theories as those of the utopian socialists, anarchists, liberals, Tolstoyans, and Marxists. Particular attention will be devoted t o the place of economic factors i n social change. Hobson's theory of imperialism, as well as Lenin's, will be considered. Malthusians and neo-Malthusians, with their population and resources conceptions, will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and East-West tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. I s violence compatible with democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of non-violent revolution? During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico in particular. Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal. Theories of Social Change and Revolution and Basic Conversational Spanish (see Foreign Languages) will have the same itinerary (Mexico City, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all students will be encouraged t o take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Cost: $1195 Distribution: Political Science-Economics Grading: P/N only U.S. Foreign Policy Today: Comparative Perspectives POL 495 - 4084 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten This course will analyze current U.S. foreign policy problems i n two strategic regions: the Middle East and the Caribbean. Course objectives include: A. Examining central aspects of U.S. policy in what i s called the North-South dimension of world politics. For this objective we will look at both (1) the dilemmas for U.S. policy makers who must relate American interests in Third World countries within U.S. global strategy and (2) the tensions created within Third World societies as their governments attempt modernization and simultaneously face the geopolitical concerns of the superpowers. B. Employing comparative case study methods to analyze how U.S. policy instruments are used i n two different regions of the world. The course content will highlight recent debates over U.S. grand strategy, briefly review the evolution of policies in selected Caribbean and Middle Eastern countries, analyze regional changes which pose new problems for American policy makers, and evaluate current policy recommendations. Students will work in a dual capacity as individual decision-makers and as members of foreign policy teams. Extensive reading will be required during the first 2/3 of the course. Students will prepare briefing books on one country in each of the two regions. They will also present an oral summary of their policy evaluations and will submit a final paper detailing how they would implement their recommendations. Prerequisites: One previous course i n international politics or comparative politics (e.g. POL 158 or 160); otherwise see instructor or department chair. Distribution: Political Science or Economics Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 24 . . The Psychology of Personal Adjustment PSY 101 - 4061 Instructors: Norm Ferguson, Linda Rodgers The objectives of this course are to explore some of the basic principles of psychology and to see how they may be used in coping with important life issues. The content of the course will include topics such as: dealing. with success & failure, experiencing loss & grief, and developing personal independence, intimacy, & values. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of issues such as these in small groups. Active participation by each student i s expected along with the sharing of relevant individual experiences. Evaluation will be based on class participation and one individual project or paper. This course may not besubstituted for Psychology 105 for students pursuing a major or minor in psychology. Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Grading: P/N only Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: P 1 24/l nterim The Male Jail PSY 286 - 4062,386 - 4096 Instructor: Lyla Anderegg A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was a real man." A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the American Male, circa 1982. Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of materials, added involvement in the community. Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information gathering and written test. Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology for upper division status. Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2 Learning PSY 357 - 4063 Instructor: Grace Dyrud Learning concepts, behavior change principles, skills and issues. Psychology of instruction. Projects involving applications (e.g. student skills) and tests evaluate student learning. Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology, or consent of instructor. Time: I . . ...... Room: P 2 Theology of Play, Games and Sport REL 328 - 4064 Instructor: John Benson There is nothing more familiar to us than play, games and sports. We are all involved with one or more of them almost daily. Yet, there is usually little understanding of the human significance of these commonplaces of experience. Philosophers of culture like Weiss and Huizinga, however, together with sociologists like Caillois and psychologists like Bern have helped us to see some of the deeper meanings of these things we usually take for granted. At the same time, theologians concerned with cultural questions such as this have added their contributions. Rahner, Miller, Pieper and Novak have helped us to see that religion itself has a "play" structure. I n the lectures, all of the above thinkers will be dealt with. And in the small groups two books, one by Caillois, and the other by Novak, will be read and carefully discussed. Several special preparations will be required as well, related to special discussions. An example of such a special discussion i s the problem of the relation between the game proper and the "intimidation game" that goes on within it at the same time. Such a problem can be shown to have far reaching implications into many other areas of life as well as games. Prerequisites: One course in Religion Distribution: Religion Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 10 Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy REL 364 - 4086 MUS 167 - 4051 367 - 4052 Instructors: Philip A. Quanbeck Larry Fleming The 500th anniversary of the birth of Martin Luther provides the impetus for this crossdisciplinary offering focusing on the shape of the liturgy in the reformation and the historical, theological and musicological background out of which the Mass in B minor by J. S. Bach emerges. Plenary sessions will be addressed by Charles Anderson, Larry Fleming, and Philip Quanbeck. Students may elect either one of the supplementary group sessions. 1. Musicological - Baroque performance practice, contrasting Mass settings, textual forerunners will be studied together with detailed musical and theological analysis of the complete score with instrumental and choral realization. 2. Religion -The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and theological background of the reformation and the renaissance. Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require additional work. Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion Music - consent of instructor Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 23 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366 - 4092 Instructor: Bradley Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present development of indigenous churches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology." A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be lectures and discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated on several short tests and a short research paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion. Distribution: Religion Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 18 Practicum in Human Services SWK 257 - 4065 Instructor: Doug Perry An opportunity to discover whether a career in human services i s for you. Thirty hours per week of volunteer work in a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly seminars. Evaluation based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final examination. Students will meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester in order to discuss selection of agency and structure of this course. ~ of problems for which people seek Ohjectlvws arp ta d ~ v e l n pspecial awareness ol t h klnds hrlp: increase k n o w l r d g ~of theservice givcn hy the agency in which student is serving; gain knowledge of thr! profess~onalsin thc nrannizatinn, including their skills, competencies, ducati ion, and Lsainlng: gain h ~ g i n n i n gk n o w l ~ d g cabout the diversity of human service agencic<: and increase ~ ~ n d e r s t a n r lof i nsrlf ~ tn rrlation 10 he human service field. Time: II (for in~tialmeeting; group meetings will be arranged). . . . . . . Room: S 123 . Social Services with American lndian People SWK 400 - 4087,400 - 4066 Instructor: Rosalie V. Clark Readings will be combined with lectures by American lndian people, who are either consumers or providers of services, and with visits to agencies serving American lndian people. A research paper incorporating two special service theories and addressing a specific area of service provision for American lndian people will be the basis for evaluation. Actual class meeting times will be determined by class members on the first meeting day. This course carries only 1/2 course credit. Non-social work majors are welcome. Students wishing an additional 1/2 course credit in independent work should consult the instructor before the beginning of interim. prerequisites: Sociology 383 Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: M 25 Field Work 111 SWK 466 - 4088,466 - 4068 Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg The objectives of the class are to use supervisory rrlation~hipto increaw Interpretive as well as social work performance competence; tn promote gradual enlry Into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the clicni contact phase of thr problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard ro prof~ssinnalpractice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation form. Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status . . . . Room: M 24 Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th.. .. I nterim/27 The Sociology of Law SOC 220 - 4068 Instructor: Diane Pike This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it. Specific topics include: cross-cultural notions of law, regulating morality, deterrence, social change, the legal profession, and corporate crime - all with respect to a sociological approach to understanding law. The basic format will be lecture/discussion. Evaluation is based on (in addition to participation) two (2) take-home examinations. Prerequisites: SOC 121 or an introductory political Science course, or permission of the instructor. Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16 The Human Potential Movement and Identity: A Sociological Analysis SOC 394 - 4089 Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo This will be a sociological and social-psychological analysis of that loosely connected grouping of persons and movements which lays emphasis on identity, self-expression, selfawareness and growth. "Alternate life-styles" and "expanding consciousness" have become increasingly central terms for the media and large parts of the American population. After a brief history of the movement and its major figures (Freud, Rogers, and Maslow) we will consider the Human Potential Movement's relation to other social movements and to the dominant culture. There is a possibility of field work. Evaluation will be based on an examination and a paper. There will be a fee of about $5.00 to cover additional instructional materials. Prerequisites: PSY 105 or SOC 121 or SOC 241 Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 13 Story Theater (Children's Theater) SPC 285 - 4072 Instructor: Ailene Cole This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week. Stage 2 Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m.. ....... Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. ART 163 - 4095 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174. 28/l nterim HPE 106 - 4070 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah) Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of approximately $975 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food (condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 8 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff (Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration materials. GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center) A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost: $400. POL 399 - 4073 Washington Interim A study-internship program i n Washington, D.C. in connection with the Washington Center of Learning Alternatives. Information on projects, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom i n Memorial 117A. SWK 312 - 4074 Training School on Alcoliol and Drug Abuse Intensive experiential and didactic training at Johnson Institute combined with week-long experience in chemical dependency treatment agency. Students are evaluated according to participation in classes, experiential learning and in the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. Badminton HPE002-4081 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Basic techniques and theory of beginningbadminton - much of the class time will be spent in singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outside assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport. Melby Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Volleyball HPE002 -4082 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport. Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby Racquetball HPE 002 - 4083 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime,sport. Time: 9:20.. Melby ...... International Studv Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454 Interims Abroad January3-28,1983 Cermany Hawaii The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction German 333 - Donald Steinmetz Since Roman time<,the lands along the Rhlne have b ~ e onn e ol the mu+[ jlgniilcai~t ironlrer areas 01 Europe. Here Ccrman and Roman culture clajhed and rnlsed: Here e TOC)~,~ntheernpure of Cha~lemagne.Heft modern Germany and France h a ~ their romlneique and go1h ~ architecrure r ilurished ir: Ihe kirddle A ~ e s t-lere . Germaris and French fought in rhree recent rvari. I r is such evcnts whuch h a w .;haper1 litc and left co manv munlrments between rhc Rhine ancl the blcuse. The rlurlenl ill studr and "relr~c" rhe history o i rhls area o n loratiori, firm the Roman munumen;, oi Trier and Cologne. Charlemagnp'~:lachen. ro the baltteiields of tUorld b\ar$ I and It and ~ h dynarntc c socier) of presenl-dai Germanv. The course will be c o n d u r ~ e dpr~marrlvIn Trrel.. Germany, r\lTh excursion5 10 nc-arb, zites. Trier Ir ideal f o r lhis plrrpose. Perhaps the oltlest r l t v In Germanv. Trier i s rich in monumenls. dat~netrom Roman times ro rhe prcsenl. and imporlanl ~ h a n700 miles away. Lecrures. d~scussions.and historical sites o i iise counfries J r e readings will be principally in German according tu the siudent.5 entering level of competence. . Counts toward: German major and foreign language distr ihufron requirement . . Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent.. . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollmenl: 15 ... Cost: $1690. London and Paris History 240,340 - Khin Khin Jensen Observalian and s t u d y of 4sian I J a p a n e r r . Chinese. Korean arld Ph~llppinej.Polyne5ian ItbwaiIan and Samoan,, and Caucasian cu[rures inkerac-tingIn the i i t t ~ e ~ stale. h Focus on hiaorrcal rraditions. immigrd~ionparrerns, religious heritage. erlucational eaperlences. ~nmrnercialvpnrurc5, the media. rulrural ~ r t j v i t j e .a~n .d current rssues. Field i r i p ~include vihits to I ~ PFo l > n e i i a n Cultural Center. Pear[ Harbor-4rtzona h3ernorial. tulani I'alace and Hishop h l u s e u m . tluddhr5:-Taoist Tcmple. East-\.\ei.i Center ar thc C!nlverrit) oi Han.aii, the Hawallan Cir! of Reiuse rn Kona area. 2 n d V I ~ I ~ w F i~h cornrnunlty leaders or barying ethnic backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu. Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips, lectures, and J i j c u ~ j i ~ n sessions ~inrludingpre-~nterimorientations). Students will keep a daily journal. There will b e requirt-d reading;. Counts toward hlsrnr, major, Fas! ?\51an Studies major, history distribution requirement. Prerequisites: l o n e r drv~s~un, noni.; U* division, sophomore standing and consent of Grading: P N orrh . Enrollment: 15-18 . . . Cost: $1795. instructor . Mexico Clo!h course2 r ~A~PYICO i WIIIha\ e rllc same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca): a l l qtudcnis will be encouraged t c t take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of tlme outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Art in London and Paris Theories of Social Change and Revolution Art 378 - Mary Swanson Political Science 383 - Mulford Q. Sibley This course will study art in the collections of museums In Landon and Parls. S~vlistic, historical and sociological perspectives will be ernphds~rdIn s rewng arlrnork in museums. galleries and architectural landmarks. Lecture will be gnen briore v~siting~ n c h museum that students will become acquainted with malor work.; In each cultectron. 5iudr:nv wilt This wlll be a course which surveys rr~odefnconceprlons of social and political change and re\olut~on8t.einning with the European b,:ckground in days immediately after the French Ktyolut~on,II wtll ~ o n r ~ d 8uch c r theories as rhorcof the utopian socialists, anarchists, b r a l s , Tolmyallanrl .Maruitrs. Parilrular atltnuon will be devoted to the place of ,\LC" d ,""'.,"' V" U C - . ~ . . Y L C . . ....A,-, .."I,., I.. C " < . I _.-bYIICI, .-.. C L , , " , , .,-..,. style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish t o emphasize a certain period i n the history of art. I Counts toward art major or art history major, fine arts distribution requirement . . . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollment: 25 . . . Cost: $1995. be conslaereu. MalthuSlanS and neo-Maltnuslans, wlrn tnelr popularlon anu resource, conceptio~s,will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and EastWest tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. Is violence compatible wrth democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of nonviolent revolution? During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico i n particular. Music in London and Paris Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal Music 378 - Robert ~ a r l e ' n These t w o great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Berliozi Franck and Stravinsky. Performances t o be attended will include operetta, ballet, chamber music, and symphonic concerts by leading orchestral ensembles. There will be opportunities to attend worship services i n the magnificent c a ~ h p d r ~of l s these t w o capital cities. Lectures describing the special significance of the music ro be heard and providing important background information will be supplemented h! \,isits to museums and libraries to see collections of historic musical instruments and view manuscript scores of famous composers. Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination. Counts toward music major and fine arts distribution requirement .. . Prerequisites: none . . . Grading: P/N o n l y . .. Enrollment: 15 . .. Cost: $1995. Counts toward political science major (theory and comparative subfields) and the political science distribution requirement.. . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195. Basic Conversational Spanish Spanish 113 - Mary A. Kingsley Bal'ic C n n ~ e r w ~ i o n a I ~ S p a n15 i sderisnecl h tor sludents w h o have already covered the ~ and are ready t o put their strurtL~reEaflh? pr-ent, preteritr. dnd ~ r n p e r f e cIcnsc3 k n u u letlgr t o tire o n the scene in htexico. There %ill be regular in-class sessions, small group conuwsations. as well as a ?rear deal or opporrunity t o use Spanish actively and PASSIL.:~~ in runclucring interviews. siloppi1.1~. atrending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month. Grading will be based o n class participation, quizzes and a final exam w h ~ c hwill be written and oral. Original materials will be used as the text. Counts toward foreign language distribution requirement for 112 or 211 . . . Prerequisites: Spanish 111 or 2 years of high school Spanish . . . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195. Ser..zster and Summer Opportunities Program in Global Community February 3 - May 2- B q r m in-gbklmmmununrty is a 3% month study program based In C u e h l a r ~M , ex~co Primary fows is on the study of h u m @latiiAteglobal Iustlce and human IiQerarlon firought~velaperiencesandfourofsir~~~rseopt~ons The ~ & , ~ ~ , ~ ~ f S t ~ l t l ~ n , r o o m e d b d w d t r i ~ dbeweenTewarmd l Mexico A p p l ~ c a i m d e a & w : O c t o b e r 15, 1982 ACTC HECUA Programs udents may partlclpate In the Assoc~atedC o l l e g e o f thtTwin C I t h (ACTC) ermany and V ~ e n n aand the South Amerlcan Urban kmester and Urban Study Term through the Hlgher E d u c a t i o n C o n ~ o n i u mf m t l r b a n A) Many more opportunltles are ava~lable,and infarmation may be obta~ned at the O f f ~ c eof lnternat~onalPrograms The SPAN Program Semester or Year Abroad A n a ~ ~ l h Mbeen + ?@ t m d e r v r h ~ c hAugsburgmStil&nls may spend thelr ~ p h ~ ~or~jso an-h r reyear Ind y a# rfibmber of f o n ? @ d m t ~ o n a l lnstltutlons Among themam: theUhivWty af 0 h . N ~ Sch~ller ; CaUwin London and He~delberg,the University &Bath, &gb& the U n i u e M y of ~undee,Soetlan$; the U n ~ v e r s ~of t y Sev~lle, Spain; and thelmtitutefor American Univers~t~es in A v i p n , France International Business See under Business Administration in Augsburg College Catalog. Students will spend two months during the summer of 1983 i n any one of three countries: Mexico, Yugoslavia or Kenya. The summer will be preceded by a year-long orientation and a paper will be written after returning. Scholarship help is available. Applications should be made this spring for the program which begins i n the fall. Scholarships, Deadlines Scholarships apply to international study. Because enrollment in semester study abroad i s limited, students should apply early in the year. Deadline: March 1 of the preceding year. I f space is still available after that date, applications will be accepted until the last day of class. Mary A. Kingley, Director, Office of International Programs, Old Main 20 -612-330-1206
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1982-1984
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1982-84 Catalog Augsburg Advent Vespers in Central Lutheran Church 2/Campus Map / Minneapolis, Minnesota - - , Campus Guide (2182) 1. Admissions 2. Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1982-84 Catalog Augsburg Advent Vespers in Central Lutheran Church 2/Campus Map / Minneapolis, Minnesota - - , Campus Guide (2182) 1. Admissions 2. Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. Psychology Building 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage 2 Theater 15. Little Theater 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Main Entrance-TunnellRarnplSkyway D. Quadrangle E. Faculty-Staff Parking F. Murphy Square C.Practice Field H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp .'- Campus Map/3 Driving to Campus on Interstate 94 East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenuegnd left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign. West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the Mississippi River and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. Campus M a p - 2 Introduction - 5 Facilities - 7 Admission - 8 Costs and Financial A i d - 12 Student Life - 24 Academic Information - 30 Brief Facts - 44 Course Descriptions - 45 Registers - 132 Index - 143 Academic Calendars - 146 Winter at Augsburg is also for snowmen Introducing Augsburg Few liberal arts c o l l e e s combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting, Augsburg i s one of the few, very special Christian cnlleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the Mission Statement adopted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents in 1977. Mission Statement Augsburg i s an accredited four-year Iiheral arts college o f The American Lutheran Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin Cities merropolitan area. The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely of Lutheran orlentation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious, , cultural and ethnic backgrounds. For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellecrual freedom in the search for knowledge i n i t s disciplines, responsiveness ro the needs of society and the world, and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society. The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive combination of commitment to the Christian faith. the liberal artsand excellence in academic program. Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal ancf free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment. The academic program is primarily committed to providing opportuniti- for a broad background in a variety of subject areasas well as personal development. The college challenges srudenrs with a portion of the knowledgcand ~ h o u g hwhich t has been formative within human historv and culture through a wide variety OF ideas, di5ciplinesand selected professional and pre-professional programs: assists students in developing intellectual skills a5 we'll a 5 in selecting a career: and encourages within stutients the attitudes and skills necessary to prepare them to be learners rhroughour their lives. Excellence in theacademic programs hascharacterized and i s a conrinued goal of r he rollege. Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world i s Cod's, entrusted to us for care, exploration and understanding. & a Christian comrnunitv the college embraces a wide ran e of religiousexpression and par~icipation.As part of its academic program ,4ugs urg weks to give all its students a n inlormed understanding of the Christian faith and heritage as well as an opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious herilage. In addition to this intellectual rask rhe aim of thecolbege isto helpsludents understand the Christian faith as relevant for t h ~ i own r experience and for partic~parioni n r h e commitment to the role of the Christian community in rhe modern world. t Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community. The qualiry of Augsburg's education is enriched by the people, culture and educational resources provided by i t s location. However, the college i s also aware that it has a responsibility ro contribute to ihe larger communitv. In doing this, the college directs several of i ~ sprograms specificallv ar the metropolitan serting, provides area5 of study not available elsewhere in the area, and offers irself as an educational resource for a variety of new srudent populations. History - Fjord to Freeway Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,a3 Augsburg'~home three vears later, in 1872. The first college students were enrol[ed in 1874 and rhe first c o l l ~ ~ e graduation was in 1879. The school was officially named .4ugsbur College i n 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with T e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luthrr Theological Seminary in St. Paul thar same war. Continuiny lies with this heritage are reflected in the College Center's ~ u ~ s h u r g Room and in replication of rhe original sign for Old Main. From Fjord lo Freeway, a randTd history of the College and itr peopleduring the first 100 years, by AuqsburgJ.s Carl E. Chrislock, is available in the Collcge Bookstore. f Location and Campus Augsbur '5 campus i s located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy square, tReiirrt of155 parks in ihen'Ciryof Lakes."The University of Minnesota Wesr Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 91 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Y. Reaching the Twin Cities is eas Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport inc ude American, Capitol, Delta, Eastern, Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, united, USAir, and Western. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies It i s the olicy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, nationa or ethnicorigins, age, marital status,sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendmentsor Section 504of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended i n i t s admissions polides, educational programs, activities and employment prac~ices.lnqu~riesregarding compliance may be directed to the ~ndividuals listed in the Communications Directory inside the front cover or to t h e Directory of the Office of Civil Rights, Departmenr of Health, Eduration and Welfare, Washington, D.C. f The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships Au sburg College i s fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges anBSecondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (MHECB). Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories,the five buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building. Admissions Office, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named i n honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed i n 1960. O l d M a i n (1900) i s home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodelled i n 1980, O l d Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named i n honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 t o 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. UrnessTower, (1967) named i n honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several generous gifts t o the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed t w o t o a room, with their o w n lounge, study and utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named i n honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student housing. Music Hall, (1978) newest building o n campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, t w o rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department i n the former studio building. Melby Hall, (1961) named i n honor of 1. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Ice Arena, (1974) with t w o large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage II Theater, formerly O l d Music Hall, was redesigned i n 1979 with a thrust stage as a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace i n the Little Theater building. South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located i n or near the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. Freshmen Students - 9 Early Decision - 10 Early Admission - ID Transfer Students - 10 Former Students - 11 Special Students (Non-Degree) - 11 International Students - 11 Interests can be explored in a variety of classes Admissions Augsburg CoIleRp jeeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character which will enahle t h e student to h e n e f ~ !fram and contribute to the college community. Each applicant is 'udged on individuat merit without regard for race, creed, sex. age, dirabiliry, and naiinnal or ethnic origin. Augsburg's admissions office 51aff members are available to help srudents and parents with college planning. The 4drnissions Ofiice is open weekdays from 8:00 a.m. t o 4:30 p.m. Tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Vis~torsare asked to write or call the Adrnirsion3 Office (611) 330-1001 prior to the visir. The admissions staff will arrange a campus tour. class visita~ions.and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The Admissions Office is located on the northwest corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. Application Procedures for Freshmen 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts A n official transcript from the h i h school i s required of freshman applicanrs. Freshman applicanrs who are i t i l l f i e h iihool studenti at ihe rime of application should have their nost receni transcript sent, f n l l o w ~ dbv a final transcript upon graduarion. Graduate Examination Degree scores [G.E.D.) mav he presected instead of the hiph srhool transcript, 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious academic performance, it may be included with the application or xscussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete. 6. Completion of Admission An accepted student i s asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit by April 1or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions requests may be granted upon request by the Admissions Office. Early Decision for Freshmen An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary college choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by N o v e m b e r 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision i s based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial Aid Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. This application i s available i n the Admissions Office. A $100.00 non-refundable tuition deposit i s required by January 15 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may by granted admission t o begin full-time work toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish t o transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit i s granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not t o grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, t o grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and t o require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better i s required o n previous college work. Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree i n Nursing must have a 2.5 GPA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission and return i-t t o the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript f r o m the college(s) you have attended i s required. Transfer student applicants must have an official transcript from their high school sent t o the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily o n their college performance. 3. Additional Information If there i s personal information that rnav have affected the applicant's revious college performance, il mav be includrd wifh rhe application or &cursed personally with an admissions counselor, Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decic~onis made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete. An accepted student isasked to makea $100 non-refundable tuition deposit by April 1: or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted by the Admissions Office upon request. Re-Admission of Former Students A student who has interrupted attendance a t A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes t o return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A student who has s ) during the absence from Augsburg must have an attended any other ~nst~turian official transcript sent from eac oneto the Registrar'sOffice. Returningstudentsdo not pay the application fee. i, Admission as a Special Student (Non-Degree) I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time student, he or she may subsequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent t o the Registrar's Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status i s available from the Registrar's Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding the rocedures for applying as an international student. You may contact the Director calling (612) 330-1001 or addressing your correspondence to: Director of Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis M N 55454 U.S.A. py 12/Costs and Financial Aid Costs 1982-83 - 13 Fees - 14 Deposits - 14 Payments - 15 Refunds - 15 Application - 16 Gifts - 17 Loans - 18 Student Employment - 19 Sponsored Scholarships - 19 Student employment options include Food Service crews Costs and Financial Policies Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College.The balance of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals, corporations and foundations. College Costs 1982-83 Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1982-83 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition (full-time enrollment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,820.00 This rate applies to all full-time students e n r e r i n ~in September, f 981. Students are considererl full-time when thev take thrce or more courses dus~ngthe semester term5 for a ~ o t aof l seven or more courses in the rchool vear. The charge includes ruition. general fees, facilities, fees. suhscript~onto student publications, and admission to college-sup orted events. concerts and lectures. The amount 1s payable in two equal insla Iments a t the beginning of each semester. P Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course. ............................. 670.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course.. ......................... 335.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Room Rent (includes telephone). .................................... 1,207.00 Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. Full Board (19 meals a week). ........................................ 1,070.00 Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Other Special Fees (not refundable) Fees Payable by Check/Cash Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (Full-time students only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Late Registration (per day after classes begrn) . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 10.00 5.00 .... 35.00 Film Making (Interim) . . . . . . . . . 75.00 ......... 20.00 ckys Life Drawing (Interim) Nursin Credit Valifation Tests . . . . . . . . Locker Rental (for commuters) Re istration Chan e after first 5 (cancelkdd/change grade optlon, or combrnatlon at one tlme) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction to Cinema Arts Application (new and/or special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00 Medical Technology (Senior Fee) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720.00 20.00 ....... 5.00 Student Parking Lot Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 Transcri t Fee (per copy after t?rst, whrch i s free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 Special Examinations (Schedule on file in Registrar's Office) Music Therapy Internship (one course credrt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150.00 Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 75.00 ... 10.00 Theater Technical Production . . 35.00 .............. 35.00 Radio-Television Production Student Teaching Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00 Books and Supplies These costs are estimated to range between $175 - 225 per year. Deposits Tuition (non-refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$100.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge. There are three deadline dates, each providing different benefits to you. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.00 Required of all resident srudenrs a t rhe time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing ass~gnrnent.Applied to t h e room charge. Keu. cclrlrract5 mav be r ~ r m i n a t e d for Fall or Spring Term by notifyin the O f f ~ c eof Student Life rn writing by the tirst davof registralion. Thp rpsident wi I be responsible for all costs incurred due to [ate cancellation or lack ofproper notltication. It thp new contract is canrelled prior to lulv 1 for Fall semester or lanuarv 1 for Spring Semester, 535.00 will he iorieired irom rhe $100 deposir as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited i f cancellation ir after these dares. 7 . Breakage and Fine . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ... . . . , ..... . .... . . . .. . ... .. . . .. . 25.00 Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg. Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan - upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges I ~ r t e r .( 4 ) Deferred Payments, an individual contract with a private commercial aaencv which operates independently of the College. Multiple year as well as sin le year contracts are available. An information letter and brochure will be rnaiFL. Refrr a[so to the Parent Loan Program (PLUS) on page 18. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic or financial aid transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of loan funds administered by the College (National Direct/Defense Student LoansNDSL), are current according to established repayment schedules. Refunds Cancellation from College forms are available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, drop to part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100% -through 90% - f r o m the 80% - f r o m the 70% - f r o m the 60% - f r o m the 50% - f r o m the the first five days of classes. sixth through 10th day of classes. 11th through 15th day of classes. 16th through 20th day of classes. 21st through 25th day of classes. 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term. N o refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made o n a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Student%who elect to omit an interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund af interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participare i n a n approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Studenr Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund i s determined. 16/Financial Aid Financial Aid The financing of post-secondary education may wet1 be one of t h e more significant invenments that an individual or a family will make ~na n entire lifetime. Because this is thecase, proper planning and wise choicesare important, not only in the selection of an institution, but also in the methods utilized In paving he related expenses. Augsburg College. through its Office of Student Financial Services, is committed to he! provide students and their families with the needed assistance, both monetary an8advir.ory, that will prorect arcerr to a quality edurarion i n rpiie of increasing costs. Finanrial assistance a w a r d ~ d~ h r o u g hA u g b u r g i s a combinat~onof scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with Federal, State, church, and private agencies i n providing various aid rograms. For the academic year 1981-82 ap roximately 90% of all students at Augs u r received ~ srh~larrhi~r, laanr nnBpait-time employmenl totalling over S~CIOO.OOOfrom all aid sources. g The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The amount of assistance for which a student is eligible i s determined with the help and analysis of tlie Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American CollegeTesting Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service {CSS). These analyses estimate the amount a student and family can provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as current income. assets. number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. How and When to Apply New Students - Regular Admission 1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made untirthe student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial S r a ~ e r n e n (FFS) t or Financial Aid form (FAFI from a high school or college financial aid office. Comptere the applica~ionand send i t ta the processing agency after January1bur before March 7 for priority cons~deratlon. Minnesota residenrs must complete the FFS which includes t h e a pl~cationfor the Minnesota State Scholarrhip/Cranr Program. (To be considere2 ure code 6500.) Augsburg's code on.the FFS is 2080. For nun-Minnesota resid~ntsusing tlte FAF. Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within three to four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you areaccepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the students' financial aid package. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package i s required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent t o you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended. Financial A i d / l 7 New Students - Early Decision This i s for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. 'Early Decision Candidates applying for financial aid may wish to complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, available by writing or calling the Admissrons Office. This enables our Financial Aid Office t o compute a preliminary award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of their award by Januarv 1. 2. For confirmation of the tinancial aid award package, with any necessary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-~Uinnesotaresidents) must be completed after prior calendar year i n c o m ~infarmation is available. This is after January 1 but before March 1. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. Kinds of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid available are listed here for inkrmation only. In addition to aid administered by Aupsburg College. students are ur ed to invertigare the possibility ofrrholarihipr, g r a n s and loans thar might beavaiEbie in their own camrnunities. It could be worthwhile t o check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clu bs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid , through Vocational Rehabiliration, Education Assistance for V e r e r a n ~ Educationaj Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others. Gift Assistance Presidents Scholarships- Awarded to incoming freshmen based on high academic achievement, personal qualities, a personal interview, and an essay. Several full tuition and half tuition award winners are annually designated by the President of Augsburg College. Augsburg Tuition Grant - Available to students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up to full tuition and fees. A student's scholastic standing, test scores, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarshi and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota r ~ r i d e n r swho have iinaniiarneed. For 1982-83, they range from $100 to $1050. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply before the priority deadline of April 23. 18/Financial A i d Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant - 4 federal program administered by t h c Colleye. To be ~ l i g r h l r a, person m u ~ r :(1) be a L.5, c ~ t i z e nor permanent reqidcnt: ( 2 ) have s u i f ~ r i e n tf~nancial need as detincd bv rhe program and d ~ r n o n s t r a ~ rt3v d rhe FFS (or FAF); (31 bc c a p a b l ~of maintaining satisfactory a r a d ~ m i cstanding at rhe College; and (4) he accepted for admision. Pell Grants - A federal program that provides Pell Grant awards to students who attend eligible institutions of higher education. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1981-82 is $1670, minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute. The grants are based on need as determined by the program guidelines. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to the appropriate Pell Grant office. Bureau of Indian Affairs kholarships/Grant -American Indian students who meet t ~ d r r aand l stare requrremenr5 mai appIvfar Bureauof Indian Affairs,Tribal and/or Indian State Scholarship monies. S l u d ~ n r smust bc r i degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a fcdcrallv recognized tribc, lndian grants supplement all other rourccs of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American Indian Program Director or your tribal agency. Loan Assistance National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) - join1 Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the Cotlegc for studenrs who demonstrate financial rligrbility. Loans arp interest free during your education. N o inrerest accrues nor do avmenrs have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled a l least halfiime. Slrnple interest of 5':. and repilvmenr of the principal (at ihc minimum of 5311 a rnnnzh) begin ~ i months x afrer vou leave schoot. Repavment rnav extend u to 10 vears. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. She maximum whic may be borrowed for undergraduate sturiv is $6,000 R Guaranteed Student Loan (GSL) and Minnesota State Studmt Laan - Programs backed bv either t h e f ~ d e r aor l state governmen?. Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state povernrnent in stares which provide w c h programs. LVhile the student is attending a t least half-time, rhere i s na inrerest charge. Beginn~ngIanunrv 1.1981. simple annual interest of gom+ on the loan balance and repavrnent of the principal begin six months after you leave schunl. Repaymen1 rnav extend up 10 10 wars. The maximum loan is $7500 ppr year w i t h the cumulative undergraduate rnaximun~of $12.500. "Ipplications are available a t the college. sc3rne banks, and the Minnesota Stare Student Loan Office. Nursing Student Loan - Fcderal pro$ram with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan pro ram, but restriaed to applicants accepted or enrolled in t h e program leading tot i e baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial n ~ e d and be registered full rime. The maximum loan is $2500 per year. i: Parent Loan Program /PLUS) - PLUS i s a new loan program to help parents meet collcge cost5. Parents m a v borrow up to 53,000 per year with a n rlggregate rnaxtrnum ot $15.000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursrmerlI a t a simple interest rate of 14"r)and a minimurn paymcnl af '550 per month. Application forms are available at 4upsbur College or the lending rnstitutions. .%ppEicarions are normally filed with thc hanf or t h i i d,t 1n5titution with which vour farnilu.has a n account. A Student Employment Augsbury College provides work opportunities for studenrr with proven financial need who are at least one-half time srudenrs. Assignmenr is made o n the basis of need and potential compezence in performing the duries assigned. Part-time work p r o v i d e d by r h College ~ i s considered financial atd. just as scholarships, loans, and grants. A mavimum of 1 5 hours of on-campus emplovment pcr week i s recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with t k College r o provide some part-time work opportunities. Aid Association for Lutherans Work Service Program - A special program of off-campus placement in Lutheran congregations, with work assignments made at the discretion of the congregation, which will support the life and mission of the congregation. Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department involved. These scholarships are available to Augsburg students who will be Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. General Scholarships Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation - A number of awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and ability. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to deserving junior/ senior students. Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established in 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to needy and deserving upperclass students. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to two deserving junior/senior students. M. J. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College established in 1979 by members of his family. One or more David J. Formo Scholarshi scholarships will be a w a r f e d a n n u a ~ lto ~ a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and has achieved excellence i n academic and extracurricular performnce Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those i n music and/or elementary education. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o b e distributed t o needy students. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - established i n 1963 by a bequest of J o h n G. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students. Tozer Foundation kholarships - u p t o 51000 ~ a c h - awartfetf on the bas~sof scholarsh~p, p e r ~ o n d l i t vand , n t r r l . I l i n n e n must be junior nr senior students ivho a r e residents of the Slate of hllnnesota bur nor reridents of Pine. Kanahec or Xashinpron Counties. Separate application re uired oi srml-itnallsts selertrtl hv rhe irholarshlp comrnirre~.FFS must be sent to Twr.r Foun4datlon rod^ 65--) Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving junior o r senior student. Special Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students w h o are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving students, w h o have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship - awarded t o able and deserving students who-are policy holders with Lutheran Brotherhood. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a deserving senior. M i n o r i t y Student Scholarships/Grants Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded American minority students w h o show financial need. annually t o Lutheran Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 t o be awarded t o a Black student. Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically t o a Black American student. National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by The American Lutheran Church) - Members of American racial and ethnic minorities w h o are either seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college OR are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Winners are selected by Augsburg's Student Affairs Committee. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships students. - awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually t o t w o minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship - awarded t o students preparing for full-time service careers i n the church. Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a student(s) i n t h e senior class w h o is preparing for the ministry. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically to students preparingforthe Christian ministry. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship- awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. The Reverend Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship -awarded to students preparing in fields leading to full-time service in the church. Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshir - awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior/senior'student recommended by t e scholarship committee. Semi-finalists are interviewed and selected by donor. Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the American Lutheran Church. Departmental Scholarships Art Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway t o be awarded anriually to a talented art student with financial need. Athletic Paul Dahlen MemorialScholarship- awarded annually t o an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. - Paul Dahlen Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of physical education. James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial need. Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player o n basis of financial need. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. David Gronner MemorialSchrrlarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~ in athtetlcs or music. She award IS "made to students who have demonstrated financial need and/or "oi h ~ g Christian h character". The tthleticscholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference ror basketball. Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference given to wrestlers. Biology Biology Scholarships -established i n 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major i n Biology, Natural Scienceor MedicalTechnology. Business Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students interested i n the field of business. Reid Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business and/or education. GertrudeS. Lund Memorial Scholarship - One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o a junior or senior majoring i n Business Administration. Chemistry Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - given to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement i n the field of Chemistry. Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry 5cholarship. Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Federick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. Dr. W. M. Silndsfrom Chemistry Scholarship. Walter Cordon Schell Memorial Chemislrv Scholarship. Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Education David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term i n which they are student teaching. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. Professor P.A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the field of English. Foreign Language M i m i Baez Kingsley M o d e r n Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach language as a career. Foreign Travel Scholarship - available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, to help with travel expenses. Aspecial application i s required by the Foreign Language Department. Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - given to a student of any major who i s planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established in 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or health. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - awarded annually to a history major. The Rev. and Mrs. 0.1.Haukeness Award - given to a senior student for excellence in the study of history. H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring in history with preference given to those who plan a career i n the field. Library Science Library ScienceScholarship -established choosing librarianship as a career. in 1971 to honor one or more outstandingstudent(s) Mathematics Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring i n mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability. Matheinatics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. Music Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying choral music. lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in stringed instruments. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/orinstrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of over;~ll academic success. Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Edwin W.and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship-awarded to music majors preparingforcareers in church music. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarshippromise i n the field of music. awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding Schubert Club Scholarship - awarded annually to a music therapy student. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a rnajor/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music. Physics Theodore physics. J.Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring i n Political Science Political Science Scholarship - A n political science. award of recognition to an outstanding senior majoring in Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student i n the general field of Christian Sociology. 24/Student Life Religious Life - 25 Student Government - 25 'Athletics - 26 Student Activities - 26 Student Services - 26 Center for Student Development - 27 Intercultural Center - 27 Health Service - 28 Food Service - 28 Residence Life - 28 Student Rights - 29 ' D a y in May" - a Spring celebration Student Life/25 Student Life Your experiences in rhe classroom are the primary aspecr of your colle e life, but learning and development also occur i n formal and informal aaivitiesof t e College and the metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you will find that the climate for learning and living a t Augsburg can add dimension to your education. &, Religious Life As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academicand social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Since our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, QUr worship life i s characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bibhe studies, fellowship groups, Gospel teams, planning committees, retreats, Peace and ]usrice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, and plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression i n chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday to give thanks and hear the Word proclaimed by a number of speakers. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. W e seek ro develop a graduafly change and church. we encourage the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center t o be readily available for counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Student Government Student government i s the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relatfenship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide input into t h e decision-making process a t Aug~burg.Student government also sponsorsand direasstudent aaivities, protectsjtuclent righrs, and provides the means fordisclrisiansand action on a l l issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government i s organized info the executive branch, the legislative branch, and t h e judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who elea their r e resentatives in !he fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are posr;lble ram proqram planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. li you want to get in~oliled,contact the President or Vice President of the student society in their offices in the College Center. /' Social, Cultural, and Recreational Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as we~fasi n the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities i n various fields. 26/Student Services The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activ%yo n campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augshur Echo, and the yearbook, the Augburgian, are on the lower level. l s n y of the c l u f r rhat unite clarrroom or non-clasrroorn related intererrs meet in r h e Center. KC,MR, fludent-operated nan-profit radio station serving the needs of Augsburg and t h e surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located i n Mortensen Tower. There are several opportunities for partici ation in music and drama. In addition to appearing an campus and in the city, t e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform o n national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater a n 5 department. R lntercollegiate Athletics Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) a n 8 is a member of both the National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA) and the National Co[legiate Athletic Association (NCAA). Men annually compete in football. soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, track Pc field. and $oftball. lntramurals Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition i n a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services kugsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the cont~xZin which l ~ a r n i lakes n ~ place i s a crirical tactor in a t h i ~ v i n optimal g growth. Knowled e grows from mare than intellectual endeavors. Expandin iela~ionships,e r p 6 r i n g v ~ i u e r ,identifying Me styles, develnping auranomy an ~nterdependence, finding purposeand commitment -all combine with in~ellectual content and skills to produce the desired educarional impact of the collegc on its 3 students. The Division of S t u d ~ n thifairs has been created to sup' ort this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the t i n e of trans er, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Educat~on.This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which to pIan. SEMAPHORE was designed tb act as a sort of road map for you. P CSD, Intercultural Center/27 Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your firrt academic year and pre-register for classes. You and your parents ger acquainred with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stav in thcdormitorv, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to the many quesi~omyou have about college life. Career Plannin and Placement. You rnav be uncertain about where you want to be when you finis r your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a lour-year career development plan to help vou assess yourself. explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry inlo the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance to review rheir interests with a counselor. ? Human Devefo ment Seminars. A serles of informal "mini-courses'' are offered each year to herp you grow in understanding of yaurrelf and vour relatinnrhip ro orhers. Such topics a s PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships], y. JobSeeking, and Sexuality are Issues i n Men'< and Women's I d ~ n t ~ rAssertiveness. available. Information on current offerings and opparrunityto register are provided several times during t h e year. Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studving, n o t e - t a k i n ~and , testing by attendine one or more of the workshop5 offered. You a150 win have an opportunity to meet with a counselor T O diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult t o cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience. Counselors are available to help students who are experiencing personalhnterpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of personal growth groups. Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire t o explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This i s a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a College in the city, committed t o the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentrate in two major areas: American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support program to meet the special needs of lndian students. The American lndian Programs Director provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates Black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. 28/Residence Life The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available. lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed lnternational Student Adviser. Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside A v ~ n u ~ a c r o rhc s s strcer from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service. and prescriptions a r e availab[e through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to check \,our iarnily health coverage toc3etermine if you are included; if n o r , a studen7 health insurance plan is avarlahle. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. Thechinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center,features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes t h a ~a srudentk aabilitv to respond to the learning r conditions, a variety of l~ousing environmen r depends, i n art, upon his or h ~living aliernatives i i provided. TEe residence hall program i i designed to promoterrudcnt growth throu3h relationships with other students and being an acjive parricipant in yroupdeci51on-makin?. Each restdenc~unit h a s o n e o r m o w Resiclent Staff who are able to factlitare the process of group living asnell asdiscuss personal concernswith Individual students. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. Students enpaye a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New studentc r ~ c e i v eroom assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All res~dentstudcnts must 3ign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 i n order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1will be provided housing only if space i s available. Student Rights/29 All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstory high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, i s an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunitv to f r v R r O U p living. Grou 5 of upperclass men or women share living space, house ieiponribil~rier.and coo!ine. Houier are loca~edin the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation ii TO avail vourself of the opportunitv to bid far a house as a Special lnteresr House. Groups of 5tudents have c r ~ a t ~evciting d projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals o n such ropics as Environmeniat Concerns, Men's and Women's A w a r e ness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads,and lamps. Laundry facilitiesare available in each residence. Student Rights The College has adopled a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has providecl lor due proces5 in matters of disciplinarv action, grievances. and grade appeal. The judicial Council i s clecred by s~udenzsandIacultvand serve5 tocondua hearings and review matterr of concern. 4ny student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures forcomptainr should rontaa the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates in romptianre with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Studenrs have the right t o inspect all official records, filesand data which pertain ro them and w h ~ c hare maintained i n the Officeof the Registrar and the Placement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before lanuary 1, 1975. or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the Communication Directory on the inside front cover of this Catalog. 30/Academic Information Degrees - 31 Academic Calendar - 31 Faculty - 31 Library, Audio-Visual, Computer - 32 Divisions - 32 Majors & Minors - 33 Teaching Licensure - 34 Certification Programs - 34 Pre-Professional Programs - 34 inter-Institutional Programs - 36 Study Abroad - 37 Honors Program - 38 Internship Program - 38 Continuing Education - 38 Registration - 38 Graduation Requirements - 39 Hats off to the graduating seniors! Distribution Requirements -40 Grading - 41 Auditing Courses - 41 Grade Point Average - 42 Classification - 42 Advanced Placement - 42 Advanced Standing - 42 Probation and Dismissal - 42 Dean's List - 43 Graduation with Distinction - 43 lndependent/Directed Study - 43 Veterans - 43 Brief Facts - 44 Course Numbering - 46 Prerequisites - 46 Academic Information/31 Academic Information Requirements for a degree from Augsburg College provide studen~swirh a broad liberal arts backgrount! - In the humanities, the natural sciences and the social sciences - and concentrated major studv i n one or more fields. Students are encouraged to plan their own course af study with the help of facult! advisers. Augsburg graduates are expecred to bc able to write effectively, to be knowledgeable about urban concerns. and 20 have some understand~ngof cultures outside the United Stares. General recreational activirres roursej acquaint students with and e uip rhem for lifetime sports. Courses In religion assist i n reflection on the ~ Church rhruugh i t u d v a i i a h e l i r i r rcrlprure.and mission. meaning 0 7 t h Chrlrrian Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science dcgrees. The B.S. degree i s a w a r d ~ dto graduates with majors in Medical TcchnoEoyv, Music Therapv. Nursing and Social Work. Majors in music may select the program lor the achet tor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields rcceive the Rachclor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14weeksseparated by a 4-weekJanuary Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration). Ianuarv Interim i 5 particularly intended to be a time for both srudenrs and facuttv to ernplov styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the r ~ g u l a rtrrm. The Interim cafalog. publishetj in the fall of each year. I S d i ~ ~ r i h l r t etod a l l ~tudentsand i s available bv contacting the tnterim Ofiice. In addirion to classes offcrcd on campus, there are a variety of travel oppor~unitieswilhinthe IJnited Statesand abroad. Independent or directed study and internships are among the many In~erirnoptions. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 14 t o 1. Faculty membersserve as academicadvisers and are available for help on individual problems. All students are assigned a faculty adviser to help in planning their programs and approving their choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each departmental listing, u i t h f u r t h ~ rinformation in the Augsburg College Faculty section. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and triendjy student library assistants make the library a favorite place to 5tudy. The main library houses over 138,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes and films, Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. 32/Academic Organization Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. A service-dedicated staff providesstudents with assistance 10 meet diverse informainstruction in the use of the library, standard ref~renceservice, tion needs includ~ng guidance in pursuing term paprr topius, and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements arr made for access by srudentr with physical handicaps. The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Computer Resources Augsburg has a PDP 31-60 with central memory of 256 kilobytes and terminals at several campus locations. The College also has several Apple S I microcomputers, a Tektronix 4051 graphics microcomputer, and KIM-1 laboratory microcomputers. Augsburga150 has a access to large computers through both Minnesota Educational Computer Con5ottium and the University of Minnesota. Academic Organization and Programs Divisions and Departments The colle e curriculum i s offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions or administrative and instructional purposes. B Humanities - Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson) Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, ~sychology, Sociology Professional Studies - Rosalie V. Clark (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work Majors and Minors/33 Majors and Minors Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by theend of the fourth semester and earlier i n some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. M a j o r s available at Augsburg are: A r t History Biology Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Marketing) Chemistry Communication East Asian Studies' Economics Economics-Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering2 English Foreign Languages French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Mathematics M i n o r s available at Augsburg Art History Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies' East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English M e d i c a l Technology3 M e t r o - U r b a n Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philoso h y Physica~Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social W o r k Sociology Speech Studio A r t Theater Arts Transdisciplinary are: Foreign Languages French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Library Science Mathematics Music Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies Social Welfare Sociology Special Education Speech Studio Art Theater Art It i s possible for students t o complete other majors through the ACTC. Students w h o wish t o complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. 1 -Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students t o take beginning and intermediate courses i n Chinese, Japanese and Russian. 2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital 34/Licensure, Certification Teaching Licensure Teaching Licemure programs are offered at Augsburg i n Elementary Education, Kindrrpartcn. Prekindergarten, and thp iolrowing t i ~ l d sin 5econdarv Education: English-Languag~Arts. Frrnch, German, Health. Lite Science, Mathematics, Physrcal Science (Chcrnis~rvor Physics), Scienc~(Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish, Speech. Theater Arts. and in the special areas of Art (K-121, MUSIC[K-12). and Phvsical Education (K-72). h minor i50ffered i n L~brilrvSci~nre.Students planning TO teach an the secondary level h a t e advisers both in the Education department and t h e area of their academic rnajor(~I. Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth: Certification in Art -requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Charrperson. Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women. Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark. Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology, speech and physical educatian. The pro ram i s designed to meet or exceed criteria used i n The American Lutheran C urch certification program. Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson. t - Provides the background for performing systematic assessmentsof programsfor social improvements. Students are required to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For futher information, contactthe Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Program Evaluation Certification Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It i s recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study a t Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each held to assist students in their planning. It i s recommended thar students who want to plan a pre-professional program consult with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future professional study. Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Phy~i- 727, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; General Psychology, 1course. Requirementsat other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dualdegree program of liberal arts and engineering in c o o p ~ r a t i o nwith t h e Washington University of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri,and the M~chiganTechnological University i n Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for information on the course requirements i n t h ~ sThree-Two Plan of studies. Pre-Law - Students planning to pursue a career i n law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. and consult the Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoe!. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law i n the United States, to help determine whether they possess an interest i n law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student ~ h o u l dbe aware that many graduate schools consider the grade P given for a course as a C. Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education t o repare for study in medicine. A t Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments eave majors specially der~ynedior pre-medical students. Barh require Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), Matnematics 124, 125; and Physics 124, 122. The Chernisrry major also requires Chemistry 353,361, one advanced course, seminar. and two or more biology courses. The Biology major also requires Biology 117,112,491 and one from each of three groups (351, 353, 361), (355,473,474),1440, 471,476), with 353 recommended. Designed t o meet the Univenity of Minnesota requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged t o consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351.352; Econarnicsl22,123; English 111 andasecond course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122: electives from humanities, literature and the arts to futfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparatron includes Religion 111, 221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy: and Creek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine a1 the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: English.? courses; Mathematics 124; publics eaking,l course; Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111,112; Pfysics 121,112; Economics, 1 course; 2 courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, histor , political science, psychology or sociology courser ta fulfill the rest of the Jstribution requirements. Requirements a t other universities may vary. 36/1 nter-l nstitutional Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private collcgps library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, he ,%ugsbur~ community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 138,000 books, periadicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee i s required for such an exchange, except for private ins~ructionin music and some independent studies. SPP Independent Study For further details. Students mav elen to participate i n zhe cooperative program to ~ a i n new p~rzpecrives,to get berter acquainted wirh the other school^, or ro undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. Thc c o l l ~ q e shave c o a r d i n a t ~ dcalendarr. The interim term mav also be l a k e n on another campus. .4 regularly scheduled busshutt les students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, South Dakota and Wisconsin. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program i n social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed t o train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses i n computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Study Abroad/37 Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate i n Air Force ROTC at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs - Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (Oslo) or the South American Urban Semester (Bogota) programs. Both programs are interdisciplinary and stress cross cultural comparison in development and planning, including study tours to other nations in their respective regions. ' Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg lnterim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. lnternational Business Program - See under Business Administration, page 53. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College i n London and Heidelberg; the University of Bath, England; the University of Dundee, Scotland; the University of Seville, Spain; and the Institute for American Universities in Avignon, France. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates i n the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad a topic of one'schoice during the following summer,and the writing of a paper upon return. 38/Academic Policies Summer School - There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish-to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified students to pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options i n completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Benjamin Cooper, Honors Director. Internship Program The Internship Program i s a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration - Semesters, Interim, Summer A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Students normafly register for four courses a semester and onecourse in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5courses,~tudentsmu57 contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. A joint class schedule i s published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Se arate catalogs of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer Sc ool Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. FI Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms Interim Office, Memorial 230, Interim Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School Graduation Requirements/39 Freshmen and transfer students have an opportunity to pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students have an opportunity to pre-register duringtheiall for the spring and duringthespring for both the fall and the following spring. All students must confirm their registration at rhe beginning of each semester and complete financial arrangemenrs. Arthough a student may register up t o two weeks after the semester begins, registrarlon i s encouraged at the regularly scheduled rime. Special fees are charged for late cegistration. Special feesalso are c h a r g ~ sfor cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after t h e f1r51 f ~ v edays of a semester. Students are urged not to abandon murscsfor which thev are registered, since this results i n a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done i n the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments i n accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel from College form IS rerurned to t h e Office of the Registrar. Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified i n the Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 1. Completion of 35 courses. .4t least 71 courses musr he upper division, numbered in the 300sand 400s. Not m a r e ~ h a n13 may be in one d c p a r ~ m e n t except , i n certa~napproved majors for !he B a c h ~ t o rof Science/Arts degrec. 1: for the Barhelar of Music ancl Bachelor of Scienre in Musrc Jhera v degrees, and 18 In the Bachclor of Science i n Nursing degree. The course rota must tnclude t h r e ~ In~erimsfor student5 w h o s ~complete academic work 1 5 a t Augsburg. Far rransfer students, the course toral m u ~includc t one less inrrrim course than the number of vears at 4ugsburq. F No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35rotal courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources 4CHR) courses: ? courses bv inde ~ n d e n t / directed study; 4 courses of internship: and 8 courses with a grade o Pass tP). Non-traditional grading (P) also has these lirnirs: 2 in the major except Elemcnrarv Education and Nursing; 1 i n the minor if approvcd by the department chairperson. P Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Office of the Registrar about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major i s not required, but i s encouraged. 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 i s required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major, except for Nursing and licensure i n education, where 2.5 averages are required. 40/Distri b u t i o n R e q u i r e m e n t s 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. 5. Distribution requirements (See below) Distribution Requirements Writing - A course i n writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematin-Physics Chemistry-Biolog Psychology-Sorio ogv English-Speech. Communication Rc Theater Arrs Y Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music Foreign Languages - Two courses (I11 and 112) of one foreign language at Aufsburg. Students who test above the Illlevel of a foreign language will take one ad ~ t ~ o ncourse al at placement level in that language o r t w o courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies - Three approved courses i n religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required i s one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Office of the Registrar. Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement i n courses i s measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are-offered with grading oprions - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or rhe Pass/NonCreditsystem.in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade o tion with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorabc on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are raded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional s y s t ~ m English . Illis grafed P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, gnd Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes i n choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee i s charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence " Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. r2n incomplete qrade mav be given ontv in the case of extreme emergency. To rcceive it, a siudent must file a pelifinn with he Carnmirtee on Student Sfanding staling the reasons for the rtqucrt, the plan and d a t p tor removing it.and comments from the insrructar If permission is granted, the i n c o r n p l ~ tmust ~ be removed during the foTlowing scrnester, ar i t becomes rhe grade s u b m i t t ~ dbv the teacher along wirtl rhe incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an independent o r d i r e r r ~ ds1udvcour5eor internship that is to be spread aver more than enesemester. Strch a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of S wi[I remain on the t ~ c o r dIf. X i s given, the course must be registered for a s 1 Y In the lollowing term tn order that credit and a grade may be a5sipncdm A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit, but may be audited. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course i s given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under Expenses. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). 42/Classification, Probation Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) i s based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed i n the G PA. Classification Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points Advanced Placement Advanced placement in courses beyond the be inning level i s granted to students with scores of 3.4, and 5 a n t h e CEtB Advanced Wacement Program Test. ~ d d i t i o n a l credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of rhe Registrar. Advanced Standing College credit is granted to high school students who havesuccessfuIIycompleted a college level course and who have scored high on he Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credir on the basisof scorer. received on the College Level Examination Proyam (CLEF) ofiered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should b~ addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Probation and Dismissal A student will be placed ort schotastic probation at the end of t h e term i f his or her athie~ernentis unsat~sTac~ory. A student who has been on probation two or morc C O ~ S P C U serncjrera ~ ~ ~ C is subject to di;rn~ssal at the end of tlie term. Dismissal f r o m the College is not automatic. Each c a w I S reviewed bv the Committee on Student Stand~ng.A student who has a poor a c a d ~ m i crecord mav b e s~rongtyadvised to withdraw before t h e end of the term. ,4 studenr who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll. A student will be placed on probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer than 7 courses. Sophomore - below 1.7 cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but fewer than 16 courses. Junior - below 1.9 cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses. Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses. A student will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels above. Students placed on probation as a freshman for earning 2 zero grades will be removed from robation if their classification changes to sophomore and ihev h a v e not earnexadditional zero grades. Students placed on probation as a sophomore for earning 3 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. Study Options, Veterans/43 Dean's List The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Independent/Directed Study Many departments offer opportun~tiesforconscientioussrudents who demonsrrate sufficient background and preparation i n a given field to carry out upper division level work on an independent basis. Somed~partmentsalsoofferan opportunity for directed stud!: on a lower division level. A srudent who resisters for directed or independent study should normally expect to complete i t in one semester but may extend i t into the next term by permission of the instrucror. In such ca5es.a grade of X isgiven a t theend of the f l r 5 t term. and zhestudentwill registerapain forthe course to receive the final grade. Student3 interested in registering for directed or independent study must first secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Srudents may cross-register for inde endent studies at another ACTC school only when the majorfield in which rheinBcpendenl study i s proposed is not available on their home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs a~tarhed.Requests for exception to this policvshould be made directly to their own academic dean. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after anv period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a t least three courses per term, the rntnirnum for classification as full-time students, It i s the responsibility of each veteran to report any change i n registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as it i s for all students. A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need ro three courses w i r bc n p o r ~ e d meet the requirements ol the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. 46/Departments, Courses Departments and Course Course descriptions are listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and requirementsfor individual courses, the student should consult the inctructors of the courses. Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless anerher frrquency isspecified. The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim and Summer School are published in separate catalogs. A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Afull course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors. Prerequisites Coursesthat must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed i n the caurse descrip~ion.A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval of a professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser. Consent of the instructor is indicated in some course descriptions by this sign: (#) Art Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, August Molder, Paul Rusten, Mary Swanson, Dorothy Williamson Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107, 225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be i n 2-dimensional art (118,223,360) and one in 3-dimensional art (150,221,250). Majors are required t o begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement i s possible with portfolio on approval by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223 and 250 plus a second course in two areas; Art History 240 and two other art history courses. Consult wirh Department of Education for requirements i n education for teacher licensure. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; Art History 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificatein Art: 8art courses, including one in Art History. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Foundations in Studio Art Courses 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts i n the urban and world setting. Concern for thevisual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems i n representation, symbolism and abstraction. 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. Studio Art Courses 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring) 150 Jewelry An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. You learn how to cut, forge, enamel and cast these metals. 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print hIakhg I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media includingetc hing,silk-screen and woodcut. 242 Film Making Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 247 Life Drawing See Interim Catalog 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. 330 Visual Communications II A study of visual communications i n magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.:225) 351 Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250) 355 Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:llB) 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques i n transparent watercolor. (Alternate years) 368 Print Making II Advanced work with color and composition i n various media, including silk-screen, etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223) 399 Internship Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project. 478 Sculpture II Advanced work i n sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221) 499 Independent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. Art History Courses 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year. 352 Women's Art History A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman Period to the 4th Century A.D. (Alternate years, Fall, 1982) 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, 14th to 18th century. (Alternate years, Spring 1983) 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Alternate years, 1983-84) 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specificemphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements. (Alternate years, 1983-84) Biology Neal T h o r p e (Chairperson), Robert Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud Major - Option 1: 7 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,112,491 a n d at least o n e course f r o m each o f t h r e e groups: (1) 351,353,361; (11) 355,473,474; ( I l l ) 440,471,476; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122. Students i n t e n d i n g t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. Major - Option 2: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,112,491 a n d at least o n e course f r o m each o f five groups: (I) 351,353; (11) 355,474; (111)361,481; (IV) 471,473; (V) 440,476; Chemistry 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106), 351 and 352. Students w h o plan t o teach i n secondary schools o f t e n select this major. Licensure f o r teaching i n Minnesota also requires t r e e courses i n earth a n d life sciences. Students p l a n n i n g t o teach are advised t o consult w i t h t h e Education Department early i n their planning. Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353. Minor: 5 courses, including Ill, 112 and three upper division courses; Chemistry 115,116 (or 105, 106). Honors Major: GPAof 3.5 in biology and 3.0overal1, active participation in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man havea niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment?What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man?(3 hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor) 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course i n the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal?What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources?What are the implicationsof genetic research,scientificracism, socio-biology, and inequities i n thedelivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applicationsof microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 109 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 110 or #. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 Special Topics i n Biology Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor. 111,112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequenceexcept by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring) 323 Experimental Human Physiology A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112. Fall 1984 and alternate years) 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring, 1983 and alternate years) 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of thevertebrates. (3 hours lecture,4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring) 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Fall) 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleicacids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, Chemistry 352 or #. Fall) 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring, 1984 and alternate years) 471 Cellular Biology A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Spring) 473 Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasison the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 106 or 116: Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall, 1983 and alternate years) 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 52/Business Administration & Economics 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #. Fall) 481 Ecology A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or #. Fall) 491 Seminar Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring i n biology, Fall) 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) Business Administration & Economics Amin Kader (Chairperson), JamesE. Billings,Satya Gupta, Douglas Heidenreich, Roy LaFayette, Keishiro Matsumoto, Kenneth Rich, Edward M. Sabella. Business Administration Major in Accounting: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261,262,263, 379,381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one f r o m 258,391, 392). At least three upper division courses a r e required. Far thoseplanningcareers i n accounting, completion of thetwo remaining courses i n thesequence 381,382,483, 484 is recommended. Courses i n data processing and compuTer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Finance: 9 Business Administrat ion courses (101,102,731,267,262,373,379, 478, and one from 381,382,483); 4 Economics courses (122,123,257, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. Economics 392, Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101, 702,131,145,250, 261, 340, 379, 410, and 373 or 4781; 5 Economics courses (722. 123, 251, 340, 445); Philosophy 120; Psychotogy 371,373; Sociology 241 and 373 or 383; Speech 111 or English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 is srronglv recommended. Major in Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,135,250,261, 330,379,430); 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258,445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications 351 o r 352 and also 353. Mathematics 114 i s strongly recommended. Majors i n Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other courses offered i n the department i n addition t o those listed above. Business Administration & Economics/53 M a j o r in l n t e r n a t i o n a l Business: 8 Business Administration courses (101,102,131, 135,261 a n d 399 o r 499 a n d two f r o m 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,123, 379); Political Science 160; 3 Ian uage courses (or demonstrated proficiency) f r o m o n e o f t h e following: Arabic. C f i n e w , French, German, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish; 1 History course (coordinated w i t h t h e foreign language courses) f r o m 103,104,222,322,323,324,331,332,440,474; 8 International C o r e counes, i n c l u d i n g ~nternsh~p or i n d e p e n d e n t stud Core courses must be taken abroad (England and Germany, aiherr ro be addYedi. Erceprionr may b e p e r m i t t e d with department a proval General descriprions follow. Students who plan to major in lnternafionaPBusin& should mnract t h e depanment's international adviser. Amin Kader, as s o o n as possible t o carefully p l a n their p r o g r a m o f study. lnternational C o r e Courses - Required Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc. European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it; structure of the European market; market analysisand sales management; pricing policies; distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S. Import-Export Operations -The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysisof international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations. Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiarie; and parent company; ~r~anizational'behavior; management policy; comparative industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international setting. lnternational C o r e Courses - 3 to b e Elected Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure, land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism. European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms'of economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport; industrial policy; current membership negotiations. lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of domestic and international policies. lnternational monetary cooperation. lnternational Economic Policies - The economic factors i n diplomacy; tariff techniques and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economicaspectsof economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid policies; exchange rate policies. Theory of lnternational Finance -The relevance of international finance; participants i n the international payments scene; balance of international payments; spot market and forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the impact of international payments on the domestic price level; employment and the performance of monetary policy. 54/Business Administration & Economics Minor: 6 courses, inchding Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373, 379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. Other configurations for the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration. C.P.A. Certification: Graduates who wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have corn feted the major i n Busine5s Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and !usines, Taw counes offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Phyrici general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 1 2 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed theabove requirements arequalified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Acceuntancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Notes: Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged t o select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order t o carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed below, these have been offered under Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, and Discrete Event Simulation. 101 Principles of Financial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101) 131 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. (Spring) 135 Introduction t o Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and tech~ologicalfactors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (Spring) 145 Fundamentals of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (Fall) 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. (Fall) 261 Fundamentals of Finance Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101,102) Business Administration & Economics/55 262 lntermediate Accounting I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102, Fall) 263 lntermediate Accounting II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) 330 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making i n marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or #. O n Demand) 340 Personnel Administration Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 145 or #. O n Demand) 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,102) 382 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102. Fall) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course creditsthrough an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition thestudent will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only). 430 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or #. O n Demand) 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examplesfrom service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: Junior or Senior or #. Spring) 56/Business Administration & Economics 478 Investments and Financial Institutions Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and Institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methodsthrough use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. Spring) 483 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 484 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring, 1983) 295,495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #) Economics Major in Economics: 8 Economics courses (122,123, 251, 258, 454 and three other upper division); Business Administration 101, 102, 379; Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete calculus sequence i s very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. I n addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Applied konomics: I] Economics courses 1122,123,251,258,454 and 445 or 453 and t h r e e other upper division); Business Adrninistrarion 101, f 02, 379, 479: Philosophy 130; Mathemafics 124,125, 215, 224, 2'14. Mathematics 211 is strongly recommended. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Admrnistration 379. Thestudent isstrongly encouraged to take ather Economics course^. in addition t5 those I isted above. Combined Major in Economics - Business Administration: 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258 and one upper division); 6 Business Adm~nistrationcourses (101, 102,261,373,379and one upper division). Courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student i s very strongly encouraged to take additional courses both i n business administration and economics. Minor: .Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Business Administration & Economics/57 Honors Major: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major, a n d 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major f i e l d o f concentration. the courses listed below, these topics have b e e n o f f e r e d u n d e r 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History o f Economic Thought, Research Methods f o r Economics, a n d Business Advanced Economic Theory a n d Decision-Making w i t h f i n i t e Markov Chains, Notes: I n addition t o Economics 120,122 a n d 123 w i l l satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 w i l l satisfy t h e urban concerns requirement. Students w h o Ian t o major i n t h e d e a r t m e n t are strongly encouraged t o select a department alviser as soon as porsibre i n o r d e r t o carefully p l a n their p r o g r a m o f study. 120 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topirs. (Economics 120 i s a basic course designed for those studenrswho dn not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Ecunomirs major or minor. Students who plan to major i n Business Administration andfor Economics should instead enroll i n 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors) 122 Principles of Economics (Macro) An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n either order, or may be taken i n the same term i n order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. 123 Principles of Economics (Micro) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122or 120. Economics 122and 123 may betaken i n either order.or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. 251 lntermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123) 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 58/Business Administration & Economics 340 Managerial Decision Making Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 123, Bus. Ad. 101 and high school algebra or equivalents. Spring, O n Demand) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 391 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and publicexpenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall) 392 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role i n relation t o aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 442 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand) 445 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices i n business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: Econ. 251 or equivalent or #. Spring, O n Demand) 453 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 251,258 and at least Math. 122 or equivalent or #. O n Demand) 454 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methodsthrough use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented i n the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. No lab fee. Spring) 295,495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The Student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #) Chemistry Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John Holum, Richard Olmsted, Sandra Olmsted Graduation M a j o r in Chemist : 175,176, (or 105,106) 35I,352,353, 361 and one advanced c a u n e which may inxude Biochemistry; participation i n seminar; Physics 127,722; Mathematics 124,125. Since u per division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisires, students shoul plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 i n the freshman year and Physics 121,122 in the sophomore year. d' American Chemical Society Approved Major: 11courses including 115,116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350, Chemistry seminar partici ation; Mathematics 224; Physics 121,122 (which rhould be taken during the sopromore year). Reading ability i n German equivalent to one semester also required. Teaching Literrsure: Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry Major: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105, 106); 3 courses i n earth and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352, 353,361, 362,482,491 (Biology 367 may be substituted for362); Physics 245. Studentsare advised t o consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. I n addition, medical schools expect at least t w o courses (and usually more) i n biology. Students should consulr members of the chemistry department for assistance i n planning a course program early i n their coilege career. Minor: 5 courses which must include 115, 116 (105, 106), 353 and t w o other chemistry courses above 300 (Biology 367 may be one of the courses). Honors Majors: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer o r course of approved research; participation i n seminar. Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116. Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed beforeenrolling in thegiven course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade o f 2.0 or higher t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term o f a two-term course i n registering for the second term. Placement i n 105 or 115 i s determined by the score o n the Mathematics Placement Examination. High school chemistry i s a prerequisite for 115. 105, 106 Principles o f Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students w h o will not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students w h o need a survey of the fundamental principles of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers i n allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education, and others. O p e n also t o students in the humanities and social sciences. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction t o organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applications t o human physiological chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the major o r minor i n chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both Chemistry 109 and 105 o r 115 nor can credit be earned for both Chemistry 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years. 109 Fall, 110 Spring) 115, 116 General Chemistry A n intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. Thesecond emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, math placement. 115 Fall, 116 Spring) 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis o n mechanisms and multistepsynthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 o r 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium i n detail and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includestrace analysis. (3 hours of lecture, 1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 o r 116. Fall) 361, 362 Physical Chemistry The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states o f matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these conceptsto areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 onehour lectures, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121, 122; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 399 Internship Opportunity for off-campus experience as a chemist. 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours of lecture, 6 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Fall) 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or #. Spring) 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or #. Spring) 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience beforegraduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Juniorstanding). 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (JuniorStanding) 62/East and Southeast Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen (Director) This program offers two options: 1. Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study. Two years of Japaneseare tought on one of the five ACTC campuses, o r Augsburg students maytake Chinese coursesat Harnline University. Therealso i s a contracrual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Xrian Studies Department for Chinese and lapanese language coursps. Opportunities for language study abroad are available in japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hon kong and Singapore. Summer inrii~uterare ava~lablei n ihe Paeple'r Republic ofChina and in the U.S. See the director for information and procedureto register for any of thesecourses or t ravel. Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Ma'or in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic col ege Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies; and 2 courses from a list of approved electives. I Minor in East Asian Studies -5 courses, including 2 courses (1year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; 1 course in history of East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. 2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. I t is designed t o be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from History 322,323,324; one from Philosophy 355, Religion 356, Sociology 241; one from History 474, Political Science 351,363, 382; and one from History 226,399,495,499. History 104 is strongly recommended. Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 299 Directed Study (See Director of program) 322 Modern Southeast Asia (See under Department of History) 323 Modern China (See under Department of History) 324 Modern Japan (See under Department of History) 351 Communist Political Systems (See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis) 363 Communist Foreign Policies (See under Department of Political Science, International Politics) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future (See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis) 399 Internships (See Director of program for guidelines t o apply for an internship) 474 The World and The West (See under Department of History) 495 Seminar (See Director of program) 499 Independent Study (See Director of program for guidelines) tconomics See Business Administration and Economics Education Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar Johnson, Lauretta Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Prekindergarten, and Secondary Education. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring t o Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, it i s within the jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments t o determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as applicable to requirements of the approved teacher licensure programs at Augsburg College. Orientation t o Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of Teaching Reading are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll i n other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted t o the teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students transferring from an education program at another college must be readmissible to that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Major and licensure Requirements: M i n i m u m of 8.5 education courses (255, 351. 383, and two profesrional semesters); Health Education 114,775; Library Science347, 358; Academic rnlnor (major recommended); GPA of 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic rninor,and grades of P in srudent teachin courres required for Iicensure; fulfill requiiementr of Minnesota Board of Teac\ing 5 MChR 3.041 in Human Relations. The first professional semester, forjuniors, includes341,352,353.381,382, 384. [Courses 381, 382, 383, 384 are one-half courses. The secand professional semester includes 481,482 and eleaives (483.484,478,499). Kindergarten License R e uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus 385 and student teaching at t%e Kindergarten level. Prekindergarten Education Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator) License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Sociology 231; Prychology 351; Elementary Education 325, 425, 483 or 484 (160 hours of student teach~ng).For a Prekindergarten license with other than an education major, consult with the program coordinator. 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 325 Contemporary Influences in Prekindergarten Education Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of h~s/her life in relat~anro the eifects of present-dav society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innova!ions,Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other ~nrerventionsandcompensatorvprograms.Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of ~ e a c h i n Reading ~ Thestudy and utilization of a variety of techniquesand resources in theteaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) 352,353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learningsettings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) 381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent r-egistrationin 352, 353. Spring) 382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resourcesfor social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed., Summer I) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 425 Prekindergarten Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Classsessionsand two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) 481,482 Student Teaching I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission t o student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 483,484 Student Teaching II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481,482. Fall, Spring) 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education) 498 lndependent Study ('/2 or 1 course) Study of specific areas i n education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 lndependent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for i n the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the elementary education faculty. Secondary Education Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It is the responsibility of each student to meet a!! specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure.This consultation is, recommended in addition to conferring with rhe student's major field adviser. ticensure Program Requirements for Secondary Education: (1) Application for admittance and acceptance into the Depanment of Education teacher licensure program. This may be made before, concurrently or after the Orientalion course. Application formsare available in the Education Department oRice. Belare applving for admission, studentsshauld receive approval from the department or division of 'their declared major. A student ma take education courses after the Orientation course only i f he or she has been adYmiited into the program of the Department of Education: (2) GPA of 2.0 everalt,2.Qin required education couries,and at least 2.5 i n the major and minor; (3) Applicarion for admittance and acceptance into student teaching; (41 Completion of Minnrsota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 i n H u m a n Relations through hugrburg's Education program; (5) Successful completion of the required courses 0%t h e education program: Psychology 105: Health Education 114, 115; Educatian 265,354,388,478, specia I methods i n thrl area of t he student's major, and a minimum of two or three courses in student teaching ar required. Requirementsfor State of Minnesota L-icensurefor Teaching in SecondarySchaols: (through the Augsburg College Education Department Program): 11) 5.A- or 8.5. degree; (21 College major or minor in a teaching area; (33 Fulfill hlinnesota Board of Teaching 5 :MCAR 3.011 in Human Retarions Isucces5ful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirerncnr); (4) Psvchologv 105: (5) Health Education 114,115: (6)2.0 GPA i n professional education courses and a ? i n required s ~ u d e n t teaching courses, 2.5 GPA in major or minor. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one o f t hese areas follows the secondary educarion program even though he or she plans to reach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special arras will take three courses i n studen1 teaching and do some student teaching at both rhe secondary and elemen~aryrevels. In addition to 354, the art major will register for 367,361: rhe Physical Education major i o r 365: and t h e music major for 373. Arl and Physical Education reacher education programs lead to licensure in K-12. Music teacher education programs lead l o liccnsure in r h e following areas: ( 7 ) Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (5-12): 121 Orchestra (K-121 and Classroom Music (5-12): (3) Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9); or (4) Vocal and C[assroom Music (5-11). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), achievement of at least four "good" and three "minimal" ratings on the Modern Language Association Competency Tests is required. The candidate will take the MLA tests before undertaking student teaching. The results will be recorded in the candidate's permanent file in the Department of Education. The Professional Term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in one full-time term in professional education, Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term aspart of the professional work, kstudent taking two courses i n student teaching may elect to take one course i n Inde endent Study. AII studenrs are expecred robe ~nvolvedfull-time i n theactivities of tRe prOfR5iOI?a~ term. 265 Orientation t o Education i n an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigate5 various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 Introduction t o Special Education (See Special Education) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 265, Psychology 105) N o t e o n Special M e t h o d s Courses: With the general methodology course, one or more education courses i n special methods must be taken from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: 265, or Elementary Education 255, and 354or may be taken concurrently with 354. Courses 361,365,373 and 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the senior high school. (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching i n a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 373 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures i n science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history i n secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on thestudy of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society The emphasik in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention t o urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses,except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for i n the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Special Education Barry Franklin (Coordinator) M i n o r : 6 courses, including 282,491; Psychology 351,357; one course chosen from Health and Physical Education 354, Music 110 (Interim) or 395, Psychology 362, Secondary Education 385 (Interim), or Social Work 304 (CHR); and one course chosen from Linguistics 289, Psychology 352 or 359, or Secondary Education 388. Biology 103 i s recommended as an additional course. 282 lntroduction to Special Education lntroduction to the field of special education. An examination of the mature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Spring) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education I A supervised field placement i n a facility for an,exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Fall) Engi neeri ng/69 Library Science Marjorie Sibley, Grace Sulerud (Coordinators), Karen Harwood, James Olson, Irene Schilling, Louisa Smith Minor: M i n i m u m o f 4 courses, including 245,358,359,475. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquistion, cataloging, classification, and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation.( Fall) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Services and Sources Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information and use libraries effectively. (Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 Independent Studv Independent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson (Adviser) Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technolo ical University (Houghton, M ichigan),in a Three-Two Plan of studies which w i l l ena l e a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an e n ineering baccalaureate degree f r o m Washington University or Michigan Technokpical University in a five-year period. 6 The first three ears are spent a t Au sbusg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Stu ents accepted into t e program are guaranteed admission to the en ineering school, provided they have met course requirements, haveaB average, an8 are recommended by a designated representative of Augrburg College. d E Students receiving financial aid who are participants i n the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged t o apply t o the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. M i n i m u m Course Requirements for Admission fo the Three-Two Plan: Math 124, 125,224,226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115,176; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124,725 and Physics 127,122 are taken in the freshman year. Students are encouraged t o apply for admission to the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser i s encouraged. English Richard Sargent, (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, Toni Clark, John Gidmark, Ann Goodwin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Grier Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, Richard Sargent, Donald Warren, David Wood Major: 9 English courses above 717, including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or272); and three courses in British literature,oneon literature before1660 (for exarnpie,331 or438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encauraged ta take Enulish 245 early i n their colllege work and tocrensu~ttheirdeparrmental adviser regular7 A rtudenrwith a double major or r ecial program that involver considerable w o r t in the English departrnenr should apo work closely with an adviser in the department. Major for Teaching Licensure i n English-Language Arts: 10 English courses, includingthose listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2Speech courses, one from 111,351,352,354 or 355 and either 360 or 366; Library Science 475. Courses i n early American literature, Shakespeare and film arerecommended. I n addition to fie1 ' experience and student teaching required by rhe D e p a r t m ~ n of t Education, majors rvill be required to gain practical experience in teaching writin be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouragec to rake courses toward their major d u r ~ n the freshman and ~ophornoreyears, enroll i n Orientation to Education i n the all term of the sophomore year and applv for teacher education not later than the fall of their iunior year. i n addition to planning their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. '" B Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing course. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall, submit program t o department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty committee i n senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. Noteon Concentration: I n additionto meeting requirementsfor the major, English majors may, i f they wish,develo an area of emphasis,such as British concentration, f American concehtration, worl literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives i n the major, by the designof an independentstudy course that ap lies to the cancentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the epartrnent. English majors should B work closely with their advisers i n developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. Note on Prerequisites: English 111 is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d b u t n o t a prerequisite f o r a l o w e r division literature course. Prerequisite f o r an u p p e r division course is successful c o m p l e t i o n o f a l o w e r division literature course o r consent o f t h e instructor. 101 Developmental Writing .4preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/hl grading only. 111 Effective Writing The study of composition with emphasison expository writing. Attention t o correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either P/N or2.0-4.O/N. I n order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111 or equivalent) 225 Advanced Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students'papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Creative Writing The purpose of the course i s to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's preference. 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student i s first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community newsstories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 241 lntroduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the artisticqualitiesand the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. (Spring) 245 lntroduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted t o developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writersfrom colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention i s also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. 261 Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. -271 European Literature: Homer to Dante Astudy of majorworksof Greekand Roman literature,for example theepicsof Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus,Sophocles, and Euripides, thecomedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) 282 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. 331 Chaucer and His Age While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1983-84) 336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention t o the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships amongthese writersand their influence on one anotherwill be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis i s given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature. 366 Poetry Study of the poem as a concentrated, esthetic form of human expression and experience. The course emphasizes modern American and British poetry, but also includes a generous selection of traditional and contemporary poems, both in English and i n translation from selected international poets such as Rilke and Neruda. A diverse range of forms, moods, themes, and techniques i s represented, and the relationship between traditional poetry and modern poetry i s examined. (On demand) Foreign Languages/73 368 Modern Drama Slgnlflcant worLr of Ameriran.Rritish, and continental dramatlstsof the twent~ethcentury, wlth emphasls on represen1arlrbcr.from the major movements such as Naturalism, Ex~stent~al~sm, T h e a t ~ rof the Absnrd, and Tran~forrnat~onal~sm Plays by women and mlnorltles are included. [On demand) 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey o i the development of the novel in Engiand from its eighteenth century beginnings up trr the twentieth century. Novels studied wiIl be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, R~chardson,Fielding.Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte,Thackeray, Elio~,H~ardy,and Butler. Attention will beqiven to theconditionscontributing to therlseof the novel and its emergence by the twentieth centrrry a5 rhe dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 438 Shakespeare Study of ten or twelve major plays- comedies, histories,tragedies-with attention tothe development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 English Seminar Course490, a themeor movement; course491, a majorwriter or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (On demand) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 lndependent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Mary Johnson (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, Liv Dahl, Leif Hansen, Mary Kingsley, William Oyler, Madeleine Renaud, Gunta Rozentals, Maria Schweikert, Soterios Stavrou, Donald Steinmetz Students with previous foreign language study should register i n courses suited t o their level of preparation. Placement Levels: 111, under t w o years of high school study i n that language or equivalent background; 211, t w o t o three years of languagestudy; 311,four years or m o r e of that language. Students should arrange for the Language Placement Test only if they wish t o take a course above the level determined by previous studies i n that language. Those with satisfactory levels o n the test may be placed i n 112,212, o r 311. Students who elect t a t a k ~a course below the one in which they are placed by r h e Language Department may d o so, bat grading for such a course must be P/N only. The language requirement will b e satisfied only by completion of the course i n which the studenr was originally placed. Credit and grading far that course may be traditional. 74/Foreign Languages For majors, a minimum of four upper division courses at Augsburg Coltege is required for graduation. A maximum of four upper division nun-kugsburgcourses may be accepted. No fewer than two of these four courses should be taken abroad. For minors, a minimum of two upper division courses at Augsburg College i s required for graduation. For transfer students intending t o major or minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended is specified. See department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper division courses. Teaching Litensure: Teacher candidates in French. German and 5 anish mug consult with the Department of Educalion for specific information an enrollment in rhe program. Methods courses bv language are joinr ACTC offerings and should be taken in the fall of t h e s ~ n i o year. r A 3 0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition i s a departmental requirement forteachin? majors. Licensur~requires successfulcorn letion of the Modern Language As5ociation Competencv Exam. See Requirements or State of Minnesota ticensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools. p. 66. 8 P Chinese Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director. French Major: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in France strongly recommended. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in France strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. 011 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (On Demand) 111 Beginning French Designedto introduce thestudent with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. Foreign Languages/75 112 Beginning French for hose who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms iscompleted to make possible basic communication, b e g i n n i f i ~reading rkills,and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above o n placement. (Spring) 211 Intermediate French 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice i n communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) 212 Intermediate French Through informative and controversial articles, interviews and literary readings, this course works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficientskiltsro pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basicstructures. habora~orywork. 1Spring1 243 French Literature i n Translation Major representative works of French literarure read in English translation. Through individualized background readingand crass discussion.studen1s become acquainted with artistic qualities and culrvral-hinorical sign~f~cance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. [Offered o n Demand) 311 Conversation-Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall) 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech groups practiced. Study of writien models. [Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political,social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 332 French Civilization Today Topics i n twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction t o Literature for Language Students Theory and practiceof literarvstudies. A theoreticat component (inEnglish) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply rhe elements of theor), rhrough reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of French li~erature.Recommended for majors and ~ i n o r s . Open to all qualiiied students. (Prereq.: 311 or Offered on demand) *. 76/Foreign Languages 352 Creativity and Restraint A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 354 Realities: Inner and Outer Worlds A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and hissuccessors in poetry,and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered alternate years) 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 411 Advanced Conversation-Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training i n the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 450 French Seminar Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (e.g. Novel, Drama, 18th Century literature, poetry). Student presentations i n French. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 352,354 or 355. O n Demand) 451 The French Novel A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert,Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 331. O n demand) 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German Major: 8 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r semester i n Germany strongly r e c o m m e n d e d Minor: 4 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n g 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r semester i n Germany strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses b e y o n d 212, i n c l u d i n g o n e i n conversation-composition, 350, o n e i n civilization, and t w o electives. A l l courses must b e u p p e r division courses. Study i n Germany strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. Foreign Languages/77 111,112 Beginning German Course 111 i s for students with no previous background; 112 i s for students who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability t o read extended narratives i n simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 211,212 Intermediate German For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basicskills into working knowledge of German. Review of basicstructureswith emphasison extending rangeof vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 German Literature i n Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (On Demand) 301 German Business Communication German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or #. O n Demand.) 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Earlv Background. Foltows the cultura1 and social development of the German5peaking peoples from the preh~sroricfnda-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Y e a r s h a r (16.131,with emphasison the impact of Roman crvilization, the re-emergenceof German cultural s e l f awareness d u r ~ n gtheMiddle Agesoandthe intellectual and religious upheavals o l the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or Alternate years) *. 332 German Civilization and Culture I1 Survey of significant currents of deveropment which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and swirzerfand since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s cansidered in view oiits roots in fhe intellectual, geopolitical, artisticand scientific history o i the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction t o Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of lirerarvstudies. Arheorctica~cornponent(in English)treatsfhe basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to bitcrarvanafyj~r.In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected worksof German litesaturc. Recommended far majors and minors Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or Offered on Demand\ =, 351 German Literature through 18th Century Brief survey of hemtt. courtly, Reformarion, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Exrenrive rcadingr and discussions in Classic and Romanticperiods. Readings in German.supplernented by [eaures on the history or German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class djscussrons help to improve students' ability t o express ideas i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or *. O n Demand) 78/Foreign Languages - 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism, lung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation Aimsat developing and refining the student's use of German as avehiclefor expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or#. Alternate years) 451 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramaticworks from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read assymptomaticof perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 499 Independent Study Greek See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg i n history, philosophy, art, literature, linguistics which can apply toward a classics concentration i n cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 Beginning Greek Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (111, Fall; 112, Spring. A minimum of 9 hours preparation per week required.) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) t r e a t r t k baslc principles of IIterature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discuss~ngselected works for foreign literature in the language. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 212 or #. Offered on demand) Japanese Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC Easr Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department. See fast and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. Foreign Languages/79 Linguistics 289 Introduction to Linguistics An introduction to linguistic analvsis and general Iingulstic principles, with focus on [ingutst~c universals (organtzational principles and features common to all language) and psycholinguirric5 (inquiry i n to the mechanicsof language learning and thestructure of the mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questrons will be approached by studying sarnplesof various Languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majorsand minors. (Fall) 311 Theories of Grammar Camparat~vcanalysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research w ~ t h the aim af l[luminaringunderiyingphilosophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanarory goals which dlsringuish them. Jhr rheories wi[l becnntrasred with those of adjacenrdisciplinessuch asanthr~pology.psy~fiology,logic,and c~mmunrcation theory to explore ways In which each theory seeks to overcome rhe inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On Demand) Norwegian a n d 499, a n d o n e Scandinavian literature course. I n t e r i m o r summer i n Norway recommended. Major: 8 courses above 211, i n c l u d i n g 311,312,331,350,353,411, Minor: 4 courses above 211, i n c l u d i n g o n e i n conversation-com osition, o n e i n civilization, a n d o n e i n literature. I n t e r i m o r summer study abroaBencouraged. Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study i n Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses u n d e r Scandinavian Area Studies. 111,112 Beginning Norwegian lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken ratherthan literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 211 Intermediate Norwegian Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for classdiscussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.) 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Intensive praaice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. S a m e anention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between tfretwoofilcial languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prercq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 Old Norse An introductlon to thestructure of Old West Norse through thestudy of selections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old Easr Norseand aspects of the history of four modem Nordiclanguages. Knowledge of oneof the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years) 331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports i n the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 80/Foreign Languages 350 lntroduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical componenr [in English) treats !he basic principlesof IIrerature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis, fn the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or +. Offered on demand) 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings i n contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods e~rendingback ro 01d Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable atnention is given t o writings i n the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years) 411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other ScandirBvian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Russian One year of elementary Russian is offered at Au sburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Stucfies Program, which re uires two years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus Coor%inator. 111,112 Elementary Russian Aimed t o develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease i n reading, short compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. Spanish Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. (Study in Spain or Latin America i s strongly recommended) Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work i s an integral part of the course. Foreign Languages/81 211,212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literarure representing various periods and movements are read in English iranslarion. Through background reading and class discussion in English !he strident i s acqualn~edwith the salient artistic qualities and cultural-hisroricalsignificanc~? of thereadings, Credit in thiscourse does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand) 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and writlen practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Labnrarorv work. This course i s a prerequisite for all upper-division courses. I P r ~ r e q . :211 or equivalent. Fall) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who havea basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversationaT facility, 5tressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and manazine ar~irles.Conducted in 5panish. (On Demand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years.) 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of theSpanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students T h ~ o r y a n dpracticed literarystudier..4 rhcorezical component (in English)treats the basic principles at lirerarurr, literary gerlres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the pracricat component.studenrsapply the theorv through reading, analyzing, and dlscusslng selected works ot Ii~eraturein Spanish. Recammended for majors and minors. Open to all clualrfed rrudents. (Prrrcq.: 311 or i;. o i i e r e d on demand) 352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 82/Geography, Health and Physical Education 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 457 Spanish Novel Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Geography Paul Grauer 114 Human Geography An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. Health and Physical Education Richard Borstad (Chairperson), Ernest Anderson, David Boots, Paul Grauer, Al Kloppen, Doug Nelson, Jack Osberg, Pamela Paulson, Marilyn Pearson, Ronald Petrich, Joyce Pfaff, William Ross, Edwin Saugestad, Jeff Swenson, Mary Timm Health Education Major: 110, 114, 115, 320, 354, 410; Biology 103, 108, 111; Chemistry 105 or 109; Psychology 105; Sociology 231, 241. Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus 355. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Minor: 110, 114, 115, 320; Biology 103; Sociology 231 110 Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 114 Health and Safety Education (1/2 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course. 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of scbool age children. Health and Physical Education/83 320 School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: Physical Education 350. Spring) 355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests i n health and physical education. (Spring) 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Physical Education Major: Health Education 114,115,354,355; Physical Education 223,231,232,243,350, 351, 471, 472, 474,475; Biology 103. Teaching Major: Health Education 114,115, 354,355; Physical Education 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474; Biology 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Major with Specialization in Corrective Therapy: Health Education 114, 115, 354, 355; Physical Education 223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471,472,474,475,485,487, 491,493; Professional Affiliation Block495-496-497-499; Biology 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362. All C.T. specialists must be accepted bv the education department for teaching and student teaching in an adapted situation. Approval must be secured by the corrective therapy coordinator. Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department chairperson for individual program planning. Minor: Health Education 114,115; Physical Education 223,231,232 or 472, and 243. Coaching Endorsement: 243, 351,475, one of 476-483, and practicum in coaching (Independent Study 499 i s an optional method for meeting the practicum requirement). Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102, 103 Lifetime Sports Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. N o course credit. 223 Team Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 84/Health and Physical Education 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course) Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in teaching and performing selected social dances. (Interim and Spring) 234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course) This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some weekends participating i n these activities. (Spring, even # years) 243 History and Principles of Physical Education History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 350 Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall) 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring) I 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (See Health Education) 355 Tests and Measurement (See Health Education) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 Modern Dance (1/2 course) A n introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and problem solving. No previous dance experience necessary. (Interim) 399 Internship Consult department chairperson. 471 Physical Education Programming Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 Gymnastics (1/2 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. (Fall) 474 Swimming and Aquatics Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test. Fall) Health and Physical Education/85 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term) 476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Fall, 1st half of term, odd #years) 477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Interim, odd #years) 478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Interim, odd # years) 479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 cours4 Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd #years) 480 Coaching of Baseball/Soft Ball (l/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd years) 483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Fall, odd #years) 485 Applied Adapted Activities Explores recreation as applied to a corrective therapy program, application of corrective exercise to the atypical, self care and ambulation, prosthetics and orthotics. Equal attention i s given to physical and mental habilitation, physical education for the handicapped and recreation in rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 350,351; Health Education 354. Summer school only) 487 Neurology and Pathology Astudy of the nervoussystem and the diseasesassociated with it and the nature and cause of disease involving changes in structures and functions. Equal attention i s given to neurology and pathology. (Summer School only) 491 Therapeutic Exercise Exercise techniques as applied to various disabilities, testing muscle strength and range of joint motion and association of muscle actions as applied to various human movements. Equal attention is given to human movement, kinesiotherapy and evaluation and research applied to C.T. and A.P.E. programs. (Prereq.: 350, 351; Health Education 354. Summer school only) 493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy A study of organization, administration, history, philosophy and professional ethics as applied to C.T. intertherapy relations in a rehabilitation setting. Basic supervisory and personnel management decisions and practices. Most of the course deals with organization and administration of C.T.; about one-sixth of the course deals with intertherapy relations. (Summer School only) 495,496, 497 Professional Affiliation Includes actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 i s study of Neurology and Pathology (Prereq.: 485,491 and approval of department.) 499 Independent Study Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. History Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen, Richard Nelson Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and nonWestern. Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator. Minor: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Honors Major: G P A of 3.6 in t h e major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before rhe end of the first term of the junior year; two years of aforeign language at the college level (or its equivalent): an honors thesis (equal t o one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. Notes: Freshmen should enroll in one or more of the History 101-104 courses. History 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Students are required t o have at least one lower division course before registering for an upper level course. There are 17 upper division courses (numbered 300and up) in this department. Five or six are offered each term, or 11 per year. Offerings depend upon faculty schedules and student registration. 101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. 103 The Modern World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. 104 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. 221 U.S. History to 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. 299 Directed Study An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered i n the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by thedirectingfaculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n directed study may be applied to the major. 322 Modern Southeast Asia A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 323 Modern China A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. 324 Modern japan An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. 331 Topics in U.S. History Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excludingforeign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 332 History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development i s stressed. 345 Scandinavian-American Experience (See under Scandinavian Area Studies) 353 Select Topics in Minnesota History A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization i n the Near East from earliest times through i t s extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis i s placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. 90/Mathematics/Computer Science Mathematics /Computer Science Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Benjamin Cooper, Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad, Leo Lake Mathematics Major: 9 courses including 124,125,215,224,314,324. Also required: Computer Science245. The following courses do not count towards this major: 104, 174,121, 122, '131, 242. For teacher licensure in mathematics, courses 351, 373,441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to ronsulr with the Education Department for requirements. Mathematics Major with Computer Science Concentration: 10 courses, including Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314, 355, Computer Science 245, 345, 350 and Mathematics 226 or Computer Science 261. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent study at an advanced level with participation i n a department seminar. Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, 224. The following courses do not coun! towards the minor: 704,114,121,122,131,242. For a teaching minor, the two additional courses must be selected from 215, 314, 351,373,441. Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including Computer Science 245,261,345,350 and one of Mathematics 355, Business Administration 479, Sociology 363, Computer Science 395, 495. Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling i n any course in this department the student must have satisfied certain course and/or placement test prerequisites. A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0or higher to count as a prerequisite. The Placement Test i s given during col!ege orientation sessions and at other announced times during the year. Score requirements on the rest for entrv to courses are: ll {or course 104: [ l l for courses 114,171,122.131,242:lY for course724. Siudents whose score is V, o r who have taken the College Board Advanced Placement Euarn, should consult w i t h the department about appropriate courses to take. Any exceptions t o course or placement test score prerequisites must be approved by the instructor. Mathematics Courses 104 Basic Mathematics I I A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalitiec in one variable, including linear and quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not satisfy the general education requiremen1 in ma~hematics.(Spring) 114 College Algebra and Trigonometry Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall, Spring) 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Fall) 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) 124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of planeand solid analyticgeometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 131 Mathematics for the Arts An introduction t o the structure of mathematical systems and mathematical modelswhich have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending,further study of mathematics. (Fall) 211 Number Theory A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #) 215 Elementary Linear Algebra A study of systems of linear equations, determinants,vector spaces, lineartransformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 226 Differential Equations Solutionsof ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 242 Basic Concepts of Mathematics The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis i s placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 314 Abstract Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall) 324, 325 Advanced Calculus I, I1 A study of the fundamental concepts of calculusforfunctions of several variables including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions. improper integrals, differential formsand manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324. Spring; 325, Fall) 351 Modern Geometry A study of Euclidean and,non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods with projective axioms as a basis. (Prereq.: 122or 125. Spring 1984 and alternate years) 92/Mathematics/Computer Science 355 Numerical Analysis (Formerly 361 or Computer Science 355) A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedureoriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224, Computer Science 245) 373 Probability and Statistics An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 Internship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. 441 Foundations of Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1983 and alternate years) 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or #. Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science Courses 145 lntroduction to General Computer Programming An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a computer science minor. 245 An Introduction to Computer Science An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming i s done in machine language, assembly language, and a higher level language such as PASCAL. (Prereq.: Mathematics 125) 261 Electronics (See under Department of Physics) 345 Computer Systems Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. lntroduction to operating systems, including batch, time-sharing, and real-time. Continued development of competence in structured programming, algorithms, and assembly language will be emphasized throughout the course. (Prereq.: 245) 350 Data Structures and File Processing Concepts and algorithms used in the solution of non-numerical problems. Applications to data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 245) Medical Technology, Metro-Urban/93 395 and 495 Topics in Computer Science Specifictopics are selected each year. Prerequisites will depend o n the topics selected. 395 for Interim, 495 for fall and/or spring terms. 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director t o determine project. 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Medical Technology Neal 0. Thorpe (Adviser) This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or Abbott-Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. I t i s important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Student5 rransferring to Augsbur College with an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalenr should expect to s en two vears a t Augsburq before participating in the internship year. The MedicaPTcchnologv major I S nor derignrd for persons who already have the baccalaureate degree from another ~nstitution. f Required Science Courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367and476); 2) Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,116),351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103 (or 121, 122); one math course; one course in immunology. Metro-Urban Studies Carry W. Hesser (Director) Major: 15 courses includinglOcore requirements: Economicsl23; Political Science 122; History 431; Sociology 111, 381; Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or Sociology 363; a minimum of one course of internship or independent study; two non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least one of which must be in the humanities (current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics 111, Biology 105, Philosophy 362, Interdisciplinary Studies 233, 260). To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: GeneraVLiberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA). 94/Metro-Urban Studies Minor: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses are required for the concentration: Economics 120 or 123; Political Science 122; Sociology 111, 381; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. 199 lnternship Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring and Summer) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division students (Prereq.: # and Sociology 111 or 121. Fall, Spring, Summer) 399 lnternship Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. (Prereq.: Sociology 111 or 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: Sociology 111 or 121 and #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Urban Studies Options Through HECUA A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. 358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities; transportation, planning and social services. 399 lnternship Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract i s developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. Metro-Urban Studies/95 B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This p r o g r a m is located at t h e University o f Oslo a n d focuses u p o n Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 272 Norwegian Life and Culture Language instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary to support student course work and daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society i s coordinated with the language instruction. 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Students are placed in intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society is coordinated with the language instruction. 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis i s placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus i s on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 lndependent Study In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester i n t h e city" p r o g r a m is located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t focuses u p o n urbanization a n d development i n t h e Third World. 261 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Columbian urbanists. 363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of barrios and t o public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. 499 lndependent Study In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. D. San Francisco Summer Term A nine-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent 'study. 383 Field Seminar: San Francisco (See MUST 359) 399 Internship (See MUST 399) 499 Independent Study (See SUST 499) Music L. t. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adne Robert E, Beverlev,Michael Brand. haine Bryce,Siephen Cabrielien, Thomas G ~ h e g , Cymhia G o e f i , James D. lohnron, Robert Karl&, MeriTee Klemp, Nicholas Cenz, Paul Lohman. Cynrhia Melson, Robert Metzler, Celeste O'Brien. Alice Preves. Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George S~ahl,Daniel Sturrn, James ten RenseT. Paul Thomas, D a ~ l Tubergen, d Mary Wilson, Angela Wyatt See Music Department Handbook for additional and explanatory information guidelines and requirements. Students wishing to major or minor in music must apply to the department. Specific Music Major Requirements Bachelor of Arts: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476,354 or 355, 365 or 375, music elective. French or German. Bachelor of Arts (Music Education): 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476, 354 and one of 355, 365, 375. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education. Bachelor of Music: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350,457,458,476,499,354 or 355,365 or 375, music electives. 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last? years,and junior and senior recitals; French or German. Voicestudy - 2 years of foreign language. Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 354, 360, 382,383,395,399,435,457,495,350 or 476, one of 355,365,375, and 110 Introduction to MusicTherapy (lnterimj.5 anish i s recommended. Other requirements: Biology 703, Education 282: 2 Physica Education (232 and 373 recommended); 3 Psychology and I Sociology, including Psychology 105,362 and Psychology 263 or Sociology 362 (Recommended courses include Psychology 264, 351. 352, 355, 356, 357, and 5ocioIogy 111,121, 231. 241, 362,375); 1 Speech (116 recommended). P Music Minor: 5 courses: 101, 102,260 or 261,457 or 458, elective. Applied Music: Major Ensemble 2 consecutive years, Performance Studies 4 semesters, concurrent with Ensemble; Examinations: 2 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Honors Major: Students may qualify f o r graduation honors if they have earned a GPA o f at least 3.0 i n music courses a n d have demonstrated leadership i n performance. H o n o r s may b e achieved by o n e o f t h e following: Senior thesis a n d its defense b e f o r e a faculty committee; presentation o f an additional senior recital o f graduate quality; c o m p o s i t i o n o f a w o r k f o r vocal a n d / o r instrumental ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 15 minutes duration. Application should b e made b e f o r e t h e senior year. Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors) 1. Courses: 101,102, 223, 224, 260, 261. 2. Applied Music: M a j o r Ensemble, 8 semesters; Performance Studies, 8 semesters; Recital appearance. 3. Examinations: 3 M u s i c Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Applied Music Ensembles: M e m b e r s h i p i s d e t e r m i n e d by a u d i t i o n d u r i n g t h e first week o f t h e fall semester. Times a n d locations are posted o n t h e d e p a r t m e n t bulletin board. These organizations exist n o t o n l y f o r t h e benefit o f t h e musicstudent, b u t f o r any student w h o wishes t o participate: Augsburg Choir Chorale Concert Band Orchestra Brass Ensemble String Ensemble Jazz Ensemble Woodwind Ensembles Performance Studies: Four synergistic elements are required: lessons, jury examinations, performance and listening. Private Lessons: Vocal and instrumental instruction i s available to all students in any area. Music students must register on the traditional grading system and take a jury exam at the end of each semester to fulfill the requirement of private study toward a music degree. Other students may register for private lessons in the same manner or use P/N grading. During the junior and senior year, a student accepted by the Department of Music as a major receives lessons in the area of concentration without extra cost. Instruments are available for rent. JuryExamination: All studentstaking private lessonsfor credit are required to perform each semester for a faculty jury. Performance Workshop: An informal setting for student performances,seminars and guest lecture demonstrations. All students studying applied music for credit must attend weekly workshops and, once a semester, perform on their instrument. Listening: All students studying applied music for credit must attend a predetermined number of designated music events each year. Recital: One-half recital i s r e q u i r e d o f B.A. a n d B.S. candidates. B.M. students must present f u l l j u n i o r a n d senior recitals. Examinations A l l music majors and minors are required t o pass a Piano Proficiency Test. M u s i c majors must pass t h r e e M u s i c Repertoire Tests, a n d Music minors must pass two. 101,102,223, 224 Theory Music Theory i s an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (101, 223, Fall. 102, 224, Spring) 110 lntroduction to Music Therapy A survey of the music therapy programs i n the surrounding area, with field trips t o various institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways i n which music i s used as a therapy. (Interim) 230 Introduction to the Fine Arts The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers f r o m each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall) 260 History and Literature of Music Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 History and Literature of Music Music of the Romantic and M o d e r n eras, and non-Western topics. (Spring) 325 Scandinavian Music I n a historical approach t o the study of music i n the five Nordic countries, opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-musicand music majors. (Fall) 330 Vocal Repertoire A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 t o the present. The study includessuch aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Spring) 331 Diction for Singers (Spring, alternate years) 350 Choral Technique and Arranging Fundamentals of voice as related t o choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging for various combinations of voices and instruments. (Spring) 354 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 Instrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 360 Therapeutic Recreational Music Study of guitar and recorder, Orff instruments, applications of recreational musicactivities t o clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work. 365 Instrumental Technique Elementary technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 lnstrumental Technique Advanced technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 Music of the Western Church Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for thegeneral student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Spring) 382 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 Psychological Foundations of Music I1 Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Varioustheories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 395 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of human behavior as it relatesto music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Use of music with the mentally retarded and emotionally ill. 399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship Full-time placement i n an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This i s started after completion of the senior year and i s necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. 435 Music in Therapy Thestudy and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, physically handicapped, geriatric, and gifted populations. (Prereq.: 395) 440 New Music Seminar Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 457 Conducting Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 Conducting Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 Orchestration The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensemblesof varyingsizes and types. (Fall) 488,489 Piano Teaching Methods Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. 495 Practicum in Music Therapy Volunteer work i n a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. N o credit. 499 Independent Study Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for i n the departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced students upon approval of the f_aculty. 100/NaturaI Science Natural Science Earl R. Alton (Coordinator) Major for Pre-Medical Students: 14 courses including Biology 111,112,491 or 492, and t w o upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, lob), 351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122 or 124and 125; Physics 121,122. This major i s presented as an option for pre-medical students who wish t o take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recommended for admission t o most medical schools, including the University of Minnesota Medical School, and also permits a number of electives. The student should choose electives carefully, keeping i n mind the specificrequirementsof the medical schools t o which he o r she intends t o apply. Early consultation with a premedical adviser i s recommended. Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved t h e Ifcensure program for science teachers and authorized A u ~ s b u r gto recommend candidates in Life Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12; Physical Science, Chemistry major or Physics major, grades 7-12; Chemrstry (rninorl. grades 7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and Science (Grades 5-9). All Natural Science teaching majors must complete the Broad Basic courses and i n addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle School Emphasis. The program of courses IS designed t o provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for sp~cializationi n an area. The following programs assume t h a t the student wil[ mee? the general education requirements of the college and, in the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. ConsuTt with the Department of Education for requirements i n Education. Early consultation with adviser i s recommended. Broad Base Courses: 7 courses, Ii n Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161); 2 i n Life Science (Biology Ill, 112); 4 i n Physical Science (Physics 121,122 and Chemistry 115, 116 or (105,106). To make the program slightly more flexible, i t i s recommended that students with emphasis i n life science have both courses i n earth science and substitute Physics 103 for Physics 121,122. Life Science Emphasis: 8 courses, 1 Cognate; 7 Biology courses, including 491 Seminar and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or 353; (11) 355 or 474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476. Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: 7 courses and chemistry seminar, Chemistry 351,352,353,361 and 362 (or Biology 367, Biochemistry), 482, Physics 245. Physical Science Em hasis - Physics Major: 7 courses, Physics 245,351,362,395 and three additional t o e! selected from Physics 261, 270, 352, 363,481, 486, 488. Note: Candidates may be recommended for licensure i n Physical Science upon completion of either Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science Emphasis - Physics major. The student licensed i n Physical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics i n grades 7-12. Science(Grades.5-9): 7 courses,2 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161, the alternative course not taken in the Board Base section); 2 i n Life Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 in Physical Science (Chemistry 353; Physics 245). Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, 7 courses in Biology plus the Broad Base; for Chemistry, 351,352,353,361 and 362 or 482 plus the Broad Base; for Physics, any four courses above 122 plus the Broad Base. Nursing Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Carol Hoffman, Nancy Malcolm, JoEtta A. Vernon, Helen Woelfel Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leadingto a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in Minnesota. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or d ~ p l o m aprogram in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a currenr license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, rnicrcrbiolagy, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Studenrs must take these courses a t Augsburg or another accredited college or univerritv prios to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite courses i n sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission ro the major. I n addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, within the past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2 ) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. Major: 11 courses (10 course credits) i n nursing including 303,304,310,311,325,330, 350, 403, 404, 423, 427: Psychology 355. ,4 minimum grade of 2.0 i n each nursing course and a cumulative CP.4 of 2.5 a t the completion of the courses of study are required. Courses i n interpersonal communications and ethics are supportive to the major. Course5 inrhe nursing major aredesignedso that they may becorn leted within two academ~cyears. However. more than two years may be require to complete t h e total course of study, depending on rhe number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may pursue part-time nudv, but are required 10 complete 13 courses, a t Augsburg College. Students inrerested i n pursuing day, evening, or summer part-time study should consult with an adviser from rhe nursing depastment for program planning. 8 303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course) This course i s one of the transitional courses that introduces the student to components of the professional role and begins the professional and socialization process. The communication process i s emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is established and maintained. Interactive communication theories are explored for their applicability to changing roles and professional practice. (Fall-Junioryear.) 304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course) This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice i n emphasized. Selected nursing theories are examined. (Spring-Junioryear.) 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses on systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply to current community health issues and the practice of nursing. Clinical application of course content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue. (Fall-Junioryear. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major) 311 Community Health Nursing II This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health team i s explored. This course i s primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, Psy 355) 325 Nursing Process I n this course the student learns approaches to assessment and the use of assessment tools i n the nursing process.Thestudent usescommunication skillstoobtain a health history and negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity to make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major). 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing This course i s designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored in light of their implications for nursing practice. (Interim-Junioryear). 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major, Math 121 or a course i n descriptive statistics) 403 Contemporary Nursing 111 This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursingcare. Content includesfamily asa group, family and group dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration i s given to the emerging role of the nurse i n family health care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423) 404 Contemporary Nursing IV This course relates leadership and management theories and emerging professional nurse roles to primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 427) 423 Practicum in Nursing I This course i s a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from 403 i n providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403') 427 Practicum in Nursing II This course i s a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity i s provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected hospital setting. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403,423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404*) 499 Independent Study This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected topic or issue i n depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration. *If the practicums i n nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Philosophy Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer Major: 9 courses, including 130,241,242,343,344, and one course in the400's (other than 499). Five of the courses must be upper division. Minor: 5 courses, including t w o courses from 241,242,343, and 344. Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors. p r o ram is by recornmendation of the philosophy facuf~y.Suchrecommendations w i l l b e made st rheend of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis o n an approved topicof the student's choice, involvin research above the cour5e level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty ofthe department. Note: Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course are to provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. 120 Ethics Sometimes you say that a certain action i s right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it i s right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. 241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 History of Philosophy 11: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissancewasa timeof rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discoverthe grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241.) 343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of thelBth century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to idealism by men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 241 or 242.) 344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguisticanalysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241,242, or 343.) 350 Philosophy of Religion What i s the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can besaid about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? I s man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 362 Political Philosophy As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What i s the relation between the citizen and the city? In a larger context, what i s the origin of the State and the basis for its laws?What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the Church and the State?This course studies the key concepts of politics found in the tradition of western political thought. 365 Philosophy of Science The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true?What constitutes scientific knowledge?Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course i n natural science.) 370 Existentialism Studies i n the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what i t means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity,freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May betaken morethan once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from.241,242, 343,344 or #.) 430 Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studies i n the philosophy of particular philosophers,e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242, 343, or #) 499 Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physics K e r m i t E. Paulson (Chairperson), Kenneth N. Erickson, M a r k J . Engebretson a n d 395 plus t h r e e courses above 122. I n Planninglheir coursesof study, students are encouraged to work closely w i t h members o f the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124, 125, a n d Physics 721, '122 the freshman year, a n d Mathematics 124 and 226 t h e s o p h o m o r e year. Major: 9 c o u r s e , i n c l u d i n g 121,122,245,351,362 Teaching Licensure Major: The same'as t h e major. Students are advised t o refer t o t h e Education Department section o f t h e catalog a n d consult w i t h t h e Education Department early i n t h e i r planning. Minor: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 121,122, and t h r e e courses above 122. Honors Major: A GPA o f 3.6 i n physics a n d 3.0 overall. A n independent invertigat i o n o f a physics t o p i c w i t h an oral defense o f t h e w r i t t e n research repbrt. Application f o r t h e honors major should b e made n o later than rhe first t e r n of the senior year. Societ of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter o f Society o f Physics Students proviJes students t h e o p ortuniiiei of membership i n a national physics society a n d o f participating i n t h e pl?ysio cornrnunily on a professional basis. M e m b e r s h i p i n SPS is o p e n t o all students interested rn physics. Sigma Pi Sigma: M e m b e r s h i p i n t h e Augsburg chapter o f this national physics h o n o r society is o p e n t o those students w h o have c o m p l e t e d t h e equivalent o f a m i n o r i n physics, have a G P A o f 3.0 i n physicsand overal1,and rank i n t h e u p p e r t h i r d o f their class. 101 Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures.) 103 Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments areselected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the lifesciences. The course i s designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course i s also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem. algebra. Fall) 106 Introductory Meteorology A study of thescience and wonders of the atmosphere. The course i s designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to the many varied aspects of weather, some of which include: Clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical phenomena of the sky. The course i s designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Elementary Algebra. Spring) 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of elctronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 121,122 General Physics I, II A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics, electrjcity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics majors, pre-engineering students and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring) 245 Modern Physics An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomicand molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanic. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half o f the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103, 111 or 122; and Mathematics 122 or 125) 270 Optical Physics The emphasis is o n physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for a wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction t o the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. O n demand) 351,352 Mechanics I, II A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single par~irle motion,svsrernsof particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid hndie5, gravttation. kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Math. 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring) 362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II The clasrical electrornagnet~c f ~ e l dtheory IS developed uslng the vector calculus ~ h r o u g h o u t .Eleclrostat~cs,magnetostatlcs, solut~onof Laplace's and Po~sson'sequations, elecrrrr and magnetic properties of mater~als,and the theory of electromagnet~cr a d ~ a t ~ o n bared on Maxwell's equatlons (3 one-hour lectures Prereq M a t h 226, 362, Fall, 363, Sprlnp) 395 Comprehensive Laboratory A n emphasis nn independent laboratory investigat~ons,including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum ph\,sic~. electronics, ~ l e c t r i c i t v magnetism, , optics, and modern physirs. (2 three-hour laboraton: and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor. 5pring) 481 Thermal Physics The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject i s developed from iwo independent vet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopicclassical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Pr~req.: 351. Spring) 486 Quantum Physics I h development from f i n t principles, including de Brogl~e'spostulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, rvavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and ap- proximation methods. Spec~iicproblems studied include potential wells and potential barriers. the harmonic oscIl[ator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 357,352 Fall) 488 Quantum Physics II The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 Independent Study A n opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem i n experimental or theoretical physics, worked out i n consultation with a faculty adviser. O p e n t o juniors and seniors with departmental approval. 108/Political Science Political Science M i l d a H e d b l o m (Chairperson), N o r m a Noonan, Myles Stenshoel Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required: 121 o r 122 o r 160 o r 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 o t h e r u p p e r division courses i n 4 o u t o f 5 Political Science Areas. A seminar i n o n e o f t h e five areas may b e c o u n t e d f o r that area. Minor: 5 courses, including: 121 o r 122 o r 170; 158; a n d at least 3 u p p e r division courses i n 3 o u t o f 5 Political Science Areas. Honors Major: The Honors M a j o r in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in t h e major and 3.0overall. Thestudent r n u i r t a k e a n Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and rnun submit, not later than March 1 of the senior vear. an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Studenrs may w o r k with any m e m b e r o i the Departmenr on their Honors Thesis. For specific r q u i r e m e n r s . consult the De artmental Chairperson.Students shoukd apply for the H o n o r s ,Major no later fhan e!t f i r i t term o f f h e j u n i o r year. Political Science Areas: (I) American G o v e r n m e n t and Politics (11) Comparative Politics a n d Analysis ( I l l ) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory a n d Analysis. A n y course listed i n m o r e t h a n o n e area may b e c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e area t o w a r d major o r m i n o r requirements. Note: Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science major i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social science courses, i n compliance w i t h state requirements. For m o r e information, see t h e department chairperson o r t h e Social Studies Coordinator. See t h e class schedule f o r precise listing o f terms i n w h i c h courses are offered. I. American Government and Politics 121 American Government and Politics The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas; the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking; and current issues in American society. 122 Metropolitan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. 325 Public Administration The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making i n the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #) 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing publicopinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media i n presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #. Fall term of election years) Political Science/lO9 342 Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 Constitutional Law I (See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law II (See Section I V for description. Offered alternate years) 421 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 11. Comparative Politics and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 350 Comparative Democracies The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #) 351 Communist Political Systems A comparative analysis of thesoviet Union and other communist states in termsof political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.I 381 Democratic Theory and Practice (See Section V for description) 459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation i n the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #). Ill. International Politics 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. 363 Communist Foreign Policies Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #) 461 Topics in International Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) llO/PoIiticaI Science IV. Public Law 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 Constitutional Law I The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) V. Political Theory and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section I1 for description) 380 Western Political Thought A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and t o rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 381 Democratic Theory and Practice A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed i n Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged i n the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #.) 384 Political Analysis An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 158 and two upper division courses, or #.) Seminars, Independent Study and Internships 199 Internship Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.) 295 Lower Division Seminar Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #.) 498 Independent Study: Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive.~\sternaticand integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan commwniry, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Psychology Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson Major: f 0 courses including 105,264,265,381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum of 5 courses at Augsburg; Physics 103. Nw mare than two courses from among299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minimum 10 psychology courses required f o r a major. This restricrion applies toward rhe minimum requirement only. The student may actually take more such courses. The major program should include I05 in the freshman year, 264 and 265 i n the freshman or saphomore year, 381 or 399 in t h e junior year and 493 i n the senior year. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser i n the ps cholo6y department and is a proved by the department chairperson. The a v e i a i plan i c d i r e c t e d toward a pasic understanding of the discipline af psvchology and toward the particular educational, vocational and professional goals of the individual student. A written plan forthe major should be completed a n d approved by the beginning of the junior year. It i s recommended rhal psychology majors rake additional course work from other areas that will complement and strenpthen their particular interests in psychology; for example, deiteloping a minor in business admintstration, biology, or communication is recommended for many studen~s. Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. Certificate In Program Evaluation: 5 courses includ~ng264 (orSociology 362). 399, 450: Sociology 362 and 363. These courses are designed to rovide back round and skills to p e r f o r m as a research assistan7 for agencies or i r m s which CI program evaluation or self-assessment programs. See department chairperson for f u r t f i ~ r f details. 105 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used i n psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. 251 Sensing and Perceiving An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years) 264, 265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing i n Research Methods 11. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105) 299 Directed Study Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respectto the development of children. (Prereq.: 105) 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult Emphasis will be on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 105. Fall, 1983) 353 Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult Emphasis will be on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the middle adult and older adult periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 105. Fall, 1983) 355 Brain & Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105 and one course i n biology. Fall) 356 Environment and Behavior A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 357 Learning Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105) 359 Measurement Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105) 361 Personality An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 Abnormal Psychology An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community serviceagencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status of each sex and psychophysiological data bearing upon these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or #) 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105) 375 Social Psychology See under Department of Sociology. 381 Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses. Alternate years) 399 Internship Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 450 Program Evaluation The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to programs for social improvement. Designing information systems for the ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing program effectiveness and efficiency. The political and organizational context of program monitoring and evaluation.The role of evaluation research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264orSociology 362; Sociology 363) 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelinesfor a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 490 Current Topics in Psychology Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 105 and #. Alternate years) 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses) 499 Independent Study Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), John Benson, Bradley Holt, Richard Husfloen, Eugene M. Skibbe, Paul Sonnack, Bruce Stuart, Sheldon Torgerson, Daniel Zemel Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 4 8 7 and 495. the seminar especially for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before takrng seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper and placed I1on file with the department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111,221,356,362,399,481,354 or 358, 360 or 483, 471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead to Augsburg certification. Program tor Christian D a y Schoof Teachers: Students pursue one of he regular teacher education programs i n the Department of Education to prepare for licemure by the Stare of Minnesota. In addit~onto the licensure program, five courses i n religion a r e required: 771.221. 362, The Christian Day School (Interim) and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in both a public school setting and in a Christian D a y School. This program prepares students who are interested in teaching i n Christian Day Schools, particularly those of the American Lutheran Church, although participation i s not limited to such schools. Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquium with the department. Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (II1,22'1,356,362,48f, 359 or 358,360 or 483.471 or474,3991; Psychology 105,351,352or 371,485, Sociology 111or Psychology 373, Sociology 231 1; Physical Education 232; Speech 354 or 355,499.This program meets or exceeds rhe educational requirements of The American Lutheran Church, bur certification b the church i s a separate function. By addingrwo or three courses from appropriate epartments, thestudent can develop special emphases in parish education. busines management or diaconal work. d Notes: Religion 111 or221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval i s necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. All majors are urged to consult with the department chair. 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. 350 Philosophy of Religion (See under Department of Philosophy) 353 Denominations and Sects in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring) 354 Life of the Church in the Life of the City The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident i n urban structures. 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall) 357 Survey of Church History A survey of Christian history i n the early, medieval, Reformation, and modern periods. Some attention will be given to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods i n question.The expansion of the church, its inner life, its relation to the state, and the development of its doctrine will be major elements of the study. 358 Life and Work of the Church Congregational life i n its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements i n American society. (Spring) 361 Church Fathers A stucky o f ~ h early e Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such ropics as persecution and martyrdom, the deveIopment of the creeds. Christianity in conllict with GnoSticlsm and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship: also includingthe rhealogy of several earlv Christian leadersand a special unit on the life and thought of Augus~ine.(Spring 1983) 362 Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits) 380 Music of the Western Church (See under Department of Music) 399 Internship Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 471 Jesusand His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 Theology of Paul A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship tothe early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring, 1984) 473 The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1983) 475 Judaism A survcv of the history of Judaism from the end of the O l d Testament period to modern tlrnes, with emphasis placed upon the reJigious development. A special interest i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The lewirh Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to kugsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered i n the religion department. (Fall) 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends i n Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, i n the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 Contemporary Roman Catholic Theology New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. 483 Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall) 486 Psychology of Religion and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion i n thecontext of the tradilional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the dassia in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. (Spring 1984) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 499 Independent Study Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian, Scandinavian Studies/II7 Russian Area Studies Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator) The major in Russian Area Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks to give the studenr the broadest possible expowre to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and philosophy. In addition ro providing a good liberal education, the program can enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers i n areas such as governmenz. international business, or teaching. Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course in Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses of approved electives. Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course i n Soviet politics; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives. Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies Liv Dahl (Director) Major: 8 upper division courses. Minor: 4 upper division courses. Note: Major programs must contain 4 courses Fisted in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred ro Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, I.e., courses taughtbva Scandinavian languagedepartment or$ubdepartmentregardless of r h e ~ content, r which may he linguistic, literary or culrural. Students graduating with a major or minor must a150 present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department of Foreign Languages Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective courses which may lead toward a second major such as English, history, urban studies, business administration. 272 Norwegian Life and Culture Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. SeeMetro-UrbanStudies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 312 Old Norse An introduct-ionto the structure of Old U'est None through the study of selections from Old Norse Ifterature. Some attentron given to Otd East Norseand aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the fatter is desired but not required. Norwegian language majors and mlnors will have special assignments (Alternate years) 325 Scandinavian Music (See under Department of Music) 118/Scandinavian Area Studies 330 Contemporary Scandinavia A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. 345 Scandinavian - American Experience The O l d World Background and rise of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land, aspects of Scandinanvian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982) 351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by JonasLie, Sigrid Undset,Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Alternate years. Fall, 1982) 352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjgrnson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required t o do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Alternate years. Fall, 1981) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History (Offered under Department of Religion) 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 382 Scandinavian Arts (See under Department of Art) 3% Urban Planning in Scandinavia Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia (Offered under Department of History) 495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience (Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar) 499 Independent Study I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science, Studies/lIg Social Science Myles C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson) Two emphases exist within the Social Science rnajor: t h e General Major and the Non-Western emphasis. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the o t h ~ major. r General M ajar: 15 courses: 10 required courses (Economics122,123; History 221,222; Geographv 114: ~ociology127,241; ~ s ~ c h o l o g y l O 5 Political ; Science158 and I21 or 170); 4 upper division courses in one of the fo[lowing disciplines: Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology; a statislia course approved by r h e department in which the 4 upper division courses are taken. The student should choose an adviser who i s a member of the department i n which the upper division courses are to be taken. (For supplemenrary information and alternative ways ro f uifill the state-approved competency-based rogram for secondary teacher education, see the following recrion on Social S t u g e i for Secondary Educa~ion.) Non-Western Major: f 4 courses: History 104; 1social science methodofogy course [Economicr, 379, Psvcholog), 264, Sociology 362 or 365); and 12 counes, in at least 4 discipIines, from the follawing: Economicj 122, 258: Hislory 103, 322, 323,324,440, 474; Political Science 351,363,382,461; Phiiosoph y 355; Religion 356; Sociology 241; seminars, independent study or interim courses an relevant topics i n History andlar PoliticaF Science. The student planning to fulfill this social science major should consult the chairperson of rhe Department of History in choosing a major adviser. Social Studies Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator) Students preparing to reach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition t o the professional requirements to be met within the De artment of Education, a competency-bared program designed to provide a broacffoundation in the social sciences. Social Studies Teaching ticensure: 7 courses [Economics 122 or 123, Geography 114, History 222, Political Sc~ence158, Psychology 105, Sociology 121and247) pIusa major in one of ftvef~elds- Economics, History, Pol~ticalSc~ence,~ s y c h o l oy or Sociology O ~ - o r incorporated in a Social Science Major, described in S ~ C T a~ ove). k Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. 120/Social Work Social Work Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Douglas Perry The Augsburg College Social Work Program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. The core program of Social Work begins in the junior year. However, ir is strongly advised that the foundation courses required in other departments (see Major, below) be begun in the freshman or sophomore vears. Advisement should also be soughtfrom social work Faculty as t o the sequence of thesecourses. All studentsare adv~sedro rake 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted bv the faculry. Candidacy: Students planning to major i n Social Work must apply to the department for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Candidacy status i s required for admission into senior social work courses. Majar: The Augsburg Social Work Program is a professional program in preparation for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consists oi 257*, 361*, 363*.364*. 467,462,463,464,465,466 and 4 7 :Biology 101': Psvchalogy 10Y,351*. and 35?*; Sociology 121*, 231*, 365, 3rS*, and 383*,Ar least one Conservation of Human Resource; (CHR) course is strongly recommended. A minimum gradeof 2.0 i s required in each upper division social work courserequired in the major. *These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year. Concentration: Concentrations i n Aging, Chemical Dependency.Crime an'd Corrections, Social Miniztries,and Youth are possi ble. Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dystunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement i n the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. CompIetion of a concentration i s noted on the transcript. Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship, 361, 463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 383; and Political Science 121 or 158 or 325, or Social Work 465. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work i s available through successful completion of Education 388. 257 Practicum in the Human Services With faculty apgrova1,student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as avolunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open to all students. 340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems of Social Welfare, experience in work with the aged, #. Offered occasionally.) Social Work/'l21 361 Systems of Social Welfare A n examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare in rhe U.5. and the roleof social work i n them. Special emphasison analysisof the major assumptions and movements conrrlbutory to the rise of the welfare state; description olaselection of modern service systems, the profession of rocial work, its ethicr, value5, and historical development, Three class periods per week; guest lecrures, research paper. (Sophomore or f. Fall) 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principlesand techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessarv for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. 5pring) 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience i n a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361,Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #) 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and refinement of practice sk111s through lecture. classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphas~son development of generalist practice skills and c c l e a ~ capproaches. terrures and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363and In 364,candidacy status,or=. Concurrent with 462. Fall) 463 Community Development and Organization locality development and social change through community organization, socIal planning, and social actron. Emphasis on: 71 survey o i histar~calforms o l soctal change, 2) understanding the b a r ~ r15suesand strategies relevanr to social protesr and change, 3) examination of the role oi staff, and o i the functions and interrelationships of cornmunip organizat~ons.and 4) knowledge of and actual practice In the essenrial principles and ~echniquesof organizing. (Prereq.: senior or *. Fall) 462,464, Field Work I1 and IV: Progressively responsiblesupervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groupsandlor communities in a 50c1alserviceagency-Ten hours per week, plusonesupportive/discursian seminar per week. (Prereq.: completion and 2.0 i n 361, 362,364. candidacy status: concurrent with 461 and 467: Fall and Spring) 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formularion and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social w o r i practice. Developmenr and implementation will beviewed f~rsthand through work with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. O ~ class P period per week, reading, analytical pape:integratingclasscon~epr~ wilh practical experience. [Prereq.:361.463.and senlor or 2. Spring) 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course) Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. 467 The Social Worker as Professional Ethical practice, bureaucraticsurvival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied i n the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 461,462,463, 466, concurrent with 464, or #. Spring) 468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course) Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. ( # half or full credit. Interim) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available i n the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and #) Sociology Gordon L. Nelson (Chair erson), Robert Clyde, JerryGerasimo,Garry Hesser,Anita Kolman, Diane Pike, Joe Torstenson P Major: 10 courses including 121, 362,363, 375,485. Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship,independentstudv or upper division interim course i n sociology. This recommendation i s made in the hope that thestudent will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. Minor: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) Honolr Major: The studenr must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall. Applicarion for honors i n S Q C ~ Q candidacy ~ O ~ ~ shall consist of submission of roposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 nf the junior year. Candi acy IS - contingen! upon departmental approval of proposal bv April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for Independent Studv (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be comptcted. Honors degree i n socialogy will be g r a n r ~ dtea candidate i f heJshe successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. B Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 course including 362 (or Psychology 264), 363, Psychology 399, 450. These courses are designed to provide the cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research assistant for a enciesor i ~ r r nwhich i do evaluationror an employee who can develop an4 maintain ongoing self-assessment programs for a n employer agency. 5ee department chairperson for further details. 111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. 199 lnternship Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor i n the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer) 121 Principles of Sociology Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization,family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. 241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; languageas a major organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found i n different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer) 300,301,302,303,304 Special Topics in Sociology -. A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. May be offered on campus i n addition to regular course offerings or off campus i n conjunction with Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) Program. (Prereq.: #) 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society. 362 Statistical Analysis The first course in a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 Research Methods The second course i n a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after 362. (Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applicattbns to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 Crime and Corrections An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention i s focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121) 375 Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptionsand processes underlying our everyday life -a look atthe trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course. (Prereq.: 121 and Psychology 105) 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning The primary focus of the course i s upon the major issues confronting the present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources includeextensive readings,simulations,films,and outsidespeakers in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or #. Spring) 383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 Modern Sociological Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses i n sociology including 121 or #. Fall) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, Communication, Theater A r t d l 2 5 Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Deborah Bart, Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole, Howard Liszt, Joel Mugge Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in rhe major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination i n field of concentration. Application to be made early in t h e senior year. Communication Arts The communicarion major is a flexible in~erdisciplinarvprogram which allows for different emphases- jaurnalism,advertisingand publicreIations, radio-televisionfilm, human relations, and supervisorv management. Program guides for each area are available from the Deparrment Chairperson or rhe Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible t o work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241. Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354,399 and English 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 121 or 241,375. Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department. Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,241 or 243,350,351 or 355, 352, 354, 360; Participation in forensics, and a minor i n English. Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243, 350, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360 and participation in forensics. Note: Students preparing to teach speech i n secondary schoots may specialize i n any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theaterarts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. Thecommunication major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements i n Education. Course 116 i s strongly recommended for students in elementary education. 111 Beginning Speech Basic problems of effective speaking and cdtical listening. 132 Photography (See under Department of Art) 227 Advanced Writing: journalism (See under Department of English) 225,230 Visual Communications I, I1 (See under Department of Art) 126/Speech, Communication, Theater Arts - - 241 Introduction to Cinema Art (See under Department of English) 242 Film-Making (See under Department of Art) 342 Mass Communications in Society (See under Department of Political Science) 343 Radio-Television Production An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Fall) 350 Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall) 351 Argumentation Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 Persuasion Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements i n modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. 355 Small Group Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved i n effective functioning within small groups and organizations. (Spring) 373 Organizational Psychology (See under Department of Psychology) 399 Internship (Consult the Department Chairperson for details.) 495 Independent Study in Communication Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. Speech, Communication, Theater A r t d l 2 7 Theater Arts Majors should take part i n dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning t o major i n theater arts should begin with courses 111,116, and 228. Course 111 i s not part of the major. Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, lus Beginning Speech: This major should be supported by several courses i n gterature including Shakespeare and M o d e r n Drama or Scandinavian Drama. A. Acting Emphasis: 116,L28,23Z,243,350,360,361,362,366,432,and the children's theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses i n movement, dance, cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. B. Directin Ernphxis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the children's r eater interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses i n movement, cinema art. and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 i n stage management, and 1 internship. f C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290 i n Art. Strongly recommended: courses i n cinema art, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units i n crew work, 2 i n technical supervision, 1 i n acting, 1 i n assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship. Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses including 228,232, 360,361,366. Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,116,228,229, 232,241 or 243,350,360,361,366, the experience requirement specified for theater arts majors, and a minor i n English. teach in^ Theater Arts Minor For the following: 241,243,350; an Licensure: courses 111,228,232,361,366; partrclpatlon In dramatic productions. one of Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232, 241 o r 243, 350, 351 o r 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; articipation i n t w o activities (forensics, interpretation, theater, broadcasting); a n 8 a minor i n English. 116 Creative Dramatics A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) 228 Technical Production I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: i t s organization, crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall) 229 Stage Design I Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Spring) 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 128/Speech, Communication, Theater Arts 360 Interpretative Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 361 Theater History Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. lntroduction to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Spring, Alternate years) 362 Theater Criticism A study of forms and ideas as they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at local theater productions; classical, experimental,and new plays. Lectures and discussions on theory and criticism using theater productionsasfocusfor discussion. (Spring, Alternate years) 366 Stage Direction I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only. (Spring) 367 Stage Direction II In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or #. Spring) 399 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 428 Technical Production II Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Lab fee. Fall) 429 Stage Design II Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. lntroduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or #. Spring) 432 Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through improvisation and extensive scene study. Emphasis i s on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Non-realism, Epic, and the Absurd. (Fall, Alternate years) 499 Independent Study in Drama Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater Transdisciplinary, Women's and Minority/l29 Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing t o develop their own major by combining approxriate,portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Trans lsc~pl~nary Major enables students t o respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing t o pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs i n some academic fields. Students wishing t o develop a Transdisciplinary Major are t o observe the following: A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar). C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Student Standing. Women's and Minority Studies Toni Clark (Director), Rosalie Clark, Valerie Geaither, Khin Khin Jensen, James Porter The Women's and Minority StudiesProgram (formerly American Studies) consists of several interdisciplinary courses. The courses listed below fill the Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies requirement. There are courses i n several other departments which also focus on women and which also fulfill that requirement. Although no major or minor i s offered, there is a certificate program i n women's studies. Certificate in Women'sStudies: Individually planned program with a minimum of 6 courses oriented towards women's perspectives: 3 courses from the social sciences (including history); 1-2 courses from humanities (ljterature, religion, art, music, philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disciplinary courses, independent study, directed study, etc. Courses may be taken from the ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. See Toni Clark, Grace Dyrud or Norma Noonan for further details. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 231 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement or the Urban Concerns, Women's and Minority Studies requirement. 130/Women's and Minority Studies 232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies An interdisciplinary course providing an overview of the major issues related to the Black experience in terms of thefamily, education, religion,aesthetics,economics and politics. It i s designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American society. 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary and historical origins of women's rolesand status i n human society. Emphasiswill be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the Navajo, Ojibwe, and Iroquois, African models such as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the middle East and rural China. Offered periodically through CHR and the American lndian Program office. 260 Contemporary American Indians Thesituation of Indians in the United Statessince the lndian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected lndian tribes today. 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historians and selectionsfrom women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. Board for College and University Services, TALC - 132 Board of Regents - 132 Administration - 133 Emeriti - 134 Faculty - 135 Computer minor opens many avenues 132/Regents, DCUS - Augsburg College Board of Regents Officers Clayton L. LeFevere, Chairman Dr. Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman James G . Lindell, Treasurer Norma E. Knutson, Secretary Members Charles W. Arnason (1982)'. Senior Vice President and Secretary, Cowles Media Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota Oscar M. Austad (1984). President, Austad Company, Sioux Falls, South Dakota Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984). St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota Nancy Botterniller (1986). Wadena, Minnesota Norman R. Carpenter (1982). Attorney, Faegre & Benson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Darrell J. Egertson (1982). Executive Vice President, Apache Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota Donald R. Grangaard (1984). Chairman of the Board, First Bank System, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986). Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota Norma E. Knutson (1984). Director of Urban & Ethnic Ministries, DSMA of the American Lutheran Church Minneapolis, Minnesota Harris W. Lee (1982). Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis, Minnesota Clayton 1. LeFevere (1982). Partner, LeFevere, Lefler, Kennedy, O'Brien and Drawz, Minneapolis Minnesota Chester Lind (1986). Chairman of Executive Committee, Northwest Bancorporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota James G. Lindell (1982). Treasurer, West Publishing Company, St. Paul, Minnesota Gary H. Lohn (1986). Vice President of Employment Preparation Services, Control Data Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. Arthur Naftalin (1984). Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis Minnesota Howard E. Olson (1984). President, Sonford Products Corporation, St. Paul Park, Minnesota Donald G. Padilla (1986). Chairman of the Board & CEO, Padilla and Speer, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota George T. Pennock (1982). Chairman, Tennant Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. Carl Platou (1984). President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo (1984). Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota, Washington, D.C. N. Stanley Stake (1986). Minneapolis Minnesota Dr. M e r t o n P. Stromrnen (1986). President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota Stanley Thiele (1986). Senior Vice President Administrative Services, 3M Center, St. Paul, Minnesota Mary Lou Williams (1984). Administrative Aid to the Mayor, Minneapolis, Minnesota 'The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of term. Board for College and University Services The American Lutheran Church Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Marguerite Foster, Dallas, Texas Erwin H. Goldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington Dennis Griffin, Sioux Falls, South Dakota Edwin Gunberg, Bethesda, Maryland Gustav Kopka, Jr., East Lansing, Michigan Ronald Matthias, Director, Minneapolis, Minnesota Administration President President.. ...................................................... Charles S. Anderson College Pastor.. ....................................................... Lowell Brandt Executive Secretary to the President Carolyn Magnusson ................................ Academic Affairs Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College.. ............. Richard Green Associate Academic Dean .................................................. Pat Parker Registrar ................................................................ John A. H i l l Assistant Registrar.. ....................................................... Carol Stack Head Librarian. ................................................... Margaret Anderson Music Administrator and Fine Arts Coordinator.. ........................ Craig Carnahan Director of Audio Visual Services.. ........................................ James Olson Director, American Indian Programs .................................... Bonnie Wallace Coordinator, Black Student Affairs.. ................................... Valerie Geaither Recorder.. .............................................................. Ralph Bailey Interim Director ...................................................... D o n Gustafson International Studies Program Director.. .............................. Mary A. Kingsley International Student Adviser ......................................... Mary E. Johnson Secretary to the Dean ................................................. Joanne Hilliard Finance and Management ........................... Vice President for Finance and Management Wayne Pederson Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services .................... Herald Johnson Associate Director, Financial Aid .......................................... Virene Luthi Director of Personnel .............................................. Bonnie-Jean M o r k Chief Accountant.. ........................................................ Jeff Kosse Manager, College Center.. ............................................ M i l d r e d Nelson Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending ................................ Robert Gores Director of Plant Services .............................................. Gerald Johnson Custodial Supervisor ................................................ James Crittenden Maintenance Supervisor.. ................................................. Rob Curtis Grounds Supervisor.. .................................................... Fred Wolter Manager,IceArena ...................................................... JamesCarey Secretary to the Vice President ........................................... Cynthia Lein Development and Public Relations Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................... Gerald D. Bjelde Associate Director of Development.. ..................................... Jeroy Carlson Assistant Director of Development .......................................... Paul Gens Director of Parent/Alumni Relations.. ................................... Janice Rykken Assistant to the Vice President.. ......................................... A. B. Batalden Planned Giving Associate ........................................ Sigvald V. Hjelmeland Director of Public Relations.. ........................................... Lois G. Wollan Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information. ......................... Kay Cady Public Relations Editorial Assistant.. ......................................... Pat Phelps Manager, Central Services ................................................ JillRaschein Secretary to the Vice President ........................................ Jeanette Keeney 134/Administration, Emeriti Admissions ............................................ Director of Admissions John B. Hjelrneland Assistant Director ........................................................... Bill Ross Coordinator of Transfer Programs Jeannette Wittrner Admissions Counselor.. Eric Anderson Admissions Counselor.. .................................................. Sally H o u g h Admissions Counselor.. Brian Arvold Transfer Credit Evaluation Coordinator Charlene Weidenbach ................................... ................................................ ................................................. .......................... Student Affairs Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students ................ Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students (on leave). ......................................Rick Thoni Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement ......................... Patricia Garland Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement ......................... Nancy Medcraft Director of Student Life (Housing) .............................. Linda Schrernpp Alberg Director of Student Activities .............................................. Joan Slater Coordinator, Urness Tower .............................................. Pam Joachirn Coordinator, Mortenson Tower ..................................... Corinne Hofrnann Coordinator, Annex Houses ........................................... Ruth Dinerrnan Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ....................................... D o n Warren Director of Human Development.. ........................................ Judy Essrnan Counselor/Student Development Specialist .............................. Linda Rodgers Secretary to the Vice President ........................................ Dorothy Gauger Emeriti Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. (1963-1980). B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Bernhard M. Christensen. President Emeritus (1938-1963). Ph.D., The Hartford Seminary Foundation. 1. Gracia Christensen. Assistant Professor Emerita of English. Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia. K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Edgar E. Eklof. Emeritus of Music. M.M., Manhattan Music School. Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig. Artist i n Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota. Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. M i l d r e d V. Joel, Professor Emerita, M.A., University of Minnesota. Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minnesota. Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Esther J. Olson. Professor Emerita of Theater Arts. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. LaVonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland College. A. M a y o Savold. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music. Paul T. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John Thut. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus., American Conservatory of Music. Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Fac ~ I t y September, 1981) Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Robert Adney* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chair of Chemistry. B.A.,St. Olaf College; MS., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Lyla M a e Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University. Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.. Northwestern University. Bobbi Anderson* (1979). Specialist-Early Childhood Education, lnstructor i n Education. B.S.. MS., University of Wisconsin; Education Specialist, Mankato State University. Charles S. Anderson (1976). President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. Ernest W. Anderson (1947). Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson (1949). Professor and Department Chair of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.: University of Minnesota. Deborah Bart* (1980). lnstructor i n Speech. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. John E. Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B. D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary. Robert E. Beverly* (1966). Studio Artist/Music. B.M.Ed., M.M., Northwestern University. JamesE. Billings* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead. Timothy Blackburn* (1980). Lecturer i n English. B.A., St. John's University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Vern Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program. M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton* (1975). Assistant Professor of Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Borstad (1977). lnstructor and Department Chair of Health and Physical Education. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet. B.S. Music Ed., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Lowell N. Brandt (1974). College Pastor. B.A., California Lutheran College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Maria Brown (1980). Instructor, Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., University of Minnesota. Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor i n Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Toni Clark (1974). Assistant Professor of English, Director of Women's and Minority Studies. B.A., University of California, Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University of California,Santa Barbara. The year in parentheses after the name indicates beginning of service in the College. Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Communications Research and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of Theater/Speech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Benjamin Cooper (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Yale University. Lawrence Copes (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Liv Dahl* (1976). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages, Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Beverly Durkee (1965). Professor and Department Chair of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Grace Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson(1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; MS., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Sheldon Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Norman Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; MS., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Larry Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Music. B.M., Concordia College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Henry G. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. MS., University of Minnesota. Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor of Education. A.B., California State University, Northridge; M.A.T., University of Chicago; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-La Crosse; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., San Francisco State College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Associate Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. John Gidmark* (1980). Lecturer i n English. Thomas Gilkey* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., DePauw University. Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor and Department Chair of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Goetz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M., University of Cotorado. Anne Goodwin* (1981). lnstructor i n English. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.T., College of St. Thomas. Paul Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; MS., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Louisville. Satya Gupta* (1976). Associate Professor of Business Administration. Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Associate Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin Gyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. 13.5, Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer i n Library Science. Milda Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Douglas R. Heidenreich* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., University of Minnesota; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law. Roberts. Herforth (1966). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Edwina Hertzberg (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chalr of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Carry W. Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M. Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. John A. Hill (1980). Registrar. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., George Washington University. Carol Hoffman (1978). Instructor i n Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of Minnesota. NormanD.Holen {7964). Professor of Art. B.A.,Concordia College; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Bradley P. Holi (1981), Associate Professor of Rel~gion.B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale Uniuesitv. John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chernisrry. B.A.. St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Richard Husfloen* (1982). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary. Khin Khin Jensen* (1955). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., Rangoon University (Burma); M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Einar Johnson(1956). Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Washington. James J. Johnson (1969). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., Juilliard School of Music. Mary E. Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, Department Chair of Foreign Languages, and International Student Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Rees M. Johnson (1978). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.S., Winona State University. Syl Jones* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communication. B.A., Augsburg College. Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration and Department Chair of Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo (Egypt); M.S.. University of Michigan. Robert Karlen (1973). Professor of MUSIC. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Kingsley (1965)..4ssociate Professor of Fore~gnLanguages. Director of International Programs. B.A., 51. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. Merilee Klernp* ('1980F. Studio Artisr/Oboe. B R., Augsburg College. Al Kloppen (19761. Asr~stantProfessor of Health and Phvsical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M A . , University of South Dakota. Boyd Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor. Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A.. Un~versityof Minnesota. Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland; M.S.. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota. Leo Richard Lake (1981). Associate Professor of Computer Science. 8.5, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roberta K. Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. 8.5, Iowa State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nicholas Lenz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Southwest State University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Howard Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communication. B.A., M.S., University of Minnesota. Paul W. Lohman* (1981). Director of Chorale. B.A., Augsburg College. Nancy S. Malcolm (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Colorado; M.P.H., University of Minnesota. Richard Marken (1974). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of Psychology. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. Keishiro Matsumoto (1971). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Waseda University, Tokyo; M.B.A., University of Michigan. Marie 0. McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Lynne Medcalf* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S.B., M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Melson* (1979). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M.Ed., Simpson College; M.M., Northwestern University. Roberta Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; 8. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. John Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee. August Molder* (1962). Artist i n Residence i n Art. Law, Master of Law, University of Tartu, Estonia. Joel Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communication. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Douglas Nelson (1977). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., College of St. Thomas. Gordon 1. Nelson (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University o f Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological - Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson (1968). Associate Professor of Historv. B.A., Universitv of Nebraska; M.A., ~, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Christie Nicholl* (1973). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Crier Nicholl* (1960). Professor of English. B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Teacher College, Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Nursing. B.S.N., MS., University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science, Director of Faculty Development. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. Celeste M. O'Brien* (1975). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., Hamline University. Richard D. Olmsted (1977). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Sandra Olmsted* (1979). Lab lnstructor i n Chemistry. James F. Olson (1975). Assistant Professor. Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. William Oyler* (1969). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Carleton College; 8.5, M.A., University of Minnesota. Facu lty/l39 Ronald G. Palosaari (1965): Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kermit Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; MS., University of Wisconsin. Pamela Paulson* (1975). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of Colorado; MS., University of Illinois. Marilyn Pearson (1980). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; MS., St. Cloud State University. Wayne Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia College, Moorhead. Lauretta Pelton (1970). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College; M.Ed., Marquette University. Douglas Perry (1976). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Diane 1. Pike (1981). Assistant Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D. Yale University. JamesPorter* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Women's and Minorities Studies. Alice Preves* (1976). Studio Artist/Strings. B.S., M.S., University of Illinois. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chair of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor and Department Chair of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Madeline Renaud* (1981). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., Roosevelt University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Kenneth Rich* (1979). Visiting Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Purdue University; M.B.A., Harvard School of Business; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Paul Rusten* (1971). Adjunct lnstructor i n Art. Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Sargent (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of English. B.A., University of North Carolina; Ph.D., University of Exeter, England. Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Irene Schilling* (1973). Assistant Professor. Librarian. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A.. University of Minnesota. Maria Schweikert* (1979). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. Teacher's Diploma, Budapest. Hungary; M.A., University of Pittsburgh. Marjorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor. Librarian. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois: M.A., University of Minnesota. Eugene Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Dana Skoglund* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College. Emma Small* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Voice. B.M., M.M.. Eastman School of Music. Louisa Ann Smith* (1979). Lecturer i n Library Science. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., A.B.D.. University of Minnesota. Paul Sonnack* (1949). Visiting Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th.. Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.A., University of Chicago. George Stahl* (1976). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.M.. Chicago Musical College. Soterios Stavrou* (1975). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College. Donald Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College; Graduate, Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Bruce Stuart* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., University of North Dakota; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., University of Minnesota. Daniel Sturm* (1979). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.A., University of Minnesota. Grace Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor. Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Mary Swanson* (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jeff Swenson* (1980). Wrestling Coach. B.A., Augsburg College. Jamesten Bensel* Studio Artist i n Music/Trombone. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Paul Thomas* (1977). Studio Artist i n Music/Cello. B.A., University of Minnesota. Philip Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chair of Art. B.A., Concordia College; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Mary Timm* (1973). Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach. Sheldon Torgerson (1981). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary. Joel Torstenson* (1947). Professor Emeritus of Sociology. David Tubergen (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale University; Ph.D., New York University. Joetta A. Vernon* (1980). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Minnesota. Donald Warren* (1978). Lecturer i n English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dorothy J. Williamson* (1970). lnstructor i n Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary Wilson* (1969). Studio Artist i n Music/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College. Helen Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S., Marquette University. David Wood (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Bowling Green University. ( O n leave 1981-82) Angela Wyatt* (1981). Studio Artist i n Music/Saxophone. B.S., St. Olaf College. Daniel Zemel* (1981). Visiting lecturer i n Religion, B.A., Brown University; HUC-JIR, N e w York School, M.A.H.L. -e another national CIhampionsh . . Augsburg is an accessible campus in the city Academic Adviser ........................... 31 Academic Calendar 31. 144 Academic Enrichment ....................... I7 Academic Information ................... 31-38 Academic Organization 32 Academic Policies and Procedures.. ....... 3836 Accounting Major .......................... 52 Accreditation 6.44 Adapted Physical Education .................. 83 Administration ........................ 133-734 Admissions ............................... 9-11 Advanced Placement 42 Advanced Standing .................. .... ... 42 Affiliation ................................ 6. 44 Air Force ROTC 3: American Indian Programs 27 Application t o Augsburg ................... 9-11 Application for Financial Aid 16-17 Area Studies East and Southeast Asian 62.63 Russian ............................ ..... . 80 Scandinavian ........................ 117.118 Art History Courses ......................... 49 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) ............... 31.36-37,44 Athletics ................................ 26, 44 Audio-visual ......................... 31-32, 36 Audit Fee .................................. 13 Auditing Courses 41 ..................... ..................... ............................. ........................ ............................ ................... .............. ................ ........................... Biology ................................. 43-52 Black Student Programs ..................... ZT Black Student Union ........................ 17 Board for College and University Services. TALC ..................... .. ... 132 Board of Regents .......................... 131 Board Plans ................................ 13 Books and Supplies ......................... 74 Breakage and Fine Fee ...................... 15 Brief Facts about Augsburg 44 .................. Calendar. Academic ..................... 31. 146 Campus ............................ 2-3.44. 141 Campus Map .............................. 2-3 Campus Tours ............................... 9 Cancellation from College ................... 39 Cancellation of Courses ..................... 39 Career Planning and Placement .............. 27 Center for Student Development (CSD) .... 27. 29 Certification Programs-Art ................ 34. 47 Church Staff Work .................... 34. 114 Program Evaluation ............... 34.111. 122 Women's Studies ..................... 34. 129 Chemical Dependency Program .............. 36 Chinese ................................. 62. 74 Classification ..................... ....... 42 Coaching Endorsement ...................... 83 College Center ......................... 2.3. 26 College Pastor .......................... 25. 133 Communication ....................... 126-127 Communications Directory ......... Front Cover Computer Programming (CDI) ............... 36 Computer Resources ........................ 32 Computer Science ....................... 92-93 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) ................... . 36. 122 .. .. Continuing Education ....................... 38 Coordinators . Discrimination or Grievance .................... Front Cover Corredive ~ h e r a ~ ~ ......................... 83 Costs 1982.83 ................................ 13 C.P.A. Certification ......................... 54 Counseling and Guidance ................... 27 Course Descriptions/Majors/Minors ...... 46-130 Art, Art History ........................ 47-49 Biology ............................... 49-52 Business Administration and Economics .. 52-59 Chemistry ............................. 59-61 East and Southeast Asian Studies ......... 62-63 Education ............................. 63-69 Engineering ........................... 69-70 English ................................ 70-73 Foreign Languages ..................... 73-82 Geography ......................... ... .. 82 Health and Physical Education ........... 82-86 History 86-88 Humanities ............................... 89 Interdisciplinary Studies ........ 93-%.12%130 International Relations .................... 89 Mathematics/Computer Science ........ W 9 3 Medical Technology ...................... 93 Metro-Urban Studies ................... 93-96 Music, Music Therapy .................. %-99 Natural Science ...................... 100-101 Nursing .................... ....,.... 101-103 Philosophy .......................... 103-105 Physiu .............................. 105-107 Poliliral Science ..................... 108-111 Psychology .......................... 111-113 Religion ............................ 114-116 Russian Area Studies ..................... 117 Scandinavian Area Studies ............ 117-118 Social Science ........................... 119 Social Studies ............................ 119 Social Work ......................... 120-122 Sociology ........................... 122-124 Speech, Communication and Theater Arts ....................... 125-128 Transdisciplinary Studies .................. 129 Women's and Minority Studies 129-130 Course Numbering ......................... 46 ........ Dean's L~st......................... ... .... 43 Degrees .................................... 31 Departments Art .. ..................++............. 47-49 Biology ............................... 49-52 Business Administration & Economics .... 52-59 Chemistry ............................. 59-61 Education ............................. 63-69 English ................................ 70-73 Foreign Languages ..................... 73-82 Health & Physical Education ............. 82-86 History ................................ 86-88 Mathematics/Computer Science ........ 90-93 Music ................................. 96-99 Nursing ............................. 101-103 Philosophy .......................... 103-105 Physics ........................... , 105-107 Political Science ..................... 108-111 Psychology .......................... 111-113 Religion .................. 114-116 .. ........,. 144/l ndex Social Work ......................... 120-122 Sociology ........................... 122-124 Speech. Communication. Theater Arts ....................... 125.128 Deposits ................................ 14.15 Departmental Scholarships 21-23 Directed Study ............................. 43 Dismissal from College 15. 42 Distinction. Graduation with 43 Distribution Requirements ................... 40 Divisions ................................... 32 Drama ............................. 26. 125-126 Driving to Campus ........................... 3 ................ ................... ................. 10 Early Admission ............................. Early Decision ........................... 10. 17 East and Southeast Asian Studies 62-63 East Asian Studies ........................ 62-63 Economics .............................. 56-59 Elementary Education .................... 64-65 Emeriti 134 Engineering ............................. 69-70 Enrollment ................................. 44 Evaluation and Grading ...................... 42 ........... 2.3.7 Facilities ................................ Facts & Figures .............................. 4 Faculty .......................... 37.44.135.142 Fees ....................................... 14 Finance Major .............................. 52 Financial Aid ......................... 16.23. 44 Food Service ............................... 28 Foreign Study ........................ 28. 37. 44 ........... 74-76 French ................... Full-time Student ........................... 13 Foreign Language Placement ................. 73 .. General Scholarships ..................... 19-20 Geography ................................. 82 German ................................. 76-78 Gifts and Grants 17.18.1 9.23 Grade Point Average (GPA) ............ 10.39. 42 Grading ................................. 41-42 Graduates .................................. 44 Graduation Requirements ................ 39-40 Graduation with Distinction 43 Grants .................................. 17-18 Greek ..................................... 78 ................... .................. Health Education ........................ 82-83 Health Service .............................. 28 Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.37.9 3.94 History .................................. 86-88 History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Honors Major (See Departmental listings) Honors Program ............................ 38 Housing ....................... 2.3.7.14.28. 29 Human Development Seminars .............. 27 Humanities ................................. 89 Humanities Division ......................... 3? ......................... Independent Study 4 Intercollegiate Athletics .................. 26.44 lntercultural Center ...................... 17-28 Interdisciplinary Studies 93.96.12 9.130 .......... Inter-Institutional Programs ............... 36-37 Interim ................... 31.37.38.39.44. 146 53 International Business 89 International Relations International Students 71.28 Internship Program ......................... 38 Intramural Athletics 26 ....................... ...................... .................... ......................... Japanese ................................ 62. 78 KCMR Radio ............................... Kindergarten Licensure ...................... 26 64 27 Learning for Living .......................... Library/Audio-Visual 32.36. 44 L~braryScience Courses 69 Life'Science Emphasis 100 Lifetime Sports .......................... 40. 83 Linguistics Courses 79 Loan Assistance ............................. 18 Location 2.3.6 .................. ..................... ...................... .......................... ................................ .. Majors and Minors (Also see Courses) 33.39,M Management Major ......................... 52 Marketing Major ........................... 5: Mathematics/Computer Science .......... 9b93 Mathematics Placement ..................... 90 Medical Technology ........................ 93 Memberships ............................. 6 . 4 Metro-Urban Studies ..................... 93-96 Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) ........... 94 Minnesota State Work Study Program 19 Minority Scholarships ....................... X1 Mission Statement ........................... 4 Mortensen Tower ....................... 2.3. 19 Music ................................... 96-99 Music Organizations ..................... 26. 97 Music Therapy ........................... 96-91) ......... Natural Science ........................ 1W-101 Natural Science/Mathematics Division ........ 31 Norwegian .............................. 79Numbering of Courses 46 ...................... .............. Off-Campus Programs 36.37.38. Orientation (Summer) ....................... 44 27 Parking ................................ 1.3.74 Part-Time Students .......................... 13 Payment Plans .............................. 15 Physical Education ....................... 83-86 Physical Science Emphasis 100 Policies ............................ 6 . 3 W 3 . 4 4 Prekindergarten ......................... 64-65 Pre-Professional Programs ................ 34-35 Prerequisites 46 Probation and Dismissal ..................... 41 Professional Studies Division 32 Program in Global Community ............ 37. 44 .................. ............................... ................. .......... Re-admission of Former Students 11. 17 Refunds .................................... 15 Registration ............................. 38-39 Registers Administration ...................... 133-134 Board for College and University Services. TALC ............... 132 Board of Regents ........................ 132 Emeriti .................................. 134 Faculty .............................. 135.140 Religious & Christian Service Scholarships ..... 20 Religious Life ............................... 25 Residence Life ........................... 28-29 Residence Requirement ..................... 40 Room Rent ................................. 13 ROTC (Air Force) ........................... 37 Russian .................................... 80 Russian Area Studies ....................... 117 San Francisco Summer Term ................. 96 Scandinavian Area Studies .............. 1T7-118 Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)...... 95 Scholarships ............................. 77-23 School Social Work Certification ............ '120 Science Emphasis (Grades 5-9) ............... 101 Secondary Education .................. 63-66-69 SEMAPHORE - Student Handbook .......... 26 Semester or Year Abroad .................... 37 Sigma Pi Sigma ............................ Inti Smiley's Point Clinic ......................... 28 Society of Physics Students .................. 706 South American Urban Semester (SAUS) ...... 94 Spanish ................................. 8042 Special Education ........................... 68 Special Fees ................................ 74 Special Interest Houses ........................ In Special Students (Non-degree) ............... 7 1 Speech ............................... 725-726 ........ 32 Social and Behavioral Science Division Sponsored Scholarships .................. 19-23 119 Social Science ............................. Social Studies .............................. 119 Social Welfare Minor ....................... 120 Student Activities ........................... 26 Student Employment ........................ 19 Student/Faculty Ratio ....................... 44 Student Government ........................ 25 Student Life ............................. 25-29 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) ........................ 37. 4 4 Student Publications 26 Student Rights .............................. 29 Student Services ......................... 26-29 Studio Art Courses ....................... 47-48 Study Abroad ...................... 26.37.38,M Summer Orientation 2; Summer Sessions ........................ 31. 38 ........................ ...................... !. Teaching Licensure ................ 34.63.64. 66 Testscores .................................. 9 Theater Arts ........................... 127-128 9.10. 14 Transcripts ............................ Transdisciplinary Studies .................... 129 Transfer Student Application ................. 10 Tuition ..................................... 13 Tuition Deposit 9-10. 14 ........................ Urness Tower Veterans ...........................2.3. 29 ................................... 43 Women's and Minority Studies .......... 129-130 Work Study ................................ 19 Academic Calendar 1982-83 Fall Semester Aug. 31-Sept. 1 Registration and Welcome Classes Begin Labor Day Recess Last day to register, add or drop class without record notation Mid-term break Last day t o designate grading option Interim Registration Spring Term Pre-Registration Last day to withdraw from a class Thanksgiving Recess Begins Classes Resume Classes End Final Examinations Final Grades Due Sept. 2 Sept. 5 Sept. 16 Oct. 29 Nov. 5 Nov. 8-11 Nov. 15-Dec. 3 Nov. 18 Nov. 25 Nov. 29 Dec. 10 Dec. 13-16 Dec. 22 Interim Jan. 3 Jan. 4 Jan. 17 Jan. 21 Jan. 27 Feb. 4 Classes Begin Last day t o register, add or drop class without record notation Last day t o designate grading option Last day to withdraw from a class Classes end Interim grades due 1983-84 1983 1982 September 5 12 19 26 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 1 2 3 4 8 91011 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 25 29 30 October 3 10 17 24 31 7 14 21 28 4 5 6 7 11 12 13 14 18 19 20 21 25 26 27 28 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 29 30 November 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 26 27 29 30 January 2 9 16 23 30 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 1 2 3 4 8 91011 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 25 29 30 31 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 28 31 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 17 18 19 20 21 22 2 24 25 26 27 28 29 3 31 February 6 13 20 27 1 2 3 4 5 789101112 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 7 14 21 28 March 6 13 20 27 December 5 12 19 26 July 1 8 15 22 29 August 1 2 3 4 5 891011121 15 16 17 18 19 2 22 23 24 25 26 2 29 30 31 September 1 2 3 4 5 789101112 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29 30 31 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 18 19 20 21 22 23 2 25 26 27 28 29 30 Aprll 3 10 17 24 1 8 15 22 29 5 12 19 26 4 5 6 11 12 13 18 19 20 25 26 27 7 14 21 28 October 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 May 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 31 June 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 91011 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 28 29 30 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 16 17 18 19 20 21 2 23 24 25 26 27 28 2' 30 31 November 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 1 2 3 8 9 10 15 16 17 22 23 24 29 30 4 11 1; 18 1 25 21 December 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 18 19 20 21 22 23 2, 25 26 27 28 29 30 3
Show less

Title: Golden Valley Lutheran College Catalog, 1982-1983
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: To Reach Out GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE CATALOG Published Annually by Golden Valley Lutheran College 6125 Olson Highway Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422 Phone (612) 542-1216 This catalog supersedes The Golden Valley Lutheran College 1981-82 Catalog. TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Table of Content...
Show more To Reach Out GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE CATALOG Published Annually by Golden Valley Lutheran College 6125 Olson Highway Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422 Phone (612) 542-1216 This catalog supersedes The Golden Valley Lutheran College 1981-82 Catalog. TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Table of Contents College Calendar 4 President's Greeting 5 General Information 7 History, The Campus and Its Location, Philosophy and Objectives, Accreditation, Affiliations and Transfer of Credit, General Regulations. Student Services 11 New Student Orientation, Counseling Services, Health Services, Housing. Student Life 13 Student Self-Government, Religious Life, Athletics, Music, Drama. Admissions Information 17 Entrance Requirements, Application Procedure. Costs 19 Deposits, Charges by Quarter, Payment Plan. Financial Aid 23 Gift Aid, Deferred Payment Loans, Scholarships, Student Employment, Procedure for Applying for Financial Aid. Academic Program 29 General Academic Information, Registration, Graduation Requirements, Programs of Study. Course Descriptions 57 Divisions: Biblical and Theological Studies~ Communications; Social Science; Mathematics and Science; Health, Physical Education and Recreation Leadership; Creative Arts; Vocational Studies. Directory 76 Board of Regents, Administration, Faculty. Index 81 4 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Calendar 1982-83 Fall Quarter September 19-24 September 25 September 26 September 27 September 27 September 29 October 8 October 15 October 22 October 25-29 October 30 November 20-28 November 29 Nov. 29-Dec. 2 December 12 December 13-17 December 17 Student orientation and registration for all students President's Reception - 6:00 p.m. - gymnasium All College worship Classes begin Opening Convocation - 9:50 a.m. Final day for payment of fall quarter fees without late fee Final day to add a class or change a class section Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Homecoming Thanksgiving vacation Classes resume Registration for winter quarter Festival of the Christ Child Final examinations Christmas vacation begins after the traditional observance at 11 :20 a.m. Winter Quarter January 3 January 5 January 14 January 21 January 28 Jan. 31-Feb. 4 February 8-1 O February 21-24 March 14-17 March 18-27 Winter quarter begins Final day for payment of winter quarter fees without late fee Final day to add a class or change a class section Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Days of Prayer and Praise Registration for spring quarter Final examinations Spring vacation Spring Quarter March 28 March 30 April 2-3 April 4 April 8 April 15 April 22 April 25-29 May 10 May16-18 May 21 June 6-9 June 10 Spring quarter begins Final day for payment of spring quarter fees without late fee Easter weekend Classes resume Final day to add a class or change a class section Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Honors Day Pre-registration for fall quarter Spring Banquet Final examinations Commencement Calendar Subject to Change PRESIDENT'S GREETING 5 President's Greeting Experiences during the first year after high school play a major role in one's development of a philosophy of life, which consequently determines how one lives his life and what he gets out of it. Golden Valley Lutheran College was established with the main purpose of providing an opportunity for the student to develop a philosophy of life founded on Christian convictions. We strive to provide this foundation for life by emphasizing a personalized education which includes the opportunity for the study of both liberal arts and the Scriptures, a curriculum which we feel will best help the student understand the world in which he will be living and working. We ask that those who come have an open mind, a grateful heart, and a desire to learn. Preparation for "making a living" is not sufficient for the Christian today. Golden Valley Lutheran College is also designed to provide an education which will serve as preparation for "making a life." Bernt C. Opsal, President GENERAL INFORMATION 7 General Information HISTORY Golden Valley Lutheran College is a two-year coeducational liberal arts college established in 1967 by The Lutheran Bible Institute of Minneapolis which had been engaged in adult Christian education since 1919. Beg inning as a Bible school in 1919, The Lutheran Bible Institute moved from St. Paul to Minneapolis in 1929, and to Golden Valley, a suburb four miles west of downtown Minneapolis, in 1961. Through the years this educational institution has addressed itself to the needs of young people and has sought to meet those needs by establishing programs appropriate to the times. The College is inter-Lutheran and is not directly affiliated with any particular Lutheran synod. It cooperates with and seeks to serve all synods and society as a whole. The College admits qualified men and women from various geographic, cultural, economic, racial, and religious backgrounds. THE CAMPUS AND ITS LOCATION Golden Valley Lutheran College is located on a beautiful 30-acre campus in Golden Valley, a western suburb of Minneapolis which is the cultural, recreational, and sports center of the Upper Midwest. The academic life of the students is centered in a large two-level complex. Classrooms, library, faculty and administrative offices, a prayer chapel, the College auditorium-gymnasium, cafeteria and lounges are located in this building. Four residence halls on campus, Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and Delta dormitories, house approximately 400 students. The facilities include fireplace lounges, laundry facilities, rooms for prayer and 8 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE meditation, and apartments for residence counselors. Adjacent to Gamma dormitory is the Commons, a student lounge and recreation area. A student center with a gri!! is located in De!ta dormitory. PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES Golden Valley Lutheran College is a liberal arts institution with a program of studies in the areas of general education, Biblical literature, music, physical development, and semi-professional training. Its primary purpose is to provide two years of higher education for students interested in the arts and sciences, and also provide opportunity for a study of the sources of the Christian faith. Through special activities the College provides the basis for personal growth and cultural enrichment, and encourages students to participate in community and church activities. In order to reach these goals, Golden Valley Lutheran College offers students a choice of one of the following curricula: 1. Completion of a two-year liberal arts education that functions according to the standards common to the academic enterprise and that prepares the student to transfer to a four-year college or university. 2. The completion of a two-year program provides the basis for semi-professional employment in the fields of church staff work, missions, secretarial work, social service, recreational leadership and a cooperative computer training program. 3. Study of the Bible and liberal arts in a collegiate setting for individuals who do not intend to pursue a degree or semi-professional programs. Golden Valley Lutheran College strives to supplement these curricular programs by emphasizing the following objectives with opportunities ... . . . to develop knowledge of the Hebrew-Christian world view as set forth in the literature of the Old and New Testaments and an analysis on the part of each student concerning his or her basic beliefs and spiritual commitments . . . . to develop service motivated standards of conduct for young adults as they move into the many areas of national life, including social improvement, community involvement and active membership in Christian congregations . . . . to appreciate the great works of art, music and the theatre through courses and cultural events on the campus and through the extensive presentations offered by the metropolitan surroundings of the College. GENERAL INFORMATION 9 ... to attain physical well-being through the application of standards conducive to good health and participation in physical education and sports activities . . . . to develop personal self-confidence through the determination of individual goals, the building of relationships with other people and the experience of companionship in a Christian setting. ACCREDITATION, AFFILIATIONS AND TRANSFER OF CREDIT Golden Valley Lutheran College received regional accreditation through the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools in July of 1978. Thus, entering students can be confident that if they make a creditable record at Golden Valley Lutheran College, their credits will be accepted elsewhere in the academic community. Affiliations North Central Association of Colleges and Schools Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board Lutheran Educational Conference of North America National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities American Association of Community and Junior Colleges Minnesota Association of Community and Junior Colleges National Junior College Athletic Association-Region XIII Minnesota Community College Conference Transfer of Religion Courses With reference to transfer of religion courses, it should be noted that most colleges and universities accept our courses in religion. Students who are planning to continue their education at a college with limited transfer of religion credits may register for the religion courses which are listed in the liberal arts departments. Through the proper selection, most religion courses are transferable, and a student with a satisfactory academic record can normally complete a Bachelor's degree two full academic years after receiving the A.A. degree from Golden Valley Lutheran College. GENERAL GUIDELINES Golden Valley Lutheran College is oriented to the Christian Gospel and expects its students to live accordingly. The College reserves the right to discipline those who conduct themselves in a manner which is not in the best interest of the 10 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE individual, other students, or the College. Each student is expected to be familiar with the regulations and standards pertaining to student conduct as described in the Student Life Handbook. Chapel All classes are dismissed each morning for a 25-minute chapel program. These programs are varied in content. Some are in the nature of worship services conducted by students, faculty, or guest speakers, while others include films, lectures, drama, music or other special convocation programs. The chapel service is the heart and center of our collegiate program. It is here that challenges are made from the Scriptures, where announcements of great significance are made, where there is an opportunity for worship, inspiration and intellectual stimulation and where a sense of community is developed. Each student is encouraged to participate fully in the daily chapel services of the College community. He or she is also encouraged to attend public worship every Sunday in the church of one's choice. Student Use of Automobiles Since parking space is limited on campus, those students who do not need an automobile for commuting or transportation to or from work are urged not to bring a vehicle to college. Those who do need an automobile or motorcycle must secure a parking permit through the business office. The Dean of Students shall have the right to terminate a permit at any time if, in his opinion, circumstances warrant such action. The College assumes no responsibility for damage, theft, or vandalism involving student vehicles. Alcohol and Drug Abuse Golden Valley Lutheran College strongly discourages all students from using alcohol and/or mood altering drugs. Students possessing, using, or under the influence of alcohol or drugs on campus, in college-approved housing, or at college-sponsored events both on and off campus will be subject to disciplinary action. In instances where college officials are informed that Golden Valley Lutheran College students have caused a disturbance off campus in connection with the use of alcohol or drugs the College reserves the right to take disciplinary action. Golden Valley Lutheran College upholds all federal and state statutes pertaining to the illegal use of alcohol or drugs. A student who uses, possesses, or persuades someone else to use alcohol or drugs in violation of the laws will be subject to disciplinary action. The college's action will be determined by the circumstances surrounding each individual case. The College provides counseling services and support groups fn.t" +hn.~~ ,.ui+h ,,.h.o.miru~I 11~.o. ~h11~0. nt"' rl.o.n.anrl.onr\J nr-nhlomc STUDENT PERSONNEL 11 Student Services NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION Prior to the start of the fall quarter, new students are invited to the campus to participate in orientation activities. During this time the student will have an opportunity to learn more about the College and meet staff and faculty personnel who will assist in course planning for the coming year. The orientation period also includes a series of ability and personality tests which are used to help provide a more effective counseling service for students. Selected upperclassmen are available to help the new students become familiar with and adjust to college life. COUNSELING SERVICES The major decisions which students have to make during their early college years are often difficult and perplexing. Counseling provides a service which helps students learn ways of solving their academic, vocational, social, emotional and spiritual problems. The College counselors are available to assist students in clarifying or establishing appropriate educational and vocational goals, to help the students evaluate aptitude and interests, to help them plan programs in preparation for further study, and to help them deal with personal and/or emotional problems. Each student is assigned to a faculty advisor who will assist him or her in planning an appropriate schedule of classes for each academic term or with other aspects of college life. In addition to individual counseling, several counseling groups, concerned with matters such as personal growth, chemical dependency and other 12 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE problems, meet regularly. Beyond the service described, each student may make appointments to visit with instructors, residence hall directors, the deans, the Co!!ege nurse or others on the staff who can Qive assistance if difficulties are encountered. Study skills assistance is provided for students who need to improve their reading rate, reading comprehension, spelling, mathematics skills, study skills, or writing skills. Students seeking this assistance should register for one of the Personal Orientation courses described on page 63. HEAL TH SERVICES The College has a registered nurse on the staff to provide basic medical services. Students requiring additional treatment are usually referred to the Golden Valley Clinic which is located less than a mile from the campus. INSURANCE The personal property of staff members and students is not covered by insurance and the College does not assume any responsibility for the loss of such property. Many families have homeowners policies that will cover losses of family members at college. HOUSING SERVICES Golden Valley Lutheran College is primarily a residential college. Provided space is available, all full-time students live in the College residence halls. Exceptions are those who commute from their homes, or who work for their board and room. All students living on campus are required to participate in the cafeteria program which provides three meals a day, seven days a week. The price fixed for the weekly 21 meal plan is set with the knowledge that a certain percentage of the meals will be missed during a week. Students who are commuting may purchase either their noon luncheon or evening dinner in the College cafeteria. STUDENT LIFE 13 Student Life Campus life at Golden Valley Lutheran College provides activities and experiences which help develop the student's total life. The programs of the College provide wholesome recreation designed to stimulate spiritual and intellectual growth. Students are involved in the planning of social activities which can enrich college life and foster friendships. STUDENT GOVERNMENT AND SOCIAL LIFE Student self-government is carried out by a Committee on Student Activities (CSA) chosen from the student body. This representative group serves as a coordinator of student-faculty relations. It seeks continually to improve and make the life of the student more enjoyable. Disciplinary problems are arbitrated by a Student Judiciary Board. The social program of the College is under the supervision of the CSA. Homecoming, Sno-Daze, and the Spring Banquet are examples of the many social activities available. RELIGIOUS LIFE As an institution of Christian higher education, Golden Valley Lutheran College believes that sound religious life activities must be an integral part of its program. In support of this conviction, the College has regularly scheduled chapel services, campus worship services, campus dormitory devotions and Christian student organizations. Special programs include the Days of Prayer and Praise and the Christmas Festival of the Christ Child. In addition, many students participate in Christian Service activities in the community and in World Mission Fellowships. The 14 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE College has a Fellowship of Christian Athletes chapter in which many students take an active part. There is also an opportunity to participate on youth encounter teams which travel throughout the Midwest presenting the Gospel in word and song. ATHLETICS Basic objectives in physical education and athletics at Golden Valley Lutheran College are to teach the value of good health and physical fitness, to cultivate interest in the proper use of leisure time, to develop character and good sportsmanship and to give instruction in various sports and games used in recreational activities. Intercollegiate athletic competition for men is available in football, baseball, basketball, wrestling, track, marathon, and cross country. The College is a member of the Minnesota Community College Conference, and the National Junior College Athletic Association. Women may participate in intercollegiate basketball, cross country, softball, volleyball, marathon and track competition. An intramural program is available for both men and women. MUSIC Golden Valley Lutheran College is sensitive to the cultural and spiritual value that music plays in the life of any society. It desires, therefore, to cultivate and nurture student interest and participation in music by giving opportunity for self-expression as a member of a performing group. These organizations include the Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir, a selected group of 65 voices; the Madrigal Singers, a smaller ensemble which specializes in certain types of music literature; the Golden Valley Singers, a women's chorus; a pep band and concert band; the Golden Valley Orchestra, a community and College organization; and various vocal and instrumental ensembles. In addition to specific courses in the field of music, the College gives opportunity for private lessons in voice and instrumental study. The location of Golden Valley Lutheran College within the Twin City area makes it easy for students to gain a new appreciation of the fine arts. Various community concerts, the Minnesota Orchestra, the Minneapolis Civic Orchestra, and programs given by other colleges and the University of Minnesota, offer continuing opportunities for cultural enrichment. STUDENT LIFE 15 DRAMA The drama program at Golden Valley Lutheran College is two-fold in its purpose: it attempts to expose the student to the inner workings of the College theatre, and it seeks to foster a sense of appreciation for dramatics by encouraging active participation in the field. ADMISSIONS INFORMATION 17 Admissions Information ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS Golden Valley Lutheran College seeks students who are interested in the Christian atmosphere of the College. A high school diploma or its equivalent is required for admission. In addition, candidates are considered on the basis of their character, personality and motivation as reflected in reference letters from the pastor, high school counselor, and a personal interview with an admissions counselor. APPLICATION PROCEDURE Application materials are available from the Director of Admissions. Applicants are advised to follow these steps in applying: 1. Secure an application blank from the Office of Admissions. Return the completed form, together with the non-refundable $1 O application fee, to Office of Admissions, Golden Valley Lutheran College, 6125 Olson Highway, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422. 2. Request the high school to forward your transcript to the Director of Admissions. 3. All high school graduates applying for admission must furnish test results from one of the testing programs described below. Both testing programs include a questionnaire designed to enable the applicant to indicate academic and vocational plans, extracurricular interests and academic needs. The information in the questionnaire and the test scores become an important resource for the College Counselor and the student's faculty advisor in their efforts to assist the student to derive the maxi- 18 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE mum benefit from attending GVLC and to develop to his or her full potential. Minnesota Residents: Graduates of a ~.4innesota high school are responsible for submitting the results of their participation in the Minnesota State-Wide Testing Program or in the ACT Assessment Program. Non-Residents of Minnesota: High school graduates who did not graduate from a Minnesota high school must take the ACT, SAT, PSAT, or SCAT Assessment Program and request that the results be sent to Golden Valley Lutheran College. Applicants who are unable to participate in one of the testing programs prior to registration will be required to take appropriate tests during the first day of the Fall Orientation period. 4. Students who are offered admission must notify the Admissions Office if they accept the offer. A $100.00 deposit is required by April, or within two weeks after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. Once paid, the deposit is not refundable prior to enrollment. This comprehensive payment serves as a reserve deposit during the entire period of enrollment with any balance being refunded after all damage charges, equipment fines, library fines, etc. have been deducted. 5. Before a dormitory room can be assigned, a $50.00 room deposit must be made, with priority given on the basis of the date payment is received. A student contracts for a room for the entire school year, beginning with fall term. Once paid this deposit is not refundable prior to enrollment. 6. After the student has accepted the offer of admission, the College will provide the medical history form to be completed and returned. 7. Room assignments and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The College reserves the right not to accept an applicant or to withdraw the privilege of a student's returning after any quarter if it is judged to be in the best interests of the College or the individual. COSTS 19 Costs STUDENT COSTS 1982-83 The following pages explain the basic costs to the student and the financial aids that are available to assist the student in meeting these costs. The College reserves the right to change the costs of tuition, board, room or fees at any time. The college does not receive direct financial support from any denomination or Lutheran synod. Many of the gifts that come in are through legacies, matching gifts from corporations and Lutheran Brotherhood, Minnesota Private College Contract, and congregations and congregational organizations. Most of the funds, however, come from individual gifts. These contributors include alumni, parents and friends of the college. There are two programs to which people have committed themselves. They are the Loyalty program, where one may pledge $400 to be paid over a four-year period, and the Inasmuch program, where one may pledge $1,000 or more to be paid over a four-year period. We believe that the Lord answers prayer as we tell our friends what our needs are and ask them to join us in participation by prayer and by giving. Deposits and Fees A $10 application fee must accompany the application for admission. This fee is not refundable. All new students are required to make an initial deposit of $100 by April or within two weeks after acceptance has been made and/ or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. Once paid this deposit is not refundable prior to enrollment. This comprehensive enrollment with any balance being refunded after all damage charges, equipment fines, library fines, etc. have been deducted. 20 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE In addition, a $50 room deposit must be made by all new students before a dormitory room can be assigned. Priority is given on the basis of the date payment is received. A student contracts for a room for the entire school year beginning with the fall term. Fall Registration for second year students is based upon the order in which the advance tuition deposit payment is received. Before a dormitory room can be assigned, this deposit must be made. Priority is given on the basis of the date payment is received. CHARGES BY QUARTER The College operates on a quarter system with three quarters per academic year. A student who registers for 12 credits or more is considered a full-time student; one who registers for less than 12 credits is considered a part-time student. Tuition for full-time student ........................... $1,520.00 Tuition per credit for part-time student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127.00 Room & Board (Average) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680.00 (Subject to change) Telephone ........................................... . 20.00 Laboratory Fee Per Course (Includes personal orientation courses) ............................... . 12.00 Physical Education Fee .............................. . 5.00 Varsity Physical Education Fee ...................... . 10.00 Fees for Swimming, Weight-lifting, Karate, Bowling, Golf etc. . .......................................1O.00-26.00 Humanities 200 for GVLC students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.00 Humanities 200 for students not regularly enrolled . . . . . 25.00 Music Fees Voice and Instrument lessons ...................... . 75.00 Organ Rental ...................................... . 14.00 Practice Room Fee ................................ . 10.00 Intern Programs and Off Campus Instruction ......... . Student pays college on mileage basis if college vehicle is necessary. Late Registration Fee ................................ . 20.00 This fee is applicable for failure to register on schedule at any point during the registration procedure for any quarter. It is waived only in cases of illness or family emergencies. 15.00 Late Payment Fee ................................... . This fee is charged to a student who does not pay the balance on his or her account within two days after classes begin for the quarter. Special fees not refundable after 10th day of classes include laboratory, personal orientation, physical education, and music fees for voice and instrumental lessons, organ rental and practice room. PAYMENT PLAN Miscellaneous Fees ................................. . Car registration and parking permit .... (per quarter) Special Examinations ........................ (each) (For final examinations requested at times other than regularly scheduled) Transcript Fee (first copy free)....................... Advance Tuition Deposit for second year students . . . Fall Registration is based upon the order in which the above payment is received. (Non-refundable). 21 5.00 5.00 2.00 100.00 PAYMENT PLAN The account of each student is payable in advance at the time of registration and in accordance with the Full Payment Plan listed in this section. Students in need of credit must make arrangements with the Business Office before registration can be completed. When credit is extended, a finance charge of one percent a month is added. No student is permitted to register if the account for a preceding quarter has not been paid in full. Grades cannot be released, transcripts cannot be forwarded, and degrees cannot be granted until all financial obligations have been met. PAYMENT SCHEDULE FOR 1982-83 Fall Quarter June 18 July16 August 20 Registration Day On Campus $ 650.00 650.00 650.00 310.00 +Sp. fees $2,260.00 Winter Quarter October 8 November 1 November 29 On Campus $ 650.00 800.00 750.00 +Sp. fees $2,200.00 Off Campus $ 600.00 600.00 320.00 Sp. fees $1,520.00 Off Campus $ 600.00 600.00 320.00 + Sp.Jees $1 ,520.00 Spring Quarter January 3 February 1 February 21 On Campus $ 650.00 800.00 750.00 +Sp. fees $2,200.00 Off Campus $ 600.00 600.00 320.00 +Sp. fees $1,520.00 22 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Gift Support The charges that are made to students for tuition, room and board do not adequately cover the costs of operating the co!!ege. Approximately 35% of the cost of operation must come from gifts and grants. In the present budget this amounts to one million dollars a year. Therefore, over and above all help given, each student receives the equivalent of a $1850 scholarship per year in order to cover the total expenses of the operation. REFUND SCHEDULE Students who decide to withdraw from college after they have registered and paid their tuition wili receive a computed refund figured from the date the Bookkeeping Office receives the application for withdrawal. Prior to first class meeting ............................ 100% During first week ..................................... 90% During second week . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75% From third through fifth week .......................... 50% During sixth week .................................... 25% After sixth week .................................. No refund Room and Board Refunds. If the student leaves school after the sixth week, there will be no room refund. Through the sixth week, the student will be charged for the time spent on campus plus a two-week room charge. Unused board charges will be refunded from the end of the week when the student leaves. If a refund is due the student, a check will be sent within a reasonable time. BOOKSTORE All textbooks, art and college supplies may be purchased at the college bookstore. Stationery, college seals, banners, and other items are also available for the convenience of students. All purchases must be paid for in cash. Students should have $50.00 to $100.00 available at the beginning of the school year for books. Estimated book costs for the entire year are $125.00 to $200.00. LIBRARY The library, located on the ground floor of the Main building provides a variety of materials and services to support the college curricula. There are over 29,500 volumes, 247 periodicals, local and national newspapers, and a substantial vertical file in the collection. In addition, there is a sizeable audiovisual collection including phonograph records and cassettes, as well as filmstrips with necessary listening and viewing equipment available to the students. FINANCIAL AID 23 Financial Aid Golden Valley Lutheran College is concerned with the financial problems of students who wish to continue their formal education. In order to assist students with inadequate financial resources, the Financial Aid Committee coordinates a program of financial aid based on the student's academic achievement, special abilities, and financial need. Basically, there are three sources of financial aid: Federal Government State of Minnesota Golden Valley Lutheran College There are three forms of aid: Gift Aid Loans Student Employment All types of financial assistance are made for only one academic year, but students may expect to receive their financial assistance for the second year if they remain in good academic and personal standing and if their financial need continues. If a student withdraws during the quarter, he or she forfeits the entire amount of gift aid that was awarded from College funds for that quarter as well as proportionate amounts awarded from state or federal funds for that quarter. GIFT AID Gift Aid is a categorial name given to all awards from GVLC plus the Pell Grant (formerly BEOG), Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant (SEOG), and th'e Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program (MSS/G). Such awards do not have to be repaid. 24 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Pell Grant:This grant is provided by the Federal Government based on financial need. The amount is derived from uniform methodology, using family and student financial information. All students applying for financial assistance at GVLC are required to apply for this grant. Golden Valley Lutheran College President's Scholarship: This scholarship is available only to the gifted student who has demonstrated outstanding leadership in a given field and attained an unusual degree of academic excellence. A recipient must be ranked in the upper ten percent of his or her high school or college class and be willing to provide leadership in music, sports, theatre or other college related activities. The President's Scholarship may be awarded without regard to financial need but if a recipient has a demonstrated financial need, the Federal and State guidelines for financial assistance must be followed. The amount of the scholarship may vary depending upon circumstances. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant: Awarded by the Federal Government through the College, these funds allow GVLC to make awards of $200 or more to students who show financial need based on uniform methodology. Golden Valley Lutheran College Gift Aid: Includes all awards granted for scholarship, athletics, Christian service, drama and music as well as the GVLC financial need grants. These awards are based on demonstrated excellence in specified areas and financial need as defined by the ACT (American College Testing) Family Financial Statement. The GVLC GiftAid awarded to new students is based on their high school achievement, while the Gift Aid awarded to returning students is based on participation and achievement while enrolled at GVLC. One-third of the award is credited to the student's account each quarter. Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program: Available to qualified Minnesota residents each year depending upon financial need. All Minnesota residents who apply for financial aid at GVLC are expected to apply for this aid. Contact your high school counselor or the GVLC Financial Aid Office for exact information because requirements and deadlines vary from year to year. Other Grants: There are a number of grants and scholarships available from other sources. The student is encouraged to consult his/ her high school counselor and the Director of Financial Aid at GVLC for other federal, state, and community-sponsored scholarships and grants. FINANCIAL AID 25 DEFERRED PAYMENT LOANS National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)- Federal NDSL Loans are available to students who have financial need and have been accepted for ad mission to Golden Valley Lutheran College. Repayment and interest do not begin until nine months after the student completes his/her studies. The interest rate is 5%, and repayment may be extended over a ten-year period. Part of the loan is forgiven if the student enters certain fields of teaching or specified military duty. Guaranteed Student Loans: The Student may borrow up to $2,500 per year at 9% interest from a bank and the federal government will pay the interest during the time the student is in college. The borrower pays the principal and 9% interest during the repayment period. When a bank will not give the loan, the student may borrow up to $2,500 per year at 9% interest from the Minnesota State Student Loan program. First year students are limited to$1,500 per loan, but may apply for a second loan under the $2,500 limit. The federal government will pay the interest during the time the student is in college. The borrower pays the principal and 9% interest during the repayment period. These loans are processed through the GVLC Financial Aid Office. Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students: When necessary an application can be made for a Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS). The parent can apply for up to $3,000 per academic year to be used for educational expenses. This is a 14% loan and repayment must begin 60 days after disbursement, with terms to be worked out with the lender. The Financial Aid Office has a list of private institutions which are participating in this program. Our list, however, is incomplete and parents are free to inquire at the lending institution of their choice. Lutheran Brotherhood Loan - If a member of the student's family holds a Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance policy, a student may borrow up to $2,500 per year from the Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance Society at the same terms described under Federal Insured Student Loans. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT College Work-Study Program-Golden Valley Lutheran College participates in State and Federal Work-Study Programs. The student's eligibility depends on his/her financial need and individual skills. 26 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Student Part-time Employment- The College offers a variety of campus jobs with moderate pay. In addition, there are numerous part-time employment positions available in the Twin Cities and surrounding suburban areas. The Student Employment Office maintains a listing of opportunities available. PROCEDURE FOR APPLYING FOR FINANCIAL AID Any student wishing to apply for financial aid must first make proper application through the admissions department and be admitted to the college. The basic forms to determine financial aid need are the Family Financial Statement (FFS) from ACT, or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) from CSS. Many qualified students fail to receive financial assistance because they neglect to get their financial statements submitted on time. Minnesota residents must file their FFS by April 1, 1982 to be eligible for priority consideration from the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. As soon as all pertinent information has been assembled, our Office of Student Financial Aid sends the applicant student an "Aid Package." A student must accept the aid package within 15 days to be guaranteed the funds . Because of the many Federal and State changes in financial assistance to students, it is necessary to expect students to contribute part of their summer earnings toward the cost of education. The Federal Government also has established an amount that each family is expected to contribute to the educational expenses of a son or daughter. In summary, it is believed that Federal and State assistance programs, plus the financial aid available through Golden Valley Lutheran College, places two years of quality college education within the reach of all who desire it. SCHOLARSHIPS The AAL Lutheran Campus Scholarship Program is for students who hold a certificate of membership and insurance from the Aid Association for Lutherans. The awards are based on academic achievement, Christian character and professional promise. The AAL Lutheran American Minority Scholarship Program is available for any Lutheran American minority person who is a member of a Lutheran church, or is an immigrant who has been sponsored by a Lutheran organization and is attending Golden Valley Lutheran College. In any case, the recipient must be a member of a Lutheran church. Scholarships range from $200 to $1,000 and can be renewed each year. SCHOLARSHIPS 27 The Berean Scholarship is given annually by the Bereans, an organization composed of the wives of the faculty and staff members at the College. The David Bjelland Memorial Scholarship is given by Mrs. David Bjelland because of her late husband's keen interest in Bible study and the training of lay people for service to the Lord. The Ronald Chagnon II Memorial Scholarship has been estab1ished by Mr. and Mrs. Ronald Chagnon Sr. in memory of their son Ron who was a student at Golden Valley Lutheran College. This scholarship is for assisting handicapped students. The Gjernes Scholarship is provided annually through the Martha Gjernes Estate. The Jackson Scholarship is given by Mrs. Eddie Jackson and the late Mr. Jackson in recognition of their keen interest in Bible study and the training of lay people for service to the Lord. The M. T. Lillehaugen Memorial Scholarship is in memory of the late Mr. Lillehaugen who was a good friend and supporter of the College. It is to be used to "help defray the expenses for some good student going into church work, a person with a Christian commitment and one who indicates a good Christian example." The Logefeil Memorial Scholarship is given by Mrs. Logefeil and the late Dr. R. C. Logefeil who was the school doctor at one time. It is preferably to be used to aid a worthy student preparing for the ministry, missionary or some full-time service in the Lord's work. The Lutheran Brotherhood Junior College Scholarship is awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement and religious leadership. The Lutheran Brotherhood Graduate Award for junior and senior years at a Lutheran College is awarded to a sophomore student planning to transfer to a four-year Lutheran college. The Mai Scholarship is an annual scholarship from Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Mai, former students, as an expression of appreciation for what this school has meant to them. The Richard Melvig Memorial Scholarship has been established in memory of Ricky Melvig who had wanted to become a doctor but never lived to realize his dream. It is given to a returning student who exhibits faith, character, and an interest in the sciences. A Mission Scholarship has been established by Dr. and Mrs. Russell E. Nelson to be awarded each year to a worthy student who has chosen to prepare for full-time work in the area of mission. Dr. Nelson was a faculty member and director of mission at the College. The Pihl Scholarship has been established by Mr. and Mrs. Charles R. Pihl. Mr. Pihl served as chairman and member of the Board of Regents of the College. 28 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE The Ponwith Scholarship has been provided by Miss Sadie Ponwith, a former student, teacher, and librarian, and her sister, the iate Miss Aiice Ponwith, also a former student and staff member. It is awarded to students showing evidence of Christian character, leadership, and scholarship. The Savik Memorial Scholarship has been established by the family of the late Oscar Savik, who was a member of the Board of Regents of the College and advisor to the president. The Tang Scholarship is provided by Dr. Christopher Tang, a former faculty member, and Mrs. Tang in memory of their parents, Mr. and Mrs. Han Ching Tang and Mr. and Mrs. Zi Hui Chang. The Tang Church History Schoiarship is aiso given by Dr. and Mrs. Christopher Tang in honor of Anna C. Tang and is intended for a student who has shown excellence in church history courses. The James Robert and John William Gustafson Scholarship has been established by Mrs. Thora Tofte in memory of her husband and son. It is awarded to a student interested in Christian service, ministry, missionary work or Bible study. The Wilson Fagerberg Memorial Scholarship has been established in the memory of Pastor Wilson Fagerberg, a long time faculty member in the Department of Biblical Studies at Golden Valley Lutheran College. The Gunnar I. Johnson Memorial Scholarship has been established by the Johnson family in memory of Mr. Johnson who was the contractor for the construction of the Golden Valley Lutheran College Campus, 1961-1977. The Sampson Memorial Scholarship is given in memory of August Sampson, Father of Mrs. Russell B. Helgesen, the wife of our Development Director. The Mary Wagner Scholarship Fund has been established by Mrs. Wagner for needy and worthy students who are particularly interested in the study of the Bible. THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 29 The Academic Program Golden Valley Lutheran College grants three types of two-year completion awards: the Associate in Arts Degree (Liberal Arts and Transfer Program), the Associate in Arts Degree (Specialized Program), and the Junior College Certificate. A one-year Vocational Certificate is awarded for completion of a selected one-year vocational curriculum. In addition there are specialized programs of study available for certain qualified students who do not seek a graduation award. The academic program at Golden Valley Lutheran College is basically liberal arts and allows one to concentrate in the area of general education, Biblical and theological studies, or a specific vocation. Students who eventually plan to attain a four-year liberal arts degree are encouraged to get the general education requirements satisfied while at GVLC, thus allowing them to concentrate chiefly on their major and minor areas of study during the last two years of college. General education courses ask the student to know something of the world of nature and scientific method, of the society in which he or she lives and in which one has a part to play, of the historic perspective and human achievements called the fine arts and humanities, and of the eternal values perceived in Biblical and theological studies. GENERAL ACADEMIC INFORMATION Credit Load and Student Classification A normal credit load consists of 16 hours per term. Exception to this credit load will be considered in consultation with a student's 30 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE faculty advisor. Permission to take more than 18 credits must be granted by the Academic Dean. Students enrolled for 12 or more credit-hours per term wi!! be considered fu!! time. Those vvith less than 12 credit-hours will be considered part-time students. A student who has earned less than 45 cumulative credits will be classified as a freshman. A student who has earned 45 or more cumulative credits will be classified as a sophomore. The auditing of courses is not encouraged since classroom capacities are needed by students interested in earning college credit. Auditors are required to do all work assigned by the instructor and tuition costs are the same as costs for credit. Grading and Honor Point System A student's grade point average is figured at the end of each term and is determined by dividing the number of earned honor points by the number of earned credits. Honor points are computed by the following scale: Grade A B c Honor Points Per Credit 4 3 2 D 1 F I 0 w WF s u 0 0 0 0 Superior Above Average Average Below Average Failure Incomplete* Withdrawn** Withdrawn, failing** Satisfactory*** Unsatisfactory*** *Incomplete work, receiving a grade of I, must be made upÂ· satisfactorily by the end of the fourth week of the next term the student attends. If a student desires an extension beyond four weeks, he or she must secure approval of the instructor involved and must petition the Scholastic Standing Committee for the extension. If the work is not completed, the grade becomes an F. **Withdrawals after the third week of classes and through mid-term are indicated by W or WF (to be determined by the instructor); and afterthe mid-term and until the last regularly scheduled class day of each quarter by a W, WF, of Fas determined by the instructor. THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 31 ***The grading system of Sand U is used only for those courses which are taken to meet the requirements of the Junior College Certificate. An S counts as two honor points per credit for the Junior College Certificate only and will not be credited toward an Associate in Arts Degree. The U grade yields no honor points or credits. Academic Honors An Honors List composed of those students who have earned a grade point average of 3.00-3.49 is compiled at the end of each term. Those students who achieve a grade point average of 3.50 or better are included on the Dean's List. Academic Progress In accordance with policies established by the administration and faculty, a student will be counseled in relation to academic progress toward the Associate in Arts degree: (a) when his or her grade point average for any quarter is less than 2.00; (b) when his or her transcript shows two or more grades of I (Incomplete) in one quarter. If a student's grade point average falls below 1.50 for any quarter, he or she will be placed on academic probation until the grade point average is raised to 1.50 or above. The College reserves the right to dismiss a student if his or her academic performance is regarded as unsatisfactory. Eligibility for Varsity Sports Eligibility rules for participation in varsity sports at Golden Valley Lutheran College conform to the National Junior College Athletic Association eligibility rules. In general, in order to participate in a varsity sport, a student must be a full-time (12 credits) student during the qualifying and competing quarter. He or she must earn a grade point average of 1.5 or better in at least 10 hours of course work listed in the College Catalog. Freshmen enrolled at GVLC in their first quarter of college are exempt from the qualifying quarter requirements. A student's el ig ibi Iity is reviewed each quarter and al I hours of a complete course (subject) must be counted in computing a student's grade point average. (See NJCAA Eligibility Rules.) 32 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Repeating A Course A student may repeat only courses in which a grade of Dor F has been received. The intention to repeat a course must be certified at the time of registration for the course. if a student repeats a course in which a Dor F grade has been received, only the more recent grade and credit earned will be included in the computation of the grade point average. Both grades, however, will remain on the student's permanent record. Class Attendance Each student is responsible for completing work as required in each class. With respect to unexcused absences, excused absences, or make-up work, it is the student's responsibility to learn the policy of each instructor. The instructor's policy is usually stated in the course outline. At the discretion of the instructor, a student may be expelled from the course for an excessive number of unexcused absences or uncompleted assignments. Independent Study A maximum of six credits in Independent Study may be applied toward the Associate in Arts Degree. The student must meet the criteria established by the department and have the approval of the chairman of the department in which he plans to do the study. Standards require a 3.0 average in the department in which Independent Study is taken, a limit of four credits per term in Independent Study, and a demonstration of relevance to the student's academic objectives. Independent Study applications are available in the Registrar's Office. Bible and English Requirements All students enrolled at Golden Valley Lutheran College are required to take one Bible course each quarter if they are enrolled for eight credits in Divisions other than Bible. The only exception is the student who has taken extra Bible courses in previous quarters. A student who transfers from another college is not required to complete the full 18 credits in Bible for graduation but is required to take one course each quarter while enrolled at GVLC. History 102, English 230, and Greek 101, 102, 103 and all of the courses listed in the Department of Biblical Studies are open to the student for selection. The suggested Bible core sequence is listed on pages 57-58. All students are required to register for English until the sequence, English 111 and 112- College Composition, and English 113-lntroduction to Literature, has been completed. Placement in English 100, 110, or 111 will be determined by specific English Placement tests administered to all new students during student orientation in the fall, or at the time of their registration for winter or for spring quarters. THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 33 Activity Credits A total of nine credits in co-curricular activities may be applied toward an Associate in Arts Degree. The three credits of required physical education are not included in this category, however one physical education credit toward the requirement will be given for varsity sports. (If the student plays on a varsity team two years, only one credit will be granted for the sport.) Co-curricular activities include all music ensembles, Theatre Practice, Christian Service, additional physical education activity courses after required courses are completed, and activity credits that a transfer student might bring to Golden Valley Lutheran College. In each case the student must indicate during registration whether the activity Â·is being taken for credit or non-credit. With regard to co-curricular activities other than varsity sports, a student who earns a grade point average of less than 1.5 for a quarter may have co-curricular activities curtailed or programs of study reduced, at the discretion of the Scholastic Standing Committee. Credit by Special Examination Under special circumstances, a student may seek to gain credits or exemption by special examination, in accordance with specific departmental policies. Admission of Transfer Students College work done at other accredited institutions may be applied toward a degree or certificate at Golden Valley Lutheran College. Transfer students are required to follow regular admissions procedure and submit an official transcript of record from each college attended. Credit for the college work done, if satisfactory in quality and applicable toward the College's divisional degree requirements, will be accepted toward an Associate in Arts Degree. Golden Valley Lutheran College will not accept D's in transfer except by special petition approved by the Scholastic Standing Committee. The a~tual number of credits earned at other institutions are entered on the student's record, but transferred credits and grade points are not included in the computation of the grade point average. Withdrawals from the College A student who wishes to withdraw from the College during any term, must make application for this action in the Office of the Registrar. Failure to comply with this regulation may deprive a student of refund privileges and result in an F grade in all classes. Partial refunds on fees already paid will be based on the time the application was signed and returned to the registrar's office. (See page 22.) 34 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE REGISTRATION New students must report to the College for Orientation Days as indicated in the calendar in this catalog. Both new and returning students are required to register on the days indicated in the calendar. Registration is not completed until the student has made settlement for the quarter charges at the Bookkeeping Office. Until such settlement has been made, the student is not eligible to attend any class or individual lesson. Changes in Registration Necessary changes to eliminate conflicts and to correct evident mistakes in registration may be permitted during the first ten days of classes, upon the written approval of the advisor. A Change of Course Permit for this purpose may be obtained in the Registrar's Office. After the tenth day, no regularly scheduled classes may be added except by special permission. Withdrawals after the third week of classes and through the Mid-term are indicated by a W or a WF (as determined by the instructor); and after Mid-term and until the last regularly scheduled class day of each quarter by a W, WF, or Fas determined by the instructor. A student may not drop a course after final examinations begin. THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 35 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 37 Graduation Requirements Applicants for admission should study the requirements for graduation outlined in this section of the catalog and plan the college program as a whole as early as possible. A student who is in doubt about how certain requirements are interpreted should consult with an advisor, the Registrar or the Academic Dean. When circumstances might warrant a justifiable modification in a requirement, a petition (obtained from the Registrar) should be submitted to the Committee on Academic Affairs. The responsibility rests with the student for seeing that his or her program includes all requirements for graduation. The advisors, the Academic Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist in every way possible. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE: LIBERAL ARTS AND TRANSFER PROGRAM The Associate in Arts Degree: liberal Arts and Transfer Program is the basic award for students who intend to gain a general knowledge of the arts and sciences and who intend to transfer to a fouryear college or university for completion of a Bachelor's Degree. A student receiving this degree must be in residence three terms, one of which must be the term in which the student graduates. The requirements of this award are: 1. Completion of the Divisional Requirements as outlined below. The further requiremFmts in the Programs of Study (pages 41-46) are recommended and the student should attempt to fulfill them. 38 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 2. Completion of 92 credits with a minimum cumulative gradepoint average of 2.00 (C average). 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. DIVISIONAL REQUIREMENTS Biblical and Theological Studies Communications Social Science Natural Science CREDIT HOURS 18 COURSES Bible Core or alternatives 9 12 English 111, 112, 113 Bus. 200, 210 L.E. 140 8-12 Creative Arts 6 Physical Education 3 except Hist 102, Hum 200, Personal Orientation or Social Service Courses All Natural Science courses except Mathematics 101 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140. Three one credit Physical Education activity courses. (One credit only per varsity sport) GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE: SPECIALIZED PROGRAM The Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized Program is designed for students who intend to seek employment after two years of college or for those who intend to pursue an education of a specialized nature such as professional musician. A student receiving this degree must be in residence three terms, one of which must be the term in which the student graduates. The requirements for this award are: 1. Completion of the divisional requirements as outlined below plus the additional requirements of a selected curriculum (pages 48-55). GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 39 2. Completion of 92 credits with a minimum cumulative gradepoint average of 2.00 (C average). 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. DIVISIONAL REQUIREMENTS Biblical and Theological Studies Communications Social Science CREDIT HOURS 18 9 6 Natural Science 4 Creative Arts 3 Physical Education 3 COURSES Bible Core or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 All Social Science courses except History 102, Humanities 200, Personal Orientation or Social Service courses. All Natural Science courses except Mathematics 101 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140. Three one credit Physical Education activity courses. (One credit only per varsity sport) GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE JUNIOR COLLEGE CERTIFICATE The Junior College Certificate will be awarded to those students who complete two years of work on a curriculum but do not satisfy the award requirements of an Associate in Arts Degree. The requirements for the Junior College Certificate are: 1. Completion of a minimum of 88 credits including one Bible Course or alternative per term. 2. A minimum cumulative grade-point average of 1.00. 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. 40 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ONE-YEAR VOCATIONAL CERTIFICATE 1. Completion of 46 credits (including one Bible Course or alternative per term) with a minimum cumulative grade-point average of 2.00 (C average). 2. Completion of the requirements of a selected curriculum. 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. PROGRAMS OF STUDY 41 Programs of Study Details of the curricula listed below are outlined on the pages which follow. The student should select a curriculum and be familiar with its requirements before registration. The College reserves the right to change curriculum requirements when the necessity arises. A. Curricula leading to the Associate in Arts Degree: Liberal Arts and Transfer Program 1. Basic Liberal Arts 2. Basic Science 3. Liberal Arts with Concentration in Biblical and Theological Studies 4. Liberal Arts with Concentration in Business Administration 5. Pre-Professional Programs a. Education (Elementary Education, Secondary Education, Special Education) b. Physical Education c. Music (pre-Bachelor of Arts) d. Recreation Leadership e. Law f. Classics g. Agriculture h. Forestry i. Pharmacy j. Medicine k. Dentistry I. Nursing m. Corrective Therapy n. Occupational Therapy o. Physical Therapy 42 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE B. Curricula leading to the Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized Program 1. Social Service 2. Music (pre-Bachelor of Music) 3. Law Enforcement 4. Computer Training and Electronics Technician 5. General Secretarial 6. Legal Secretarial 7. Medical Secretarial 8. Office Administration 9. Parish Secretarial 10. Church Staff Work 11. World Mission C. Curricula leading to the One-Year Vocational Certificate 1. General Secretarial 2. Legal Secretarial 3. Medical Secretarial 4. Office Administration 5. World Mission . A. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE: LIBERAL ARTS AND TRANSFER PROGRAM 1. THE BASIC LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULUM This curriculum is recommended for those planning to transfer to a university or four-year college. The courses listed below fulfill the normal two-year general education requirements for the Bachelor of Arts Degree. Si nee many colleges require one or two years of foreign language or variations of work in some of the fields, the student and his/her advisor will make the relevant selections in relation to the student's future plans and the school to which a transfer is planned. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English English 111, 112, 113 9 Speech 3 Speech 100, 110, or200 12 Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and Social Science all Social Science courses except History 102, Personal Orientation courses, Social Service Courses, or Humanities 200 Natural Science All courses except Mathematics 101 8-12 Creative Arts 6 All courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Physical Education 3 Three one credit P.E. activity courses Foreign Language 0-15 See department listing Electives Courses in special field of interest 14-33 PROGRAMS OF STUDY 43 2. THE BASIC SCIENCE CURRICULUM The Basic Science Curriculum is recommended for those planning to transfer to a university or four-year college for degrees in science or technology. The student, with the aid of his/her advisor, will make the relevant course selections in relation to his future plans and the school to which a transfer is planned. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits . Biblical Studies 18 N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 9 English Speech 100, 110, or200 3 Speech Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and 12 Social Science all Social Science courses except History 102, Personal Orientation courses, Social Service courses, or Humanities 200 41-51 Selections from Mathematics, Biology, Natural Science Chemistry and Physics (except Mathematics 101) 6 Creative Arts All courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140. Physical Education 3 Three one credit P.E. activity courses Foreign Language 0-12 German 101, 102, 103 recommended 3. THE LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULUM WITH CONCENTRATION IN BIBLICAL AND THEOLOGICAL STUDIES This curriculum is recommended for those who want to combine their general studies in the liberal arts and sciences with a more extensive program of Biblical and theological studies. The Bible core sequence may be supplemented by more extensive offerings in the study of the Bible, Theology and Applied Christianity. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 27-36 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives; Theology 121, 122, 123; selections from New Testament English English 111, 112, 113 9 Speech 3 Speech 100, 110, or 200 Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and Social Science 15 all Social Science courses except History 102, Personal Orientation courses, Social Service courses, or Humanities 200 Natural Science All courses except Mathematics 101 8-12 Three one credit P.E. activity courses Physical Education 3 All courses except Applied Music, Creative Arts 6 Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Greek 101, 102, 103 recommended Foreign Language 0-15 See department listings Electives 0-21 44 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 4. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM: TRANSFER PROGRAM This curriculum offers courses to satisfy the freshman and sophomore business administration requirements of a four-year degree program. Admission requirements for junior-year status at four-year institutions vary. Students should be guided by the program requirements of the universities to which they plan to transfer. Advisers will assist in planning a program that will meet the four-year college's lower division requirements. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Speech Socia! Science 9 3 12 Natural Science 9-32 3 Physical Education Creative Arts 6 Business Business Electives 23 0-19 Electives 0-21 N. T. 101, 0. T. 102, N. T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Speech 100 required Sociology 100, Psychology 202, 203 recommended Math 102 or 120 required; Math 110, 200, or 201, 202, 203, Biology 111, 112, 113 recommended depending on four year college's requirements. Three one credit P.E. activity courses All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Business 101, 102, 103, 120, 200, 210 Selections from Business 110, 130, 140, 150, 230, 270 (Electives in Business Administration should be selected after consulting the four year college's degree program requirements) 5. THE LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULA FOR STUDENTS INTERESTED IN SPECIFIC PROFESSIONS a. Education Students planning to teach on the elementary or secondary level will need a minimum four-year program in the Liberal Arts or Sciences and the teacher education courses required for a certificate. The curricula outlined below fulfill requirements for a Minnesota certificate for the first two years. Completion of any one of these curricula leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Elementary Education The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Geography 100 Biology 113 History 201, 202, 203 Physical Education 120, 130 Psychology 202, 203, 21 O Private lessons in piano and voice are also recommended PROGRAMS OF STUDY 45 Secondary Education The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Psychology 202, 203, 21 O Sociology 110, 210, 212 Physical Education 120, 130 Emphasis on a special field of interest Special Education The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Psychology 202, 203, 210 Sociology 110, 210, 212 Physical Education 120, 130 b. PHYSICAL EDUCATION A four-year degree is required to teach physical education. The first two years of this program may be taken at Golden Valley Lutheran College. The curriculum outlined below will earn the Associate in Arts Degree and provides the necessary prerequisites leading to the Minnesota teaching certificate. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science 9 15 Natural Science Physical Education 16 17 Creative Arts Electives 6 11 N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201 , N. T. 202, N. T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 History 121, 122, 123, 201, 203, or Sociology 100, 110, 21 O or Psychology 202, 203 recommended Biology 1i1, 112, 232, 233 Physical Education 110, 120, 130 200, 21 O and including three one credit P.E. activity courses All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 See department listings. c. MUSIC The following curriculum may be used toward fulfillment of the lower division requirements for the Bachelor of Arts Degree with concentration or major in music. A curriculum for those planning to complete a Bachelor of Music Degree is outlined on page 49. Completion of the curriculum below leads to an Associate in Arts Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science Natural Science 12 8-12 Physical Education Creative Arts Electives 9 3 36 2-6 N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 History 121, 122, 123 recommended Selections from Biology or Mathematics (other than Mathematics 101) Three one credit P.E. activity courses Music 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 213; Applied Music - 6 credits, Ensembles - 6 credits See department listings. 46 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE d. Recreation Leadership A program designed for persons desiring a career in recreation leadership or related recreation fields. The program leads to the Associate in Arts Degree and is transferable to many four-year recreation programs. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 9 English 111, 112, 113 Speech Speech 100 or 130 3 Social Science 12 Sociology 100, 110, 212 or Psychology 202, 203 or Law Enforcement 140 recommended 8-12 Natural Science All Natural Science Courses except Mathematics 101 Physical Education Physical Education 110, 120, 200, 21 O 15 and including three one credit P.E activity courses Recreation Leadership Recreation Leadership 110, 120, 21 O, 220, 230 15 Creative Arts All Creative Arts courses except Applied 6 Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Electives See department listings. 2-6 PROGRAMS OF STUDY 47 The College has established specific preliminary training for students desiring entrance into certain professions. A student interested in these professions should consult the appropriate college catalogs and discuss his plans with his faculty advisor, the College counselor, and the Registrar to insure proper course selection. Completion of one of the following curricula leads to an Associate in Arts Degree and satisfies the basic requirements for the first two years of the particular professional program. e. Law The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: f. Classics The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: 9Â· Agriculture The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: h. Forestry The Basic Science Curriculum and including: i. Pharmacy The Basic Science Curriculum and including: j. Medicine The Basic Science Curriculum and including: k. Dentistry The Basic Science Curriculum and including: I. Nursing The Basic Science Curriculum and including: Speech 100; 110 or 200 History 201, 202, 203 Political Science 100, 200 Psychology 202, 203 Sociology 110, 210, 212 Business 200, 210, 230 English 221 History 111, 112 Anthropology 100 Greek 101, 102, 103, 300 German 101, 102, 103 Recommended Speech 100 or 110, or 200 History 201, 202, 203 Geography 100 Mathematics 102, 103 Biology 111, 112, 113 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Business 200, 21 O Mathematics 102, 103, 110, 200 Biology 111, 112, 121, 222, 223 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Physics 102 Business 200, 210 Mathematics 102, 103 Biology 111, 112, 113, 231 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Mathematics 102, 103, 201 Biology 111, 112, 113 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Physics 102, 103 One year of foreign language when necessary Mathematics 102, 103 Biology111, 112, 113 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Physics 102, 103 Psychology 202 Sociology 100or110 Biology 111, 232, 233 Chemistry 101, 102 Physics 102 German 101, 102, 103 Recommended 48 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE m. Corrective Therapy The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Speech 200 Psychology 202, 203 Biology iii, 232, 233 Physical Education 120, 130, 140, 200, 210 n. Occupational Therapy The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Speech 200 Psychology 202, 203, 210 Biology 111, 112, 232, 233 Chemistry 101, 102 Physical Education 120, 130, 140 o. Physical Therapy The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Speech 200 Mathematics 102 Physics 102, 103 Biology 111 , 112, 232, 233 Physical Education 120, 130, 140 Psychology 120 or 21 o Chemistry 101, 102, 103 recommended B. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE: SPECIALIZED PROGRAM 1. SOCIAL SERVICE Designed to train the student to assist the professional Social Service Worker in areas of reception, group care, case work, teacher assistance, recreation, therapy and rehabilitation. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. The program is designed for students who wish to find employment after two years in college. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Speech Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Electives 9 3 27-36 4 3 3 16-25 N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives; 0. T. 201, N .T. 202, N. T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Speech 110 Psychology 202, 203, 21 O; Sociology 100, 11 O, 120; Social Service 101, 102, 103; Social Service 201, 202, 203 recommended All Natural Science courses except Math 101 Three one credit P.E. activity courses All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Recommended: Physical Education 120, 130, Recreation Leadership 220, Sociology 210 PROGRAMS OF STUDY 49 2. MUSIC CURRICULUM (Pre-Bachelor of Music) The following curriculum may be used toward fulfillment of the lower-division requirements for the Bachelor of Music Degree. A curriculum for those planning to complete a Bachelor of Arts Degree with a concentration or major in music is outlined on page 45. Completion of the curriculum below leads to an Associate in Arts Degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts 9 6-9 4 3 51 Electives 0-1 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 History 121 , 122, 123 rec om mended Biology 113 recommended Three one credit P.E. activity courses Music 111, 112, 113, 121, 122, 123, 131, 132, 133, 211, 212, 213; Applied Music 6 credits; Ensembles - 6 credits 3. LAW ENFORCEMENT The following curriculum, combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and law enforcement, leads to the Associate in Arts Degree and provides a foundation for a career in law enforcement. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Speech Social Science 9 6 15 Natural Science Physical Education 4 6 Creative Arts 3 Law Enforcement Electives 24 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Speech 100 and 200 History 121 or 122 or 123 or 201 or 202 or 203; Political Science 100; Psychology 120; Sociology 100, and 110, or 210, or 212 Biology 113 recommended Physical Education 120 and including three one credit P.E. activity courses All courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Law Enforcement 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170 7 4. COMPUTER TRAINING OR ELECTRONIC TECHNICIAN CURRICULUM Cooperative educational programs are available between Golden Valley Lutheran College and Control Data Corporation for training as computer technicians and programmers, and between GVLC and Northwestern Electronics Institute for training in the field of Electronics Technician. Students spend at least one academic year at the College and complete a specified course with Control Data or Northwestern Electronics. A maximum of 45 credits from these institutions will be accepted toward the Associate in Arts Degree. Completion of the entire curriculum leads to the AA Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies English Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Electives 9-12 9 6 10-15 3 3 7-21 N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 History 123; Sociology 100, 110 or 120 recommended Mathematics 102, 103, Physics 102, 103 Three one credit P.E. activity courses Art 100, Music 100 or Theatre 100 recommended See department listings 50 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 5. GENERAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining instruction in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and secretarial skills, leads to the Associate in Arts Degree and prepares the student for a career as a general secretary. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies English Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Business/ Secretarial Science Electives 18 9 6 4 3 3 38-48 1-11 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T.103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203oralternatives English 111, 112, 113 See department listings See department listings Three one credit P.E. activity courses All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Business (110or130); 120, 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 112, 113, 123, 203, 211, 213 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101, 111 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended 6. LEGAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and legal secretarial training, leads to the Associate in Arts Degree and prepares the student for a career as a legal secretary. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Business/ Secretarial Science Electives 9 6 4 3 3 46-56 0-3 N.T. 101, OT. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 See department listings See department listings Three one credit P.E. activity courses All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Business 150, 230; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 112, 113, 123,203,213,231, 232, 233. (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101, 111 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended PROGRAMS OF STUDY 51 7. MEDICAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and medical secretarial training, leads to the Associate in Arts Degreeand prepares the student for a career as a medical secretary. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Business/ Secretarial Science Electives 9 6 8-12 3 3 42-52 0-3 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203oralternatives English 111, 112, 113 See department listings Biology 111, 232 Three one credit P.E. activity courses All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Business 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103 110, 112, 113, 123,203,213,221,222,223 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101, 111 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended 8. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM This curriculum offers a variety of business administration and office skills courses for the student interested in an entry-level business position after two years of college study. The program is specifically designed for the student who requires a greater concentration of business courses while at GVLC. Students who complete the (two-year) Office Administration Curriculum and transfer to a four-year program may need to register for additional liberal arts courses in order to fulfill the requirements for a BA Degree. Completion of th.is curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies English Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Business Administration 18 9 6-12 4-8 3 3 14-20 Business Administration/ 21-40 Secretarial Science Electives General Electives 0-11 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 See department listings See department listings Three one credit P.E. activity courses All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre i 20, 140 Business 101, 102, i 20, 150. (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101 required depending on background of the student) Selections from Business 103, 110, 130, 230, 270, 300; Secretarial Science 102, 103, i 1O, 111, 112, 113, 123, 203, 211, 213, 220, 221, 222, 223, 231,232, 233,300 See Departmental Listings 52 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 9. PARISH SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this curriculum, which combines training in Biblical studies, secretarial skills and liberal arts, prepares the student for the position of Parish Secretary, and leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science 9 6 Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts 4 3 3 Busi ness/Secretaria! Science 32-42 Applied Christianity 16 Electives N.T. 101, O.T.102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N .T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Courses in Psychology or Sociology, including Psychology 120 See department I istings Three one credit P.E. activity courses All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Business 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 112, 113, 123, 203, 211, 213(Business140, Secretarial Science 101, 111 required depending on background of the student) Applied Christianity 122, 123, 130, 140, 221, 230 Secretarial Science 220 recommended 10. CHURCH STAFF WORK CURRICULUM The following curriculum provides training for the responsibilities of a church staff worker. The responsibilities that may be assigned to a church staff worker often fall into the following general categories: parish education, youth work, visitation, and parish secretary. Completion of this curriculum leads to an Associate in Arts Degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 N .T. 101, O.T. 102, N. T. 103 or alternatives; 0. T. 201, N. T. 202, N. T. 203 or alternatives Theology and Church 9 Theology 121, 122, 123; Church History 200 History English English 111, 112, 113 9 3 Speech Speech 140 Social Science Psyr,hology 120, Sociology 120 6 Natural Science Biology 113 recommended 4 3 Three one credit P.E. activity courses Physical Education All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Creative Arts 3 Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Secretarial Science 102 (101, 103 required Secretarial Science 3-9 depending on course background of student) Applied Christianity Applied Christianity 122, 123, 130, 140, 201, 25-27 202, 203, 211, 221, 223, 230 Electives See department listings; Sociology and 1-9 Psychology courses recommended PROGRAMS OF STUDY 53 11. WORLD MISSION CURRICULUM Current trends indicate that the Church's need is for candidates with bachelor's degrees or with training in specialized fields such as Bible and theology, medicine, education, business, agriculture, electronics, aviation or secretarial skills. Interested students should plan for extended and thorough preparation. The curriculum outlined below combines concentrated Bible study, a liberal arts background, an introduction to the missionary task, and opportunities for a variety of contacts with people directly involved in church work in various parts of the world. Completion of the two-year curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 Theology English Speech Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Christian Service Applied Christianity World Mission Electives 6 9 3 12 8-12 3 3 2 9 6 i3 N. T. 1Qi, 0. T. 102, N .T. i 03 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N .T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives Theology 121, 122, 123 English 111, 112, 113 Speech 100, 110, or 200 All Social Science courses except History 102, Personal Orientation courses, Social Service courses, or Humanities 200 Biology 113 recommended Three one credit P.E. activity courses All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre, 120, 140 Christian Service 110 All Applied Christianity courses Mission 100, 110, 120 See department listings 54 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE C. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ONE-YEAR VOCATIONAL CERTIFICATE <4 1. ,...r""' .. 1rnA1 \,;u::.l'tC.nl'\L rornnr-TAnlAI i>C.\..rnCll-\Mll-\L -â¢â¢nn1-111 â¢ â¢ â¢ â¢ VUMMIUULUIVI ,,... __ \Vne "'---\ TeCU) ,.... _ _ _ ,_ ... : __ VUlll!Jlt:HIUll _ ,c, UI .1.1-~- llll::S one-year curriculum, combining instruction in secretarial skills (including shorthand} and Biblical studies, leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Physical Education 1 Business/Secretarial 33-40 Science Electives 0-3 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives A one credit P.E. activity course Business 110, 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 112, 113, 123, 203, 211(Business140, Secretarial Science 111 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended Students entering the One-Year General Secretarial Program must have completed one year of high school typing. Business 150 substitutes for college composition. Students, however, must take English 100 and/or English 110 if test results indicate need. 2. LEGAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM (One-Year) Completion of this oneyear curriculum, combining Biblical studies and legal secretarial courses, leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Physical Education 1 Business/Secretarial 36-43 Science Electives N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives A one credit P.E. activity course Business 150, 230; Secretarial Science 110, 112, 113, 123, 203, 231, 232, 233 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 111 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended Students entering the One-Year Legal Secretarial Program must have completed one year of high school typing. Business 150 substitutes for college composition. Students, however, must take English 100 and/or English 110 if test results indicate need. PROGRAMS OF STUDY 55 3. MEDICAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM (One-Year) Completion of this oneyear curriculum, combining Biblical studies and medical secretarial courses, leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Natural Science 4 Physical Education 1 Business/Secretarial 34-39 Science Electives N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives Biology 232 A one credit P.E. activity course Business 150; Secretarial Science 110, 112, 113, 123, 203, 221, 222, 223 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 111 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended Students entering the One-Year Medical Secretarial Program must have completed one year of high school typing. Business 150 substitutes for college composition. Students, however, must take English 100 and/or English 110 if test results indicate need. 4. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM (One-Year) Completion of th is one-year curriculum, combining Biblical studies and office administration courses, leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Physical Education 1 Business/Secretarial 10-16 Science Business/Secretarial Science electives Electives 20 N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103, or alternatives One one credit P.E. activity course Business 150, Secretarial Science 110, 123 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101 required depending on background of the student) Selections from: Business 101, 102, 103, 110, 120, 130, 200, 210, 230, 270; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 111, 112, 113, 203, 211, 220, 221, 222, 231, 232 0-6 Business 150 substitutes for College Composition. Students, however, must take English 100 and/or English 110 if test results indicate need. 5. WORLD MISSION CURRICULUM (One-Year) curriculum leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Theology and Church 9 History English 6 Social Science 9 Physical Education Christian Service Applied Christianity World Mission Electives 1 1-2 6-12 6 Completion of the one-year Selected from N .T. 101, 103, 110, 120, 130, 140 Theology 121, 122, 123; Church History 200 English 111, 112 Philosophy 211, 213; Political Science 200 or Anthropology 100or110 One one credit P.E. activity course Christian Service 110 Applied Christianity 130, 140, 150, 211 Mission 100, 110, 120, 200 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 57 Course Descriptions The descriptions of courses are arranged according to divisions. The course numbering system is as follows: The first digit of the course number indicates (1) freshman course, (2) sophomore course, or (3) special course for advanced students. The second digit indicates the standing of the course within the Department, from introductory level to degree of intensity (0 through 9). The third digit indicates the term in which the course is offered-(1) first term, (2) second term, (3) third term, and (0) flexible scheduling. The College reserves the right to cancel classes with inadequate enrollment or to change course offerings when the necessity arises. I. DIVISION OF BIBLICAL AND THEOLOGICAL STUDIES A sequence of Biblical courses has been established to provide maximum coverage of Biblical concepts by students taking the minimum Bible requirement. The Bible Core Sequence is as follows: FRESHMEN Fall Term Winter Term Spring Term SOPHOMORES Fall Term Winter Term Spring Term N.T. 101 Luke-Acts (or N.T. 120 Hebrews) O.T. 102 Covenant History of the Old Testament (or History 102 History of Ancient Israel or N.T. 140 Gospel of John) N.T. 103 Pauline Epistles (or N.T. 130 General Epistles) O.T. 201 Isaiah-Jeremiah N.T. 202 Romans N.T. 203 Apocalyptic Literature (or English 230 Literature of the Bible) A student may substitute Greek 101, 102, 103 for 9 credits of required Bible Core courses. DEPARTMENT OF BIBLICAL STUDIES O.T. 102 Covenant History of the Old Testament 3 credits the covenant purposes and acts of God as they appear in the historical record of God's people in the Old Testament, with some reference to the continuation and fulfillment of the covenant promise in the New Testament, especially the Gospel of John. Student may not receive credit for both O.T. 102 and History 102. 58 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 0. T. 201 Isaiah-Jeremiah 3 credits An historical survey of the last two centuries of the Kingdom of Judah and a study of the prophecies of Isaiah and Jeremiah as they reached their fulfillment in the Messiah of the New Testament. 3 credits N. T. 101 Luke-Acts A study of the iife of Christ and the fundamental teachings of the Cr1ristian Church through the student's personal involvement with the text of Scripture. N.T. 103 Pauline Epistles 3 credits The structure, historical setting, purposes and content of Paul's Epistles to the Galatians, I Corinthians and Prison Epistles are studied with an emphasis upon their relevance to our day. N.T. 110 The Gospel According to Matthew 3 credits A brief survey of the Jewish, Greek and Roman backgrounds, a short introduction to the Gospels, and an intensive study of the life and work of Christ in the light of Old Testament prophecy. Offered alternate years. N. T. 120 Epistle to the Hebrews 3 credits A study of the fulfillment of Old Testament prophecy in Jesus Christ and His supremacy and finality. The student is involved with the inductive method of studying the Bible. Offered alternate years. 3 credits N.T. 130 General Epistles An inductive study of the Epistles of James, Peter, John and Jude with special attention paid to their unique features as compared to other New Testament epistles. Offered alternate years. N.T. 140 The Gospel of John 3 credits An inductive study concentrating upon the Person and work of Jesus Christ as seen uniquely in the theology of John. N.T. 202 Romans 3 credits An intensive study of the Epistle to the Romans, considering its background, doctrinal content and inspirational message, and emphasizing the doctrine of justification by faith with its implications for the Christian life. N.T. 203 Apocalyptic Literature 3 credits A survey of the struggle of the Church against Rome, 70-100 A.D. and the central Christology of the Book of Revelation with student interpretation and evaluation of study results. Bible 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Study of special Biblical problems or areas suited to students' needs and interests. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOGY AND CHURCH HISTORY Courses in this department cannot be substituted for the Bible requirement. Theology 121 God's Way of Salvation 2 credits A study of justification, sanctification and the Christian hope of eternal life as set forth by the Scriptures. The course utilizes the inductive method. Theology 122 The God of Redemption 2 credits A study of the Scriptures and other sources utilizing the inductive technique and with concentration on the attributes of God, the incarnation, the Person and redemptive work of Christ, the sanctifying work of the Holy Spirit, and the relevance of faith in the Triune God in relation to the great fact of redemption. Theology 123 The Church and the Means of Grace 2 credits A study of Scripture and collateral readings using the inductive technique with respect to the means of grace and the role of the Church as custodian thereof. Theology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special theological problems and areas of study for the students' interest. Department approval necessary. 3 credits Church History 200 Religion in Modern America Survey of the role and importance of religion in the United States with emphasis upon changing conditions and practices among the various religious groups and upon the Lutheran heritage. Especially for the Church Staff Work Curriculum. 1 to 3 credits Church History 300 Independent Study SnP.r.ial nroblems and areas of studv in Church Historv. Deoartment aooroval necessarv. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 59 II. DIVISION OF COMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH Placement in English 100, 110, or 111 will be determined by specific English Placement tests administered to all new students during student orientation in the fall, or at the time of their registration for winter or for spring quarters. English 100 Basic Composition 1 credit for Junior College Certificate only Designed for the student needing individualized instruction in basic sentence and paragraph construction. Successful completion of the course (passing grade) is necessary before the student can enter English 11 O and then the required English sequence (English 111, 112, 113). English 110 Basic Composition 3 elective credits For students entering college who need intensive work in mastering basic academic skills in English Composition. Successful completion of this course (passing grade) is necessary before these students can enter the required sequence of English courses (English 111, 112, 113). Students are granted elective credit toward the AA Degree, but since this course may not transfer to four-year colleges, students are advised to take more than the normal 92 credits. Students in this course are required to attend four hours of class and/or laboratory sessions each week. English 111, 112, 113 (A, B, C, D, E or F) College Composition and Introduction to Literature 3 credits per course The regular series of courses in freshman College Composition English 111 and 112 place emphasis on the students' development and competence in English writing skills and their ability to understand and respond to selected readings. English 113 offers study of specific genre, themes and/or topics in literature. Course titles may vary and may include studies in the Immigrant Experiences, Satire, Social Concerns in Literature, Poetry, the Contemporary Short Novel and the Experience of Fiction. Nine credits of College English are required of all students (with the exception of one-year vocational students). Normally, College English courses must be taken in sequence. English 130 Creative Writing 3 credits Students are given the opportunity to write poetry, short stories, essays and other literary forms. Topics such as literary criticism and marketing are discussed. Students read and evaluate each other's work. English 210 Topics in Literature 3 credits Study of specific genre, themes and/or topics in literature. Course titles may vary and may include studies in the immigrant Experiences, Satire, Social Concerns in Literature, Poetry, the Contemporary Short Novel and the Experience of Fiction. English 211, 212, 213 American Literature 211: The New Garden of Eden: The 17th & 18th Centuries 212: The Snake in the Garden: The 19th Century 213: The Garden Becomes a Wasteland: The 20th Century 3 credits per course English 221, 222, 223 World Literature 3 credits per course Chronological survey of major writers, works, genres, themes and movements in world thought and literature from ancient to modern times. Fall Term: Ancient East, Greece, Rome and the Middle Ages. Winter Term: Renaissance, Neo-Classical and Romantic Literature. Spring Term: The Modern Age (1850 to the present). English 230 Literature of the Bible 3 credits Students do extensive reading of the narratives, poems, and apocalyptic writings primarily from the Old Testament. Emphasis is placed on reading the selections as pieces of literature. English 240 Directed Study in Journalism 1 credit per term (maximum of 3 credits) Students are involved in the production of a major publication, including exercises in layout and design, copywriting, photography, and editing. 60 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE English 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special study programs to fit student needs and interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH Speech 100 Fundamentals of Public Speaking 3 credits A study of the basic concepts used in organizing and delivering speeches. Emphasis on preparing and giving informative and entertaining speeches. Speech 11 O Small Group Communications 3 credits Participation in and analysis of behavioral and work norms in small groups. Includes a study of leadership roles, conflict resolution patterns, and the decision making process. Speech 130 Oral Interpretation 3 credits Theory and practice of the techniques of selecting and performing literature orally. Students will study methods of analyzing literature, and will develop techniques for reading prose, poetry and other literary selections. Speech 140 Communications for Parish Workers 3 credits Development of skills in these areas: Interpersonal, for use in visitation and informal counseling; Group, for use in leading study groups and committees; Public Speaking, for use in addressing congregations and other large groups. Open to first year or second year church staff work students. Offered alternate years. Speech 200 lnte~personal Communication 3 credits Study of the concepts of interpersonal communication patterns and the characteristics of ineffective and effective communication behavior. Speech 300 Independent Study 1-3 credits Research or other creative projects withir,i a speech communication discipline. Departmental approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF FORE!GN LANGUAGES German 101, 102, 103 Elementary German 4 credits per course Fundamentals of grammar, vocabulary, pronunciation, writing, reading and speaking; reading of some simple German prose and poetry. Prerequisite: completion of or concurrent registration in English 111. 3 credits per course German 201, 202, 203 Intermediate German Review of Elementary German and further study of literary selections; emphasis on speaking, reading and writing German during the winter and spring terms. Prerequisite: German 101, 102, 103 or two years of high school German or instructor's approval German 210 Directed Readings in German 2 credits per term (maximum 6 credits) Students become familiar with selected works of German literature, and increase their reading speed and comprehension of German. Department approval necessary. German 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special study programs to fit students' needs and interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Greek 101, 102, 103 Elementary Greek 5 credits per course Theoretical and practical study of elementary Greek grammar; readings and parsing of selections from the Book of Acts and other selections. Instructor's approval necessary for first year students. Greek 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special study programs to fit students' needs and interests. Department approval necessary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 61 Additional Languages-Arrangements can be made for the study of other languages, such as Spanish, French, and Russian if students can provide their own transportation. Interested students should contact the Academic Dean. Ill. DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY, POLITICAL SCIENCE AND GEOGRAPHY History 102 History of Ancient Israel 3 credits Survey of the history of Ancient Israel and the development of the religious insight of the Hebrew people. Attention is also given to the importance of Mesopotamia and Egyptian contributions to the literature of the Bible. Student may not receive credit for both O.T. 102 and History 102. History 111 History of Ancient Greece 3 credits Survey of Greek history and culture from the Minoan period through Hellenistic times. History 112 History of Ancient Rome 3 credits Survey of Roman history and culture from prehistoric times through the late Roman Empire. History 113 History of Medieval Europe 3 credits Survey of European civilization from the transformation of the Roman Empire through the fifteenth century. History 121, 122, 123 History of Western Civilization 3 credits per course Survey of the development and accomplishments of Western Civilization with emphasis on institutional, intellectual and spiritual aspects. Fall term: Late Medieval, Renaissance and Reformation. Winter term: Early Modern Europe. Spring term: Modern Europe in a World Setting. History 201, 202, 203 History of the United States 3 credits per course Survey of the history of the American people with primary emphasis on their social, intellectual, political, and economic growth. Fal I: Pre-Colonial through Early National Period; Winter: War of 1812 through Reconstruction; Spring: 1877 to the present. History 230 Topics in History 3 credits Topics in history of special interest to students and instructors, such as the history of women, ethnic histories, period histories, movement studies or institutional histories. Prerequisite: Relevant survey course or consent of instructor. History 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special historical periods and problems; research into particular areas of student interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Political Science 100 American Government and Politics 3 credits Study of the principles and structure of Federal Government in the United States and of political issues of the current scene. Political Science 200 Modern Political Thought 3 credits Comparative study of Communism, Fascism and Modern Capitalism in the light of contemporary Christian thought. Political Science 210 Topics in Political Science 3 credits Topics in political science of special interest to students and instructors, such as comparative political thought, practical politics, foundations of democratic thought or study of political institutions. Prerequisite: Relevant survey course or consent of instructor. Political Science 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Research into special areas of student interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. 62 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Geography 100 Human Geography 3 credits Survey of the basic tools and concepts of geography and the distribution patterns of physical and human environment, plus emphasis on selected areas. Geography 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special interests and area studies. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY AND HUMANITIES Philosophy 101 Introduction to Philosophy 3 credits Introduction to the functions and problems of philosophy with more detailed consideration of the problems of knowledge, existence, freedom, good and evil. Philosophy 103 Logic 3 credits A study of the principles of correct reasoning with emphasis on the recognition and assessment of arguments. Equal consideration is given to informal and formal logic. Philosophy 200 Topics in Philosophy 3 credits Philosophical problems and topics of special interest to particular students. Philosophy 201, 202, 203 History of Western Philosophy 3 credits per course Survey of the important men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks to the present. Fall term: Ancient philosophy. Winter term: Medieval philosophy. Spring term: Modern philosophy. Offered alternate years. Philosophy 211, 212, 213 Philosophy of Non-Christian Religions 3 credits per course A study of the philosophical systems of the major religions of the world, exclusive of Christianity. Fall: Introduction to Philosophy of Religion, African and other traditional religions, Islam; Winter: Review of Philosophy of Religion, Judaism; Spring: Eastern religions (Hinduism, Shinto, Taoism, Confucianism) with special emphasis on Buddhism. Humanities 200 Travel and Study 1-3 elective credits Cultural enrichment through travel. Tours guided or arranged by faculty members. Substantial papers and reports required. Normally this course counts as elective credit. Credits may be used to fulfill divisional requirements upon divisional approval. Philosophy 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Study of special philosophical problems or areas appropriate to the students' needs and interests. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND PERSONAL ORIENTATION Psychology 120 Psychology of Adjustment 3 credits Development of a knowledge of psychology that will be useful in attaining more effective personal living and relationships with other people. Psychology 202, 203, General Psychology 3 credits per course Study of the more significant facts and principles in the field of human behavior; provides a basic introduction to several areas of specialization in psychology. Prerequisite for Psychology 203: Psychology 202. Psychology 210 Childhood and Adolescence 3 credits Study of human growth and development from infancy through adolescence; learning theory and application. Prerequisite: Two or more terms of college work completed or instructor's approval. Psychology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Designed for students who wish to investigate special interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 63 Personal Orientation 100 Individual Work in College Study Skills one credit per term granted for Junior College Certificate only. Arranged on an individual basis for students desiring to work on a single aspect of study skills, mathematics, reading, spelling or vocabulary development. Personal Orientation 110 Efficient Reading 1 elective credit Arranged on an individual basis to enable students to develop skills in vocabulary, reading comprehension, and reading rate for success in college and later life. Personal Orientation 120 College Vocabulary Development 2 elective credits Designed to introduce students to basic principles of vocabulary development. Aimed at general vocabulary as well as the specific vocabularies of various academic disciplines. Personal Orientation 130 How to Study 1 elective credit Practice of methods of study developed from information based on research and student experience. Concerned with efficient and effective methods of concentration, use of time, taking lecture notes; textbook reading, organizing material, preparing for and taking examinations. Personal Orientation 150 Basic Mathematics 1 credit granted for Junior College Certificate only. Review of arithmetic, factoring, the fundamental algebraic operations, rational expressions, linear equations, roots and radicals, quadratic equations. Personal Orientation 160 Fundamentals of Spelling 1 elective credit Designed to provide the student with a systematic approach to spelling; the course will utilize a self-paced, audio-tutorial format. 1 or 2 elective credits Personal Orientation 170 The Research Paper Designed to provide the student with the skills necessary to create a research paper; the course will utilize the self-paced, audio-tutorial format. The end result of the course will be the production of a research paper for another class. Prerequisite: English 111 or instructor's permission. Personal Orientation 200 Career and Life Planning 2 elective credits Designed to teach skills for making career decisions appropriate to the student's values, needs, aptitudes, skills or talents, interests and goals. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY, SOCIAL SERVICE AND ANTHROPOLOGY Sociology 100 Introduction to Sociology 3 credits Study of the structures and functions of society and culture as seen through sociological perspectives; focus is on selected problems, social organizations and socialization in the context of change. Sociology 110 Social Problems 3 credits Survey of contemporary social problems with development of the students' understanding of the processes involved in historical, social and cultural change. Sociology 120 Marriage and Family 3 credits Study of the life cycle, mate selection, marital adjustment and parent-child relationships; to provide practical help for those interested in preparing for marriage from a Christian point of view. Sociology 130 Urban Field Experience 1 credit per course (maximum 3 credits J Combines theoretical and practical knowledge and experience designed to orient students to the urban setting. Different offerings of the course will focus on different topics. Hours arranged for lectures and laboratory periods. Sociology 210 The Urban Center 3 credits Introduction to the problems of modern cities, urban ecology, urban institutions and the urban way of life. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or instructor's approval. 64 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Sociology 212 Minority Group Relations 3 credits Study of minority groups, especially Native 9nd Black Americans, and the problems of the contemporary scene. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or by permission of the instructor. Sociology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special sociological problems and areas of study to fit the students' interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Social Service, 101, 102, 103, 104, 201, 202, 203, 204 Internship 1-3 credits per term Practical experience and observation in working with social service agencies; orientation and help in choosing vocational goals in different areas of social service. Designed for the two-year Social Service Curriculum. Anthropology 100 Introduction to Physical Anthropology and Archaeology 3 credits Survey of the field of physical anthropology and the archaeological methods used in the study of piehistory. Offered alternate years. Anthropology 110 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology 3 credits Survey of the field of cultural anthropology with the study of the varieties of the human race, their origins and cultural characteristics, and spiritual orientation. Offered alternate years. Anthropology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special Anthropological problems and areas of study to fit the students' interests. Department approval necessary. IV. DIVISION OF MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCES DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS Math 101 Intermediate Algebra 3 elective credits Introduction to basic mathematical concepts, sets, the number system, factoring, fractions, inequalities, linear, and quadratic equations. Students are required to attend three hours of class and an additional fourth hour each week in the skills center. Prerequisite: one year of high school algebra. Math 102 College Algebra 5 credits Algebraic operations with real numbers, linear and quadratic functions, polynomials, combinations, bionomial theorem, probability, mathematical induction, matrices and determinants, analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math 101 or instructor's approval. Math 103 Trigonometry 4 credits functions, radian measure, trigonometric identities, logarithms, inverse trigonometric functions and complex numbers. Practical applications in surveying and in physical sciences. Prerequisite: Math 102 or instructor's approval. Trigonom~tric Math 110 Introductory Statistics 4 credits Study of basic statistical concepts: probability, sampling, normal distribution, statistical estimation, and hypothesis testing. Problems are applied in the fields of business, social and physical sciences. Prerequisite: Math 101 or instructor's approval. Math 120 Finite Mathematics 5 credits Computing with BASIC computer language. Principles of counting and probability, business mathematics, matrices and inverse matrices, Markov chains, linear programming including simplex method. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or instructor's approval. Math 200 Elements of Calculus 5 credits A short course with applications in biology, business and social sciences. Short review of algebra. Continuity and the limit of a function. Derivative and its interpretation; Maximum and minimum problems; Antiderivative; The definite integral; Exponential and logarithmic functions; Functions of several variables. Prerequisite: Math 102 or instructor's approval. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Math 201 Calculus I 65 5 credits Short review of algebra, introduction to plane analytic geometry. The derivatives of functions and their applications. The integration of simpler functions and the applications. Prerequisites: Math 102 and Math 103 or instructor's approval. Math 202 Calculus II 5 credits Differentiation and integration of trigonometric and logarithmic functions. Several techniques of integration: by parts, by change, by variable, by approximation methods, etc., parametric equation, polar coordinates. Applications to geometrical and physical problems. Prerequisite: Math 201 or.instructor's approval. Math 203 Calculus Ill 5 credits Vector treatment of three-dimensional analytic geometry, functions of two or more variables, multiple integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, and differential equations. Applications. Prerequisite: Math 202 or instructor's approval. Math 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS Physics 100 Environmental Physics 4 credits Survey of physics as related to the environment and everyday experiences of the physical world. The concepts in mechanics, heat, sound, light and atomic physics are developed non-mathematically. One double lab per week is devoted to student projects or to experiments in laboratory. Primarily for non-science majors. No prerequisite. Physics 102 General Physics I 5 credits Study of physical principles in mechanics, fluids, wave motion, and heat, with applications to practical situations. Demonstration lectures and problem sessions. One double laboratory period per week. Primarily for students in science or in various technical areas. Prerequisite: Math 101 or instructor's approval. Physics 103 General Physics II 5 credits The fundamental physical concepts in electricity, magnetism, optics, and nuclear physics will be studied using practical applications. Demonstration lectures and problem sessions. One double laboratory period per week. Primarily for students in science or in technical areas. Prerequisite: Physics 102 or instructor's approval. 1 credit per course (maximum 4 credits) Physics 120 Field Experience in Physics Hours arranged for lecture and laboratory periods. Physics 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Biology 111 Life Studies I 4 credits Introduction to biology-life versus non-life, cellular design and process, organism types (unity amids! complexity), energy sources, yields, and efficiencies in life systems. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab weekly. Biology 112 Life Studies II 4 credits The individual life pattern-cell regulation and division, sex cell formation and union, genetics and embryology, intercellular effects and immune response, physiology and neuromechanisms. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab weekly. Biology 113 Environmental Biology 4 credits Traces exploration --.conservation -ecology-conscrousness through perspectives of behavior, populations, ecosystems and biosphere understanding and application. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab weekly. 66 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Biology 114 Field Ecology and/or 4 credits Biology 115 Invertebrate Zoology 4 credits VVilderness camping experience during the month of June at the 120-acre North Woods Field Station. Ecosystems analysis and survey of invertebrate phyla with field equipment and techniques-team-taught small group with mobile lab. Wilderness survival and ecorecreation (scuba, rock-climbing, sailing, recording animal sounds, photography, astronomy, geology, wildlife and forestry employment opportunities). Prerequisite recommended: Biology 113. Biology 120 Field Experience in Biology 1 credit per course (maximum 4 credits) Combines theoretical and practical knowledge and experience designed to provide career guidance and development to better direct educational and occupational planning. Hours arranged for lecture and laboratory periods. Biology 121 Plant Studies 4 credits The study of plant cells and tissues with a survey of the major phyla of the nonvascular plants and their adapt ions to the environment. Some field studies and taxonomy of the local trees and fall flowers. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Biology 222 Introduction to Botany 4 credits The study of major phyla of vascular plants and plant growth, regulations, reproduction and photosynthesis. This course will give experience in the green house environment. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111, 112or113 or instructor's approval. Biology 223 Introduction to Ecology 4 credits The study of the structure and function of an ecosystem with field studies of at least two major ecosystems. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111, or 112or113 or instructor's approval. Biology 231 Microbiology 4 credits Practical application of bacteriological techniques in analyzing disease parameters, public heal th measures, ag ric u ltu ral and industrial usef u In ess of the s ma I lest I ife systems. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111. or instructor's approval. Biology 232 Anatomy 4 credits Gross and microscopic structure of the human body from a functional standpoint utilizing charts, models, skeletons and manikins. Cat dissection to demonstrate mammalian anatomy. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111, or 112 or instructor's permission. Biology 233 Physiology 4 credits Organ systems of the human body. Laboratory exercises include blood typing, recording of the heart beat, respiration, muscle contraction, experiments on digestion, urinalysis, coordinated with a brief study of the anatomy of the system. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 232, or instructor's permission. Biology 243 Genetics 4 credits An introductory course in the principles of heredity will begin with Mendelian genetics, and then progress to cell division and reproduction, molecular structure, DNA, protein synthesis, gene expression, m utagenesis, and conclude with population genetics, genetic engineering, and variabilities. Emphasis will be on human inheritance. Three lectures and one double lab period per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111 or instructor's approval. Biology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 67 DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY Chemistry 100 Environmental Chemistry 4 credits Study of the environment and the role chemistry plays in life. Topics of current interest such as storage of atomic wastes, food additives, air pollution, solid wastes and the development of the environment are discussed, along with the chemical principles required for a more thorough understanding of them. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week. Primarily for non Science majors. No prerequisite. Chemistry 101, 102, 103 General Chemistry 4 credits per course Chemistry 101 is introductory, including measurement, reactions, stoichiometry, atom structure, molecule bonding and structure, equilibrium, acids and pH. Chemistry 102 has topics of states of matter, periodic table and properties of elements, industrial applications, organic and biochemistry. Chemistry 103 stresses environmental concerns, redox and electrochemistry, chemical analysis, nuclear chemistry, energy, and consumer chemistry. Laboratory sessions parallel the lecture topics, with experiments on measurement, scientific method, separations, equilibrium, acid-base, electrochemistry, polymers, organic reactions, biochemistry, gas laws, qualitative analysis of ions, and water analysis for dissolved oxygen and hardness. Chemistry 101, 102, 103 must be taken in sequence. Three lectures and one double period of laboratory per week. Chemistry 201, 202, 203, Organic Chemistry 4 credits per course Study of structure, reactions and nomenclature of both aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, halides, alcohols, ethers, carboxylic acids, aldehydes, ketones, amines. The latter part of the course deals with larger functional groups such as keto acids, etc. Considerable time will be spent on l.R. spectra and N.M.R. spectra to help identify compounds. Three lectures and one double lab per week. Prerequisite for Chemistry 201 is Chemistry 103 or instructor's permission. Chemistry 201, 202, 203 must be taken in sequence. Chemistry 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary. V. DIVISION OF HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION LEADERSHIP Physical Education 101, 102, 103 Fall Winter 101 E Bowling 102R Badminton 1011 Conditioning 102B Basketball 101J Cross Country 102E Bowling 101 A Football 1021 Conditioning 101 N Karate 1020 Cross Country Skiing 101 S Soccer 102N Karate 101 D Swimming 102V Volleyball 101T Tennis 102G Weightlifting 102K Wrestling 101V Volleyball 1 credit per course Spring 103L 103E 1031 103W 103N 103X 103P 103T 103U 1030 Baseball Bowling Conditioning Golf Karate Softball Swimming Tennis Track Women's Self Defense Physical Education 110 Introduction to Physical Education 3 credits Study of physical education and athletics in the schools, and the philosophy and basic principles of physical education and recreation leadership. Physical Education 120 Health and First Aid 3 credits Study of modern concepts and practices of health applied to the individual and community. Also includes the American Red Cross First Aid Course. 68 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Physical Education 130 Drugs and Chemical Dependency 2 credits Study of the impact of drugs on the human body and methods of correction. Required for Minnesota teaching certificates. Physical Education 140 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) 1 credit The procedure used when cardiac arrest occurs. Course includes instruction and Official Certification in the skills of CPR. Physical Education 200 Individual and Dual Sports 3 credits Study of theory and practice in teaching and officiating individual and dual sports. Physical Education 210 Team Sports 3 credits Study of theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Physical Education 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary. Recreation Leadership 110 Introduction to Recreation and Park Leadership 3 credits Examination of the history and development of park and recreation movement; professional and service organizations; orientation to the professional field. Recreation Leadership 120 Introduction to Recreation Programming 3 credits Introduction to the directing and leading of recreation work and the writing of recreation programs.(YMCA, YWCA, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, churches, community centers, etc.) Recreation Leadership 21 O Camp Craft 3 credits Basic skills and practical experience in various phases of camping and outdoor education. Recreation Leadership 220 Leadership in Social Activities Techniques of leadership in social games, parties and outings. 3 credits Recreation Leadership 230 Internship 1-3 credits per course Practical experience under the direction of full-time workers in the fields of parks, recreation management and Y.M.C.A.-Y.W.C.A. VI. DIVISION OF CREATIVE ARTS DEPARTMENT OF ART 3 credits Art 100 Introduction to Visual Arts Introduction to visual art through the study of esthetics, philosophy, techniques and history of art. Includes attending art exhibits and other cultural events and researching personal ideas as they relate to the world of art. Art 101, 102, 103 Art History of the Western World 3 credits per course Survey of painting, sculpture and architecture as they relate to history and culture in the Western world. Fall Term: Pre-history to Early Christian. Winter Term: Middle Ages to Baroque. Spring Term: Nineteenth Century to Present. Offered alternate years. Art 110 Two Dimensional Design 3 credits A basic study of the principles of design together with the discovery of design sources in nature. Art 121 Basic Drawing 3 credits Exploration and use of various drawing materials and methods. Emphasis on the development of visual perception and personal aesthetics. Art 122 Drawing 3 credits An extension of Art 121 with more extensive experiences in the manipulation of visual elements and pictorial structure. Prerequisite: Art 121 or instructor's approval. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 69 Art 123 Drawing 3 credits Continuation of Art 121and122. Students learn to see design and form relationships and experiment with a variety of drawing media. Subject matter includes still life and the figure. Prerequisite Art 122 or instructor's approval. Art 130 Printmaking 3 credits An exploration and study of wood and other materials for making prints in monochrome and color. Art 140 Watercolor 3 credits An introduction to the watercolor medium with emphasis on compositional and technical problems. Subject matter includes still life and landscape. Art 202, 203 Painting 3 credits per course Basic experiences in the use of oil and acrylic to acquaint the student with the mediums and to encourage the development of personal imagery and technique. Prerequisite: Art 121 or instructor's approval. Art 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special study for advanced students based upon the proposal of the student in consultation with the instructor. Departmental approval required. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Music 100 Introduction to Music 3 credits The development of perceptive listening through the study of representative musical works, their styles, structure and relationship to cultural history. For nonmusic majors. Music 111, 112, 113 Theory 4 credits per course Course sequence in music theory developing the student's knowledge and skills in part writing, keyboard sight-singing and ear-training. Includes studies of the science of sound, the rudiments of music, intervals, triads and inversions, and a survey of non-harmonic tones and seventh chords. Music 121, 122, 123 History of Music 3 credits per course Survey of musical thought and achievement from primitive origins to the twentieth century. Intended for music majors but may be taken by any student upon approval of the instructor. Offered alternate years. Music 131, 132, Choral Conducting 2 credits per course Study of the fundamentals of conducting with practical experience in conducting student ensembles. Includes studies of instrumental problems, score and clef reading, baton technique and transpositions. Meets three periods per week. Offered alternate years. 2 credits Music 133 Instrumental Conducting Study of the fundamentals of conducting with practical experience in conducting student ensembles. Includes studies of instrumental problems, score and clef reading, baton technique and transpositions. Meets three periods per week. Offered alternate years. Music 211, 212, 213 Advanced Theory 4 credits per course Study of Baroque composition including detailed study of non-harmonic tones, seventh chords, altered chords, modal harmony and two-, three-, four-part counterpoint. Also includes a survey of music styles from the Baroque to the present with a concentration on twentieth century techniques of music composition. Prerequisite: Music 111, 112, 113 or instructor's approval. 70 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Music 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects for advanced students. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. APPLIED MUSIC 1 credit per term Applied Music 110A Voice Study of vocal technique and literature. Emphasis on sacred literature including oratorio, with time devoted to Italian and German art songs. One half-hour lesson per week. 1 credit per term Applied Music 110B Piano Instruction in piano performance, including study of techniques through scales, arpeggios and other exercises. One half-hour lesson per week. Applied Music 110C Organ 1 credit per term Graded course in organ playing beginning with study of manual and pedal techniques. Literature studies include examples from all periods of music. Renaissance to Neo-Classic. Service playing problems are also studied. One haii-hour lesson per week. Applied Music 1100 Brass 1 credit per term Graded instruction on a brass instrument. One half-hour lesson per week. Applied Music 110E Percussion 1 credit per term Graded instruction on a percussion instrument or instruments. One half-hour lesson per week. Applied Music 110F Strings 1 credit per term Graded instruction on a string instrument. One half-hour lesson per week. Applied Music 110G Woodwinds 1 credit per term Graded instruction on a woodwind instrument. One half-hour lesson per week. Applied Music 110H Guitar Graded instruction on guitar. One half-hour lesson per week. 1 credit per term ENSEMBLES Music Ensemble 110A Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir 1 credit per term Open to all students by audition, but limited to 65 members. Examples from all periods of music literature are selected for performance. Besides numerous concerts in and around the Twin City area, an extended tour is made each spring. The choir meets four periods per week. Music Ensemble 110B Golden Valley Singers 1 credit per term Open to all women students of the college. Study and presentation of treble choral music, both accompanied and a cappella. The chorus meets four periods per week. 1 credit per term Music Ensemble 110C The Madrigal Singers Twelve students selected from the Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir. Literature used includes Madrigal and Carol. Numerous concerts through the year are given. Music Ensemble 1100 Symphonic Choir Open to all members of the student body and the community. 11 credit per term Music Ensemble 110H Band 1 credit per term Open to all college students by audition. The group performs literature from all eras and styles. A tour is organized each year. The band performs regularly for College convocations and presents formal concerts each quarter. The pep band is formed from this group. 1 credit per term Music Ensembles 1101 College-Community Orchestra Open to all qualified students and community members by audition. The orchestra performs standard orchestral literature each quarter in addition to accompanying the College choirs at Christmas. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Music Ensemble 110V Brass Ensemble Music Ensemble 110K Percussion Ensemble Music Ensemble 110L Stage Band Music Ensemble 110M String Ensemble Music Ensemble 110N Woodwind Ensemble 71 Small Ensembles 1 credit per term Students are given opportunity to participate in small ensembles (trios and quartets, instrumental and vocal). The ensembles perform regularly for convocations, concerts and at local church services. Membership by audition or consent of director. DEPARTMENT OF THEATRE 3 credits Theatre 100 Introduction to Theatre Study of Theatre as a performing art. The aesthetic function of theatre and its role in Western culture will be discussed, as well as the role and function of the various theatre artists such as actor, director, and designer. Theatre 110 Beginning Acting 3 credits An experiential course which focuses on honesty in characterization through various means including theatre games, improvisation, and the development of scenes. Theatre 120 Theatre Practice 1 elective credit per term (maximum of 3 elective credits for A.A. degree) Participation in College sponsored theatre productions. Open to students assigned performing or technical roles. Instructor's permission required. 4 credits Theatre 130 Elements of Technical Theatre A basic introduction to both design theory and design execution in the theatre. Emphasis placed on the technical aspects of scene design, lighting, costuming and sound. Prerequisite: Th 100 or instructor's permission. 1 elective credit Theatre 140 Mime A physical exploration of the art of mime, focusing on internalization, illusion technique, and the performing of sketches. This class will meet two periods per week. 3 credits Theatre 200 History of Theatre An examination of the phenomenon of Theatre Arts from a historical perspective. Emphasis will be placed on a particular period. The historical development of both dramatic literature and staging techniques will be examined, as well as the influence of other historical events upon them. Prerequisite: Th 100 or instructor's permission. 3 credits Theatre 21 O Advanced Acting Intense scene study directed toward the development of a personal technique of honest characterization through various periods and styles of plays. Prerequisite: Th 11 O or instructor's permission Theatre 220 Directing for the Theatre 4 credits An introduction to the role and function of the director in modern theatre. Emphasis will be placed on the elements of the director's craft as well as his relationship to the other theatre artists. Preparation of scenes and exercises will culminate in a final scene or a short one-act play. Prerequisite: Th 100 & Th 110 or instructor's permission. Theatre 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects for advanced students of research projects within selected theatre disciplines. Department approval necessary. 72 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE VII. DIVISION OF BUSINESS AND VOCATIONAL STUDIES DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS Business 101 Accounting I 4 credits Study of fundamental principles and procedures of accounting; classifying and reporting data on balance sheets and income statements. Business 102 Accounting II 4 credits Continuation of Accounting I; Analyzing financial statements and analytical functions of accounting; partnership and corporate accounting. Prerequisite: Accounting I or instructor's approval. Business 103 Accounting !!! 4 credits Accounting as a planning and controlling tool in the decision-making process of management; funds statements; cost accounting: job order and process cost. Prerequisite: Accounting II or instructor's approval. Business 11 O Personal Finance 3 Credits Fundamental concepts of personal financial management: insurance, budgeting, credit, savings, investments, retirement and estate problems and consumer concerns. General Education course open to all students. Business 120 Introduction to Business Principles and Management 3 credits Survey of the organization, environment, ownership, management, ethics, operational function, and regulation of American business systems. Business 130 Introduction to Computer Science 3 credits A basic course in the systems approach to processing data in business applications, and the role of the computer in information processing. Business 140 Business Mathematics 3 credits Application of mathematical skills to practical business situations. Topics include: fundamentals review, percentages, interest, discounts, payroll, taxes, profits, losses, stocks, bonds, and insurance. Business 150 Business Communications 3 credits General principles of effective communication in business; writing of various types of business letters and reports; stress on vocabulary and the mechanics of language as applied to writing business reports and letters. Business 200 Principles of Economics-Macroeconomics 4 credits National income economics, gross national product, indicators of economic activity, the money and banking system, monetary and fiscal policies to fight inflation and unemployment, principles of world economics, international trade, and the balance of payments. 4 credits Business 210 Principles of Economics - Microeconomics Supply, demand and price; competition, monopoly, oligopoly, and anti-trust policy. Pricing of the factors of production and distribution of income. Prerequisite: Business 200 or instructor's approval. Business 230 Business Law 4 credits Relationship between the citizen and the business world. Topics include contracts, bills and notes, courts, bailments, partnerships and corporations. Business 270 Marketing 3 credits Examination of the total marketing process, including the distribution of goods and services from producer to consumer; processes of retailing, wholesaling, pricing and government regulations. Offered alternate years. Business 300 Independent Study 1-3 credits Special projects for advanced students. Departmental approval necessary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 73 DEPARTMENT OF SECRETARIAL SCIENCE Secretarial Science 101 Typewriting I 3 credits Mastery of the keyboard and proper technique of typewriting. Not open to students with one year of high school typing except by instructor's approval. Secretarial Science 102 Typewriting II 4 credits Students build speed and accuracy in straight-copy typing, and increase their skills in composition, rough-draft typing, editing production and analysis of the following components of typewriting communication: business letters, memos, manuscripts, business reports, business forms and tables. Prerequisite: Sec. Sci. 101 or permission of instructor. 4 credits Secretarial Science 103 Executive Typewriting This course emphasizes performance at the executive level requiring sustained high-level production speed with the ability to edit, organize, solve problems and produce high-quality work. Speed and accuracy in straight-copy and production work are stressed. Prerequisite: Sec. Sci. 102 or permission of instructor. Secretarial Science 110 Office Accounting 4 credits General office accounting procedures; payroll records, tax records, records of a physician and an attorney. Practice Set which will include basic accounting cycle. General Education class-Open to all students. Secretarial Science 111 Elementary Shorthand 4 credits Fundamentals of Forkner Shorthand Theory for beginning students or for students who have had less than one year of Forkner or Gregg Shorthand. Secretarial Science 112 Intermediate Shorthand 4 credits Emphasis on speed, accuracy and vocabulary. Prerequisite: Si;ic Sc. 111 or instructor's approval. Secretarial Science 113 Advanced Shorthand 4 credits Advanced dictation and transcription. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 112 or instructor's approval. Secretarial Science 12.3 Office Machines 3 credits Instruction in the use of electronic printing calculators, electronic display calculators, CPT (Cassette Powered Typewriter) plus study of practical business computations. 2 credits Secretarial Science 203 Administrative Office Procedures II A study of office duties, responsibilities, activities and procedures with emphasis on obtaining a job, records management (filing) and business attitudes. No prerequisite. Secretarial Science 211 Machine Transcription 2 credits Emphasis on transcription techniques, both from machine and textual material. Transcribing machines are used. Prerequisite: Sec. Sci. 103 or instructor's approval. Secretarial Science 213 Shorthand Transcription 2 credits Refresher course for Gregg and Forkner students with emphasis on speed building and transcription techniques. Prerequisite: Shorthand 113 or instructor's approval. Secretarial Science 220 Supervised Work Experience 1 credit per term Credit for work experience in an office-type environment. (Students must register during quarter in which they receive credit)-must be approved by secretarial science department in advance. Secretarial Science 221 Medical Office Procedures 4 credits Study of medical records, medical law, medical societies, medical insurance, medical filing, medical telephoning techniques, medical appointments, and general medical office duties. 74 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Secretarial Science 222 Medical Terminology 4 credits Study of medical terms used in the branches of medicine; emphasis on prefixes and suffixes: use of medical reference books. Secretarial Science 223 Medical Transcription 4 credits Study of the principles of medical machine transcription (for all branches of medicine); Typing of medical summaries, reports and letters; medical cassette tapes are used. Secretarial Science 231 Legal Office Procedures 4 credits Study of procedures and legal forms involved in probate, appeals, real estate, litigations, wills, estates, partnerships, and corporations. Secretarial Science 232 Legal Terminology 4 credits Study of legal terms used in probate, real estate, litigations, wills, estates, partnerships and corporations. Secretarial Science 233 Legal Transcription 4 credits Study of legal terms via transcription of a variety of iegai documents. Legal cassette tapes used. Secretarial Science 300 Independent Study 1-3 credits Special projects for advanced students. Departmental approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT 3 credits Law Enforcement 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice Survey of the history and principles of law enforcement in American society, the criminal justice system; courts; state and federal agencies. 3 credits Law Enforcement 110 Law Enforcement Operations and Procedures An overview of the relationships between the police and community and the era of crime prevention; the elements of verbal and non-verbal communication and their role in effective law enforcement procedure. 3 credits Law Enforcement 120 Juvenile Problems & Justice An overview of the principles of the juvenile justice system; its laws, problems, and procedures. 3 credits Law Enforcement 130 Criminal Evidence and Procedure Criminal evidence for police, types of evidence, criminal procedure in various courts, arrest, search and seizure, collection of evidence, interviews and line-up procedure. Law Enforcement 140 Introduction to Criminology 3 credits Survey of the psychological and sociological aspects of criminal and delinquent behavior, and of the types of treatment and their effectiveness. 3 credits Law Enforcement 150 Criminal Law The development, application and enforcement of local, state and federal laws that deal with criminal behavior, including a study of the Minnesota Criminal Code. Law Enforcement 160 Constitutional Law 3 credits Study and analysis of the United States Constitution and its amendments that pertain to law enforcement; Federal and State legal decisions that also apply to law enforcement problems. Law Enforcement 170 Psychology for Law Enforcement 3 credits An introduction to the psychological aspects of the Law Enforcement profession, with particular attention to the personal and professional adjustments demanded by this career. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 75 Law Enforcement 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects and research into areas of student interest in the fields of law enforcement. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF APPLIED CHRISTIANITY Christian Service 11 OA, 11 OB, 11 OC Christian Service Projects 1 credit per course per term Student assignments to various projects provide in-service training in various phases of Christian work. Regular reports to the department are required. Applied Christianity 122, 123 Christian Education 3 credits per course Winter term: Study of the human relations of the teaching-learning process, acquaintance with the age of ability differences and individual potential of children. An in-depth child study will be made by each student. Spring term: Study of the objectives of Christian Education and practice of teaching methods. Applied Christianity 130 Youth Leadership 3 credits Study of the needs and goals of youth leadership in the church, and of the philosophies, organizational structures, resources and materials of the youth organizations and departments of the major Lutheran synods. Applied Christianity 140 Christian Ethics 3 credits Study of ethical standards of Christian conduct and their relationship to the self, family, society, church and state. Emphasis is placed on the student's practical questions concerning right and wrong. Applied Christianity 150 Evangelism 3 credits The evangelical task of the church is recognized as of prime importance, and the responsibility of the individual Christian to personalize the Gospel within the parish and community is stressed. Applied Christianity 201, 202, 203 Christian Education Project V2 to 1V2 credits per term Max of 3 credits. Classroom orientation and practical teaching experience under supervision. Applied Christianity 211 Christian Education Seminar 3 credits Study of materials available in the field of Christian Education; discussion of teaching experiences (Applied Christianity 201 ); acquaintance with methods and materials in adult Christian education. Applied Christianity 221 Church Staff Work I 3 credits Study of basic principles and their relationship to professional ethics, professional relationships, the ministry of the laity, the organization and functioning of the parish, techniques of visitation and public relations. For parish workers, parish secretaries, and lay assistants. Applied Christianity 223 Church Staff Work 11 3 credits Study of strategies and models for the development of programs designed to meet a congregation's particular needs. Applied Christianity 230 Church Staff Field Work 1-3 credits Practical experience in the various aspects of parish work through personal supervised field work with the cooperation of local congregations. Twenty-four hours of work are required for one credit. Applied Christianity 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Designed for students who wish to investigate special interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Mission 100 Introduction to Mission 2 credits Study of the theology of mission, some basic principles of communicating the Gospel to non-Christian people, and some current practices in the work of the Church in various countries of the world. 76 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Mission 110 History of World Mission 2 credits Study of the major leaders and developments in the missionary effort of the nineteenth century. Mission 120 History of World Mission 2 credits Study of the major leaders and developments in the missionary effort of the twentieth century. Mission 200 Mission Internship 1 to 6 credits A flexible program of study designed to provide the student opportunities for contact with people directly involved in church work in various countries of the world. Students may study and serve under the supervision of experienced missionaries at times to be arranged. Mission 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects for the student who has a serious interest in some aspect of the world mission of the Christian Church. Department approval necessary. Directory BOARD OF REGENTS OFFICERS ROBERT L. DANIELS ALC, Vice President and Co-owner Mainline Travel, Inc. Minnetonka, Minnesota Chairman/THE REV. MAYNARD L. NELSON Vice Chairman/ROBERT M. SKARE Secretary/TRUDY ROGNESS JENSEN Treasurer/ALLEN A. METCALF JR. WILLIAM H. DOEPKE LCA, Professional Engineer Owner, Doepke Building Movers, Inc. Edina, Minnesota MEMBERS OF BOARD OF REGENTS MRS. NORMA HAYER DOLIFF ALC, Officer and Director F.C. Hayer Company, Edina, Minnesota EVONNE ANDERSON ALC, Farming, Homemaker Halstad, Minnesota THE REVEREND BURTON L. BONN LCA. Pastor Hope Lutheran Church Minneapolis, Minnesota DR. LAWRENCE M. BRINGS Regent Emeritus ALC, Chairman of the Board T.S. Dension & Co .. Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota THE REVEREND VERNON D. GUNDERMANN LC-MS, Pastor Beautiful Savior Lutheran Church New Hope, Minnesota THE REVEREND RICHARD F. HOLY ALC, Administrator, St. Olaf Residence Minneapolis, Minnesota THE REVEREND PAUL R. IDSTROM ALC, Pastor House of Hope Lutheran Church New Hope, Minnesota EARL BURANDT LC-MS, Engineer Honeywell, Inc. Golden Valley, Minnesota TRUDY ROGNESS JENSEN ALC, Counseling Services, Homemaker Edina, Minnesota MARKS. DALOUIST LCA. President Maid of Scandinavia Minneapolis, Minnesota DR. MARLIN J.E. JOHNSON LCA, Specialist in Internal Medicine Quain & Ramstad Clinic Bismarck, North Dakota DIRECTORY WOODROW P. LANGHAUG ALC, Vice Chairman of the Board Lutheran Brotherhood Minneapolis, Minnesota H. KENNETH LOSCH LCA, Pastor Grace and Red River Lutheran Churches Hallock, Minnesota ALLEN A. METCALF, JR. ALC, President, Metcalf Mayflower Moving Co. St. Paul, Minnesota THE REVEREND MAYNARD L. NELSON ALC, Pastor Calvary Lutheran Church Golden Valley, Minnesota RAY NORLING ALC, Executive Vice President Willmar Poultry Co. Willmar, Minnesota ELMER N. OLSON ALC, Past President, Elmer N. Olson Co. Minneapolis, Minnesota PAUL G. PETERSON LCA, Manager Higher Education Support Fraternal Division Lutheran Brotherhood Minneapolis, Minnesota ROBERT M. SKARE ALC, Attorney Best & Flanagan Minneapolis, Minnesota LOUISE SUNDET LCA, Homemaker Excelsior, Minnesota RALPH 0. THRANE LC-MS, Vice President and Director of Acquisitions and Mergers The Pillsbury Company Minneapolis, Minnesota THE REVEREND LAURENE. YOUNGDALE LCA, Chaplain Fergus Falls, Minnesota THE REVEREND CARLETON E. ZAHN LC-MS Pastor Peace Lutheran Church, Robbinsdale, Minnesota ADMINISTRATION BERNT C. OPSAL/President J. PHILIP WORTHINGTON/Academic Dean JOHN V. GRON LI/Dean of Students 77 RUSSELL B. HELGESEN/Director of Development MARILYN J. ADAMS/Registrar LOIS STRAND/Financial Aid Director ALTON C.O. HALVERSON/Director of Public Relations PAM MOKSNES/Director of Admissions VIVIAN WIEMERSLAGE/Business office manager FACULTY VERNON J. BITTNER/Counselor B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; B.D., Northern Baptist Theological Seminary, Chicago, IL; S.T.M., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.D., San Francisco Theological Seminary, San Francisco, CA 1978MYRON H. BLANCH/Law Enforcement B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1979WILLIAM BOLM/Physical Education, Recreation, Counselor B.S., Western Michigan University, Kalamazoo, Ml; M.A. (Physical Education), St. Thomas College, St. Paul, MN; M.A. (Counseling), St. Thomas College, St. Paul, MN 1971JOHN L. BREKKE/Sociology B.A., Northwestern College, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, MN; additional graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1975ROGER W. BROWN/Law Enforcement B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; graduate study, Mankato State University, Mankato, MN 1979DOUGLAS CAREY/Voice B.S. and M.Ed., University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota 1978JACQOLYN CHERNE/English, Applied Christianity B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., United Theological Seminary, New Brighton, MN; graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1967, 1970 GERALD L. DAHL/Sociology B.A., Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL; M.S.W., University of Nebraska, Lincoln, NB; member of Academy of Certified Social Workers. 1975- 78 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE SONJA M. DAHLAGER/English and Personal Orientation B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; graduate siudy, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1979STEVEN W. DOVE/Physical Education, Philosophy B.A.,-Concordia College, Moorhead, MN; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; graduate study, Mankato State University, Mankato, MN. and St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN. 1981PAUL E. DRANGEID/Biology, Physical Education B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.S., South Dakota State University, Brookings, S.D.; graduate work at: Colorado School Mines, Golden, CO; University of Chattanooga, TN; University of West Virginia, Morgantown, WV; University of Vermont, Burlington, VT; Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science, PA; Boyce Thompson Plant Research Institute, Yonkers, N.Y.; Ripon College, WS; Knox College, Galesburg, IL. 1979WILLIAM P. EFFERTZ/Law Enforcement B.B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; advanced study, FBI Academy. 1976JANICE EGGERSGLUESS/Business Education B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; M.S., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1969JEANNE EKHOLM/Music B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN 1978FREDERICK E. GESKE/Biblical Theology Concordia College, St. Paul, MN Concordia Seminary, St. Louis, MO; M.Div. Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1978JANICE GRAVDAHL/Business Education S.S., Bemidji State University, Bemidji, MN 1972JOHN V. GRONLI/ Dean of Students, Philosophy, Biblical Theology B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; M.A., Pacific Lutheran University, Tacoma, WA; additional graduate study, Pacific Lutheran Theological Seminary, Berkeley, CA; D.Min., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1976- F1UTH A. HALVERSON/Journalism B.A., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN; additional Study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1977EDWARD A. HANSEN/Biblical Theology B.A., Dana College, Blair, NB; B.D., Trinity Theological Seminary, Blair, NB; M. Div., Wartburg Theological Seminary, Dubuque, IA; D.D., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; additional graduate study, The Biblical Seminary, New York, NY; Mansfield College, Oxford, England; University of St. Andrews, Scotland. 1980LEE ANNE HANSEN/English, German B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; Graduate School, University of Munich, Munich, Germany; finished courses for Ph.D., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1973ALLEN L. HANSON/Chemistry B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead, MN; M.S., Ph.D., State University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA 1980JOHN HASTINGS/Residence Hall Director, Biology, Personal Orientation A.A., Golden Valley Lutheran College, Minneapolis, MN; B.A., University of Minnesota, Duluth, MN; additional study, National Outdoor Leadership School; graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1981DOROTHY L. HAUGEN/Physical Education B.S., Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL 1978PAUL T. HIRDMAN/Sociology, Psychology, Counselor A.A., Waldorf College, Forest City, IA; B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; Ph.D., University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota 1979JUDY HYLAND/Applied Christianity B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; graduate study, University of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, CA. 1981JEAN JOHNSON/Business Education B.S., University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 1974- DIRECTORY PATRICIA M. JOHNSON/English, Speech B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; graduate study, Georgetown University, Washington, D.C. and University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1981PRllDU KllVE/Physics, Mathematics B.A., Berea College, Berea, Kentucky; M.A., University of Buffalo, Buffalo, NY 1973GAIL LANDO/English B.A., Wisconsin State, Eau Claire, WI; additional graduate study, St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1972PHYLLIS LARSON/English, Mission B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A.T., College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, MN 1973RICHARD LAUE/History Political Science B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota; additional graduate study, University of Minnesota and University of Strasbourg, France. 1966SEVERT LEGRED/Physical Education B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A., Mankato State College, Mankato, MN; additional graduate study, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, IL. 1969LUTHER LERSETH/Biblical Theology, B.A., Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S. Dakota; B. Th., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1978ALLEN C. LINDHOLM/Law Enforcement B.S., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; J.D., Ham line University, College of Law, St. Paul, MN. 1981HERBERT G. LODDIGS/Biblical Theology, Greek B.A., Wagner College, Staten Island, NY; New York University, Hartwick Seminary, Brooklyn, NY; C. Th., Luther Seminary, St. Paul, MN; additional graduate study, College of Chinese Studies, Baguio, Philippines; School of Chinese Studies, Hankow, China; Princeton Theological Seminary, Princeton, NJ 1957WILLIAM E. LUNDQUIST/Physical Education B.S., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.Ed., University of Minnesota 1966PATRICK D. McGOWAN/Law Enforcement B.S., Mankato State University, Mankato, MN 1981PAMELA MOKSNES/Director of Admissions B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; additional Study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1979- 79 HAROLD E. MOORE, JR./Business, Counselor B.A., University of Denver, Denver, CO; J.D., University of Denver, College of Law, Denver, CO; additional study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; United Theological Seminary, New Brighton, MN 1980PATRICIA NORTWEN/Piano B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota 1967BERNT C. OPSAL/President B.A., Upsala College, East Orange, NJ; B. Th., Luther Seminary, St. Paul, MN; Biblical Seminary, New York; M.A., New York University; additional graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis; New York University; Litt. D., Concordia College, St. Paul, MN. 1954MAHLON PITNEY /Psychology, Counselor B.A., Macalester College, St. Paul, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1970DONALD R. PRUST/Business B.S., Northern Michigan University, Marquette, Mich.; B.S., Mankato State University, Mankato, MN; graduate study, University of Texas at Arlington, Arlington, TX 1980MARLO F. PUTZ/Biology B.S., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; M.S., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1968JAMES C. ROBERTSON/Law Enforcement B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., course work completed, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1976PAUL 0. ROMSTAD/Theology B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN. 1981AL SCHOBER/Chemistry B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; M.S., Purdue University, Lafayette, lnd.1971DOROTHY SEAGARD/Music, Voice and Choral B.M., Westminster Choir College, Princeton, NJ; graduate study, Chicago Opera Guild; Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY; University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1962JOHN C. SEAGARD/Music, Choral, Organ B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY; Lutheran Bible Institute; Augustana College, Rock Island, IL; Westminster Choir College, Princeton, NJ; Chicago Opera Repertoire Guild; additional graduate study, Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY 1962- 80 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE RICHARD M. SERENA/Librarian B.S., Columbia University, New York, NY; M.L.S., Columbia University, New York, NY 1976MARYS. SICILIA/ American Studies, Personal Orientation and Speech B.S., Northwestern College, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Ph.d., course work completed, UniMN; M.F.A., Texas Christian University, Fort PAUL W. SIEMERS/Theatre B.A:, Bethel College, Roseville, MN; MA., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Ph.d. course work completed, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1981- HOLLY S. VANVONDEREN/Theatre B.A., Bethel College, St. Paul, MN; additional study, Towson State University, Baltimore, Md. 1980RUSS ELL A. V!KSTROM/Bib!ical Theology, Applied Christianity B.A., Augustana College, Rock Island, IL; M.Div., Augustana Seminary, Rock Island, IL; additional graduate study, Biblical Seminary, New York; Luther Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1953ANITA L. WARDLAW/Speech, Sociology B.S., Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa; M.A., University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa. 1980J. PHILIP WORTHINGTON/Academic Dean, Biblical Theology ROGER SNYDER/f\.~usic, Band and Orchestra B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, B.S., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1977- MN; C.T.; Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.M., Biblical Seminary, New York City; M.A., New York University, course work completed for Ed.D., New York University, New York, NY. 1974- MARILYN A. STALHEIM/English and Librarian B.S., University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire, WI; M.S., University of Wisconsin, Stout, WI 1976MARLIN STENE/ Applied Christianity B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, B. Th., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.M., Wartburg Seminary, Dubuque, IA; Barrett Biblical Seminary, post S.T.M. work. 1977DAVID SWANSON/Theatre B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; M.F.A., Texas Christian University, Fort Worth, TX; graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1980- DAVID E. YOUNGQUIST/Business B.S., United States Military Academy, West Point, NY; M.B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; additional graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1976- STUDENT SERVICES PERSONNEL NANCY LEE JOHNSON/Residence Hall Director A.A., Golden Valley Lutheran College, Minneapolis, MN; B.A. Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL; additional study, Fuller Theological Seminary, Pasadena, CA; Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary; St. Paul, MN. REAM. MAATTALA/Residence Hall Director, GERALD SWANSON/Art Student Activities Director, Housing B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Assistant MN; M.F.A., University of Minnesota 1972A.A., Golden Valley Lutheran College, Minneapolis, MN; B.A. Northwestern College, KATHRYN SWANSON/English Roseville, MN; additional study, Brown InstiB.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A., tute, Minneapolis, MN; University of MinnesoUniversity of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN ta, Minneapolis, MN. 1971LOIS NYSTUL/Director of Health Service CAROL J. TOMER/Residence Hall Director, R.N., Fairview School of Nursing, Minneapolis, MN; B.A., Metropolitan State University, St. Mathematics and Philosophy; B.A. Luther College, Decorah, IA; additional Paul, MN. study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, DOUGLAS L. SILL/Manager, Student Union MN; Luther Northwestern Theological Semi- A.A., Golden Valley Lutheran College, Minneapolis, MN; additional study, South Dakota nary, St. Paul, MN 1980State University, Brookings, SD; Dunwoody Institute, Minneapolis, MN; St. Paul Bible LOIS UTZINGER/Music B.A., Carleton College, Northfield, Minnesota; College, St. Bonifacius, MN. M.M., University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, VANCE L. TOIVONEN/Residence Hall Michigan; additional graduate study, Univer- Director sity of Michigan, Ann Arbor; University of B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead MN; North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota. additional study, Luther-Northwestern Theo1978 logical Seminary, St. Paul, MN. INDEX 81 INDEX Academic Honors ................... 31 A cad em ic Program .................. 29 Accreditation ....................... 9 Activity Credits ..................... 33 Activities, Student ................... 13 Administration ...................... 77 Admissions Procedures .............. 17 Affiliations .......................... 9 Agriculture ......................... 47 Alcohol and Drugs ................... 1O Anthropology ....................... 64 Application Fee .................. 17,20 Applied Christianity ................... 75 Applied Music ...................... 70 Art ................................ 68 Associate in Arts Degree ............. 42 Associate in Arts, Curricula Leading to .................... 41, 42, 48 Athletics ........................... 14 Attendance, Chapel .................. 10 Attendance, Classroom .............. 32 Automobiles ........................ 1 O Awards, Academic ..................... 37 Biblical and Theological Studies .... 43, 57 Bible Requirement ................... 32 Biology ............................ 65 Board and Room Costs ............... 20 Board of Regents ................. 76-77 Bookstore .......................... 22 Business Administration ............. 44 Business Studies ...................... 72 Calendar ........................... 4 Chapel ............................. 1 o Charges by Quarter .................. 20 Chemistry .......................... 67 Choir .............................. 14 Church Staff Work ..................... 52 Classification of Students ......... 20, 29 Co-curricular Activities ............... 33 Communications, Division of ......... 59 Computer Training ................... 49 Corrective Therapy ................... 48 Costs .............................. 19 Counseling Service .................. 11 Course Descriptions ................. 57 Creative Arts, Division of ............. 68 Credit by Special Examination ......... 33 Credit Load ......................... 29 Curricula, Organization of .......... 41-55 Degree Programs .................... 41 Dentistry ........................... 47 Deposits and Fees ................ 19-20 Directory, Administration and Faculty .. 77 Dormitories and Residence Halls ...... 7 Dramatics .......................... 15 Economics ......................... 72 Education .......................... 44 Electronics Technician ............... 49 Eligibility for Varsity Sports ........... 31 Employment (Part-time) .............. 25 English ............................ 59 English Requirement ................. 32 Ensembles ......................... 70 Entrance Requirements .............. 17 Expenses .......................... 20 Faculty ............................ 77 Failures and Conditions ........... 30, 31 Fees ............................... 20 Financial Aid ....................... 23 Foreign Language ................... 60 Forestry ............................ 47 General Guidelines ................... 9 General Information ................. 7 General Secretarial ............... 50, 54 Geography ......................... 62 German ............................ 60 Gift Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Grades and Grade Points ............. 30 Graduation Requirements ............ 37 G~k .............................. ~ Health Service ...................... 12 History, Department of ............... 61 History of College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Housing, On and Off Campus ......... 12 Incomplete Work .................... 30 Independent Study .................. 32 Institutional Objectives ............... 8 Instrumental Instruction .............. 70 Insurance .......................... 12 Junior College Certificate ............. 39 Law ............................... 47 Law Enforcement ................. 49. 7 4 Legal Secretarial ................. 50, 54 Library ............................. 22 Loans ................................. 25 Location of the College ............... 7 Mathematics ........................ 64 82 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Medical Secretarial Curricula ....... 51, 55 Medicine Curriculum ................. 47 Missions ........................... 75 Music .................... 14, 45, 49, 69 New Student Orientation ............. 11 New Testament Studies .............. 58 Nursing Curriculum .................. 47 Occupational therapy ................ 48 Office Administration Curricula ..... 51, 55 Old Testament Studies ............... 57 Orchestra ....................... 14, 70 Parish Secretarial Curriculum ......... 52 Part-time Students ............... 20, 30 Payment Plan ....................... 21 Personal Orientation .............. 62-63 Pharmacy Curriculum ................ 47 Philosophy of College ................ 8 Philosophy, Department of ........... 62 Physical Education, Division of ........ 67 Physical Education Curriculum ........ 45 Physical Therapy .................... 48 Physics ............................ 65 Political Science .................... 61 Probation, Academic ................. 31 Programs of Study ................... 41 Psychology ......................... 62 Recreation Leadership Curriculum ..... 46 Refunds ............................ 22 Registration ........................ 34 Registration, Changes in ............. 34 Religious Life ....................... 13 Repeating a Course ................... 32 Room and Board .................... 20 Science ............................... 43 Science, Division of .................. 64 Scholarships ....................... 26 Secretarial Curricula ................. 50 Secretarial Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Social Service Curriculum ............ 48 Social Science, Division of ............ 61 Sociology .......................... 63 Special Fees ........................ 20 Speech ............................ 60 Student Government ................. 13 Student Life ........................ 13 Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Study Ski I is Assistance .............. ; 2 Theatre, Department of ............... 71 Theological Studies .................. 58 Transcripts ......................... 21 Transfer of Credits ................... 9 Transfer Students, Admission of ....... 33 Tuition ............................. 20 Unsatisfactory Academic Progress ..... 31 Vocational Studies, Division of ........ 71 Vocational Certificate ............... 40, 54 Withdrawals from Class .............. 30 Withdrawals from College ............ 33 Women's Athletics .................. 14 World Mission ................... 53, 55 L Ss James W. Maertens Research Associate Off ice of the Registrar Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, :tv1N 55454
Show less

Title: Augsburg Weekend College Interim Courses, 1982
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1983
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTRODUCTION Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTRODUCTION Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term Iruns from May 31-June 24; Term II runs from June 27 through August 5. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. 1983 SUMMER CALENDAR REGISTRATION Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write or call: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall -230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 (612) 330-1025 Pat Parker, Director Ruth Maertens, Secretary Postmaster Volume 113, Number 5 Spring 1983 6121330-1025 AUGSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Term I Term II Early Registration (Tuition Discount) April 22 April 22 Classes Begin Last Day for Registration Balance of Tuition Due May 31 June 27 Last Day to: Change Class Registration Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation on Record June 2 June 29 Holiday None Last Day to Withdraw from Class June 20 July 15 Last Day of Class June 24 Aug. 5 Open Please @ PAYMENT OF FEES CAMPUS LOCATION Tuition Charges for Summer School are $295 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit) is $148 for each course. Laboratory or special fees may be charged for some courses. Early Registration on April 22 will result in a savings of $20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge of $275 per course applicable only to courses designated by April 22. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. An AdvanceTuition Deposit of $25 per course is required at the time of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class, May 31 for Term I and June 27 for Term II. A $10 per course late payment fee will be assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines. No student will be officially enrolled until all financial arrangements have been completed. Balance due on Augsburg account from previous termls must be paid in full before student is officially registered for Summer School at Augsburg College. Tuition Refund is calculated below. There is a $25 per course service charge. This amount will be deducted from any refund. Student must present cancel card to the Registrar's Office on the date of cancellation to be eligible for refund; no refund will be made after the listed dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment, full refund will be made. Course Cancellation Date - - Refund Term I Term II 100% (less $25) 80% " " 60% " 40% May 31-June 1 June 2-3 June 6-7 June 8-9 June 27-28 June 29-30 July 1-5 July 6-7 - - TERM II COURSE OFFERINGS - Interstate 94 east from Minneapolisto 25th Ave. exit, left to Riverside Ave., left to 21st Ave. s., turn left at Augsburg sign. lnterstate west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right on Riverside to 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign. JUNE 27, 1983-AUGUST 5, 1983 1' I GENERAL INFORMATION ELIGIBILITY Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term II. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Persons in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors, and 5, graduate level. Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. lnternships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Changes in Registration must be made at the Registrar's Office. No course may be added after it has met more than six hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the instructor. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Limited food service is available, supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops. Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to register as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. FINANCIAL AID Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (330-1046). NONDlSCRlMlNATION POLICY Augsburg College admits students ofany race, color, national and ethnic origin to a11 rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It d m not discriminate on the basis of race4color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs and athletic and other school-administered programs. lup Lifi Please TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS MAY 31, 1983-JUNE 24, 1983 ~c~effl~elton EDE 481-80211482-8022 STUDENT TEACHING: 483-80231484-8024 ELEMENTARY OR KlNDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. DM.: No. Additional $15.00 fee. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. Arr. TERM I SUMMER 1983 May 31-June 24 ART ART 106-8001/306-8002 CALLIGRAPHY Thompson Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint. For upper division credit a major project is required. Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th OM4 ART 118-8062 PAINTING I By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Thompson Arr. ART 223-8063 PRINTMAKING l By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Thompson Arr. ART 355-8064 PAINTING II By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite 118 Thompson PRINTMAKING ll By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite 223 Thompson ART 368-8065 Arr. Arr. ART 299-80051499-8006 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY ART HISTORY SURVEY Swanson Arr. BIOLOGY BIO 103-8007 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect. 1:OO- 4:00 p.m. Lab. Enrollment limit: 35. Mickelberg HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. SUMMER INTERIM. M,T,W,Th,F 5213 T, W, Th 5214 BIO 108-8008 MICROBIOLOGY Thorpe Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No. 8:30- 10:50 a.m. Lect. M,T, W,Th,F 5212 T ~h 5202 )MINIS' BUS 101-8012 PRINCIPLESOF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 51 12 BUS 399-8013 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arr. ENGLISH MIG 245-8030 IFrmODUCTlONTO LITERATURE Blackburn Introduction to the study offiction, drama, and poetry. Partkular attention will be devoted to developing crhical and analytical skills in reading and w r ~ t i n gabout Ilterature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. Dist.: Yes. ,, .GUAGES GER 111-8031 BEGINNING GERMAN I Oyler Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F OM29 NOR 112-8032 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Hansen Designed for students who have successfully completed NOR 111 at Augsburg College. The course will be conducted i n Norway. Consult Prof. Leif E. Hansen, Foreign Language Department for details. NOR 331-8061 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Hansen. This course will be conducted in Norway for students with near fluency in the Norwegian Language. See Prof. Leif Hansen, Foreign Language Department for details. CAMP NORWAY Academic credit may be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway. See Liv Dahl, Norwegian-American Cultural Institute (Room 15, Old Main) for details. :ATION n r t r I u-aus4 Borstad SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 320. M, T, W,Th M23 5:OO-8:00 p.m. HPE 491-8035 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Utterberg Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354 T,Th and Arr. C12 6:OO-9:00 p.m. (1st meeting 5/31, 6:00 p.m.) HPE 493-8033 CHEMISTRY CHM 109-8015 EDS 481-80251482-8026 STUDENT TEACHING: Fardig 483-8027/484-8028 SECONDARY Obsehrlng apd directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of colle~eand high school personnel. Dlst.: No. Additional $15.00 fee. Arr. Prerequfsftes: Acceptance, Education Department. GENERAL ORGANIC GyberglS. Olmsted ORGANIZATION & ADMINISTRATION Husing OF CORRECTIVE THERAPY Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction I ; IFirst term - of atwo semester - course, general chemistry principles and an introduction to I I organic chemistry. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: High school chemistry. 11 :30- 1:50 Lect. M,T, W,Th, F 2:OO-4:00 Lab. T, W, Th S3 15 5327 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL GyberglS. Olmsted CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail; gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. Dist.: No. 8:30- 10:50 a.m. Lect. M,T, W,Th,F 53 15 M,T,W,Th 5327 11:OO- 3:00 p.m. Lab. I trmtatmpnt clinic; equlpmw, employment, public d!atbns and ethics. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. Arr. (1st meeting 5/31,6:00 p.m.) HPE 495-80361496-8037 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 497-8038 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department. M24 Saugestad Arr. C H M 353-8014 ECONOMICS ECO 120-8009 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. ECO 122-8011 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) Gupta Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 1:OO-4:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th M5 ECO 392-8010 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis d n monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th, F M5 EDUCATION EDE 353-8029 YOUNG CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL NEEDS B. Anderson Understanding administrative guidelines and teacher competencies involved in a mainstreamed prekindergarten or daycare program. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM4 (% course) Meets June 13-24. HISTORY HIS 216-80391416-8040 TWENTIETH CENTURY REVOLUTIONS Gustafson Consideration of four revolutions-the violent revolution against colonialism (Vietnam), neo-colonialism (Cuba) and westernization (Iran) and the current revolution toward the modern era (Saudi Arabia). Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th, F S108 HIS 299-80411499-8042 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY (DiverseTopics: See Instructor.) Gustafson Arr. POL 299-80431499-8044 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (DiverseTopics: See Instructor.) Hedblom POL 299-80451499-8046 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE Hedblom Arr. POL 199-80471399-8048 INTERNSH lPS Hedblom Arr. POLITICAL SCIENCE Arr. PSY 241-8049 USE OF THE PERSONAL COMPUTER I N Marken PSYCHOLOGY Participants will write simple programs in BASIC to produce graphic displays, measure response time, d o statistical analysis and model thought processes. Emphasis on the computer as a tool to explore the mind. Dist.: No. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th,F M4 EDE 375-8016 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD Pelton OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. Arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th,F L1 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see SOC 375-8052) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and 105. M,T, W,Th,F L4 8:30- 10:50 a.m. STUDENT T E A C H I N G RELIGION Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during the general period from the middle of June to the end of July.The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Registrar's Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration. REL 369-8051 EDE 481-801 71482-8018 STUDENT TEACHING: R. Anderson 483-80191484-8020 NURSERY SCHOOL Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor. Dist.: No. Arr. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS PSY 375-8050 RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION I N MODERN Skibbe LITERATURE Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and,world view. Reading and discussion of nine works (novels, poetry, etc.). Class meets approximately every other day. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 111 or 221. 9:30-11.50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F M24 SOC 199-80531399-8054 INTERNSHIPS MAY 31, 1983-JUNE 24, 1983 Hesser Arr. €861 'PZ 3~nkE86L'LE AVW SOC 375-8052 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see PSY 375-8050.) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and 105. M,T, W,Th,F L4 8:30-10:50 a.m. SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-8056 GROUP WORK IN A WILDERNESS MEDIUM Perry Canoes-an eight day canoe trip in the Quetico Provincial Park of Ontario. Gain practice and knowledge necessary to lead wilderness trips effectively. Study the process of a wilderness group as a social system. Dist.: No. Add'l. fee $75.00. (See instructor for details.) SWK 299-80571499-8058 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENTSTUDY (Diverse topics: See instructor.) Clark Arr. SWK 399-8059 Clark Arr. INTERNSHIPS SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS A N D THEATER ARTS SPC 111-8060 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M, T, W,Th Cole M22 INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 399-8055 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. TERM II SUMMER 1983 June 27-August 5 HPE 487-9019 NEUROLOGY & PATHOLOGY Lundgren An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. (1st meeting 6/28,6:00 p.m.) M5 HPE 495-90151496-9016 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 497-9017 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department. Saugestad Arr. HISTORY HIS 233-90201433-9021 WOMEN'S ROLES IN AMERICA Stadum Examination of women's roles in the family, the workplace, and in voluntary organizations from Colonial America to the 1980's. Includes comparisons based on class, race, ethnicity and geographic region. Dist.: Yes. T,Th L4 6:OO-9:30 p.m. HIS 369-9022 VIKING DISCOVERY ChrislocWNelson Investigation of the period of Viking expansion concentrating on the impact of that expansion into the British Isles. Lectures on campus: July 18-22, on site at York, England: July 24-August 6. Contact Liv Dahl, Norwegian-American Cultural Institute (Room 15, Old Main) for details. Dist.: No. MATHEMATICS/COMPUTER SCIENCE CSC 145-9023 INTRODUCTIONTO GENERAL COMPUTER Sargent PROGRAMMING Includes flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a Computer Science major at Augsburg. Dist.: No. M,T, W,Th, F 5108 8:30-955 a.m. NURSING NUR 311-9024 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II Malcolm Provides a base for understanding community characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health Arr. team is explored. Primarily a clinical course. Dist.: Yes. PHYSICS ART ART 132-9005 PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color, and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00. M, W OM4 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Enrollment Limit: 35. ART 299-90031499-9004 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENTSTUDY ART HISTORY SURVEY Swanson Arr. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 102-9006 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIALACCOUNTING Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prereauisites 101. PHY 101-9025 ASTRONOMY Paulson Study of solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Elementary algebra. T,Th 6:OO-9:30 p.m. POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 299-90261499-9027 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENTSTUDY READINGS ON THE USSR TODAY Noonan POL 299-90281499-9029 DIRECTED STUDY